
Bnnlr ,Hf g- 

its* 



/ 



THE 



ANALYTIC AND SYNTHETIC 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR, 



IN WHICH 



THE SUBJECT IS DISCUSSED BY PARTS OF SPEECH 
AND BY STRUCTURES. 



Su Cjrrn ^urti 



BY EDWARD HAZEN, A.!,, 

AUTHOR OF "THE SYMBOLICAL SPELLING-BOOK," "THE SPELLER AND 

DEFINER," "THE GRAMMATIC READERS," "POPULAR 

TECHNOLOGY," ETC. 



4/- 

NEW YORK: 

F. J. HUNTINGTON : MASON & BROTHERS, 

23 PAEK EOW. 

1854. 







?t\n» 



:V\ H- 



t.lititi Jit. 



THIS "WORK IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED 
TO 

THE TEACHERS OF THE UNITED STATES, 

WHO HAVE LEARNED, 
BY RESEARCH AND FROM EXPERIENCE, 

THAT THE 

PREVAILING SYSTEM OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR 
ADMITf OF IMPROVEMENT. 

EDWARD HAZEN. 



Entered according to A^t of Congress, in the year 1852, by 

EDWARD HAZEN, 

in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States for the Southern 
District of New York. 



J. P. JONES & CO., Stereotypers, 
18? William street, N.Y. 






-* O ' * V ^ *\ : ' 



PREFACE. 



English Grammar is generally regarded an important 
branch of education, and efforts are made to learn it in nearly 
all the schools throughout our vast country. Nevertheless, 
pupils fail, in nearly all cases, to acquire a tolerable knowl- 
edge of the science, and a still greater number fail to apply 
in practice what they learn of the theory. 

Many grammarians have seen the futility of the usual gram- 
matic course, and have endeavored to make improvements. 
Some have proposed a new nomenclature ; others have made 
a new arrangement of the several parts, and have introduced 
new definitions and new formulas of parsing. Enterprising 
teachers have again and again changed their text-books, in the 
hope of better success. Still, no subject is so badly taught, 
and no subject is so heartily despised by pupils of every grade. 

Notwithstanding these numerous failures, the author has had 
the hardihood to risk the best portion of his life in preparing 
and publishing another work on this subject. He has endeav- 
ored to make improvements everywhere ; but he has done 
more by adding new principles, than in improving the modes 
of presenting the old. 

That the author may be precisely understood, he will give a 
general outline of the principles in the science of grammar, 
and point out those which are peculiar to his own work. 



IV PREFACE. 

There are three leading principles in the science of gram- 
mar. 

1. Language is composed of distinct parts of speech. 

2. The parts of speech are associated in groups, called 
structures. 

3. In these structures, some of the parts of speech are sub- 
ject to modifications, called accidents, and all have a mutual 
dependence, indicated by the rules of syntax. 

The prevailing system of grammar comprises the classifica- 
tion of words by the parts of speech, a description of the 
accidents, and the rules of syntax ; but it leaves learners to 
infer from them the structures. A few persons, out of a great 
number, may make out the inference ; but the rest are ever 
bewildered in the mazes of verbiage. 

In this work, the structures are definitely named and de- 
scribed, so that they may be known as distinctly as tangible 
objects. In every case the elements suggest the name, and 
the name suggests the elements. Of these structures there 
are thirty-six in the English language, all of which are named 
by a combination of thirteen terms, taken chiefly from ordinary 
grammar. 

As much of the claim of this work to public favor is founded 
on the peculiarities just described, it is necessary for the author 
to state in some detail what good this addition to the old sys- 
tem has enabled him to accomplish. 

1. It has enabled the author to display the whole subject in 
a systematic manner. 

2. It has enabled him to present the language in distinct 
portions, and to explain and illustrate the principles, without 
distracting the minds of learners with too many points at a 
time, and without anticipating their knowledge. 

3. It has enabled him to present the theory and the illustra- 
tions in such a manner, that learners may apply the theory in 
elementary composition at every step of their progress. 

4. It has enabled him to devise a mode of synthetic analy- 
zation, by which may be expressed as much in one or two 



PREFACE. V 

minutes as can be done in one hour by the ordinary formulas 
of parsing. 

5. It has enabled him to afford definite directions for ap- 
plying the conjunctions. 

6. It has enabled him to give a vast number of examples 
of verbal associations, in such a manner, that they may be- 
come the foundation of the style of all who may thoroughly 
study his work. 

7. It has enabled him to supply a series of reading lessons 
by which teachers of taste and good judgment may bring their 
pupils to read with exact precision and great elegance. 

By the preceding statements, it will be perceived that the 
author has prepared a work for teaching the English language 
generally ; that his book is at once a Grammar, an Elementary 
Rhetoric, and a Reader. 

The theory of the structures constitutes the chief part of 
the philosophy of the language ; yet, the whole of it can be 
learned by pupils who can form clear conceptions of the na- 
ture of case in parsing. A grammarian of the old stamp can 
learn the names and elements of all the structures in one or 
two hours, and he could teach the whole system without a 
moment's study on a single lesson before the class is before 
him ; provided he commence at the beginning, and hear every 
recitation. 

The chief objection made to a new grammar is founded on 
the difficulty of learning new formulas of parsing or analyza- 
tion. To relieve teachers from vague apprehensions on this 
account, the author states that his ordinary forms of analyza- 
tion by parts of speech and by structure, amount to about one 
hundred lines once told. Pupils should learn these formulas 
by concert repetition, under the correct vocal lead of the 
teacher. While conducting the exercises in this manner, 
even aged teachers could learn the formulas as rapidly as* their 
pupils. 

The author has made these explanations and declarations in 
the hope, that those who may read his preface, may be induced 



to examine his work with care and candor ; and that, in form- 
ing an opinion in relation to its merits, they will not mistake 
the recoil of the mind from new principles and new modes of 
instruction, for the decisions of an unbiased judgment. 

EDWARD HAZEN. 

New York, July 15, 1853. 

DIVISIONS OF THE WORK. 

The work is divided into Three Parts. 

Part First comprises a short treatise on orthography, the 
etymology and syntax of the noun, the article, the adjective, 
the pronoun, the adjective pronoun, and the verb. 

These classes of words are discussed as they occur, as 
far as it would be expedient for young learners to study them. 
They receive further attention in other parts of the work. 

Part Second comprises the etymology and syntax of the 
adverb, the preposition, the participle, the gerundive, [parti- 
cipial noun], the verb in the infinitive mode, and a full expla- 
nation of the structures of the language. 

Part Third comprises the etymology and syntax of the 
conjunction, and the different classes of pronouns not before 
fully discussed. 

Part First is published in a separate volume as an intro- 
ductory grammar. The Three Parts bound together in 12mo. 
form, constitute the grammar complete for the use of the 
higher classes. 

* # * — No examples of false syntax have been introduced, 
inasmuch as correct examples answer a far better purpose as 
guides to correct practice. The instructor can easily make 
false syntax out of the correct examples, by making that part 
of them incorrect to which the rule under consideration is ap- 
plicable. 



GENERAL CONTENTS. VU 



GENERAL CONTENTS 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 




Letters, 10 Diphthongs, 


11 


Syllables, 11 Triphthongs, 


11 


ETYMOLOGY. 




The parts of speech, 


12 


The substantive or noun, 


13 


Gender, 14 Person, 


27 


Number, 18 Case, 


27,44 


ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX. 




The article, 


28 


The adjective, 


34 


Descriptive adjectives, 34 Numeral adjectives, 37 


Proper adjectives, 36 Comparison of adjectives, 38 


The pronoun, 48, 


276 


1. The personal pronouns, 5. The relative pronouns, 288 



48, 277 6. The interrogative pro- 

2. The compound personal noun, 297 

pronouns, 49, 278 7. The interrogative ad- 

3. The adjective pronouns, jective pronouns, 298 

50, 280 8. The compound relative 

4. The possessive personal pronouns, 300 

pronouns, 286 

The verb, 53 

The transitive verb, 53 Defective verbs, 68 

The intransitive verb, 53 Auxiliary verbs, 68 

The passive verb, 54 Number and person, 69 

Modifications of verbs, 54 Synopsis of the verb, 76 

Regular verbs, 55 Forms of conjugation, 82 

Irregular verbs, 60 Illustrations of the verb, 86 



Vlll GENERAL CONTENTS. 

THE STRUCTURES, 109 

THE PREDICATIONS, 112 

The intransitive predica- The intransitive post-sub- 

tion, 113 stantive predication, 118 

The transitive predication, 114 The passive post-adjec- 
The passive predication, 115 tive predication, 119 

The intransitive post-ad- The passive post-substan- 

jective predication, 116 tive predication, 120 

The adverb, 122 

The preposition, 134 

The participle, 14S 

The participial predicates, 148 

The interjection, 158 

The independent case, 160 

Apposition, 163 

The gerundive, 166 

The gerundive predicates, 166 

The prep, gerundive predicates, 175 
The infinitive predicates, 185 

Synopsis of the structures, 204 

The conjunction, 213 

1. The additive conjunc- 6. The inferential con- 

tions, 213 junctions, 254 

2. The alternative con- 7. The adverbial conjunc- 

junctions, 214 tions, 255 

3. The correspondive con- 8. The comparative ad- 

junctions, 214 verbial conjunctions, 261 

4. The adversative con- 9. The conditional con- 

junctions, 247 junctions, 269 

5. The causative conjunc- 

tions, 252 



THE 

ANALYTIC AND SYNTHETIC 
ENGLISH GRAMMAR 



PART FIRST 



LANGUAGE. 

Language is the chief medium of interchanging 
thought. It is composed of sounds and words, the 
import of which is established by usage. It is said to 
be oral when expressed in vocal and articulate sounds, 
and written when expressed by letters or artificial signs. 

The languages spoken by the human race are \ery 
numerous, and are different in word and structure ; but 
nearly all of them are said to bear marks of a common 
origin. They are usually designated by the name of 
the people who have used them ; as, the Greek language, 
the French language, the English language. 

In the English language there are said to be about 
seventy thousand words ; but, deducting the technical, 
the unusual, and the obsolete, about fifteen thousand 
remain as the staple for common and literary purposes. 

1* 



10 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



GRAMMAR. 

Grammar is the science of language, and the art of 

speaking and writing accurately. As a science, it is a 

system of principles j , as an art, it is a system of rules 

for guiding learners in the definite application of the 

science. 

Certain grammatic principles are common to all languages ; 
but, in addition to these, every language has peculiarities of 
its own. In English grammar the common principles are dis- 
played, together with those peculiar to the English language. 

DIVISIONS OF GRAMMAR. 

Grammar is divided into four parts ; namely, 
Orthography, Syntax, 

Etymology, Prosody. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Orthography relates to letters, syllables, and words. 

letters. 

A letter is an alphabetic character used in writing or 
printing, to represent some elementary sound of speech. 

The English alphabet is composed of twenty-six letters. 

The letters are divided into vowels and consonants. 

A vowel represents a free, open sound, formed without 
contact of the organs of speech. 

A consonant represents an articulate sound, or a sound 
produced or modified by contact of the organs of speech. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 11 

The vowels are a, e, i, o, u, and sometimes w and y. 

Wand y are vowels or consonants, according to their use. 

The consonants are divided into mutes and semi- 
vowels. 

The mutes are b, d, Jc, p, q, t, and c and g hard. These 
letters are called mutes, because, in uttering them, the 
voice and the breath are suddenly checked. 

The semi-vowels are /, h, j, I, m, n, r, s, v, w, x, y, z, and 
c and g soft. 

W and y are semi- vowels, when they occur imme- 
diately before a vowel sound. In all other positions, 
they are vowels. 

L, m, n, and r, are also denominated liquids, because 
their sounds flow smoothly into those of other letters. 

SYLLABLES, 

A syllable is a letter, or a combination of letters, 
uttered by a single impulse of the voice. 

DIPHTHONGS AND TRIPHTHONGS. 

A diphthong is two vowels combined in one syllable ; 
as, ou in sound; oa in boat. When both vowels are 
sounded, it is a proper diphthong. When but one vowel 
is sounded, it is an improper diphthong, or a digraph. 

A triphthong is three vowels combined in one syl- 
lable ; as, ieu in lieu ; iew in view. When all the 
vowels are sounded, it is a proper triphthong. When 
one or two of the vowels are sounded, it is an improper 
triphthong, or a trbgraph. 

WORDS. 

A word, in spoken language, is a distinct part of 
speech ; or, a word is a syllable, or a distinct combina- 
tion of syllables, 



12 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

A word of one syllable is a monosyllable, 

A word of two syllables is a dissyllable, 

A word of three syllables is a trisyllable, 

A word of four or more syllables is & polysyllable. 

Words have as many syllables as they require distinct im- 
pulses of the voice to utter them ; and they should generally 
be divided, in oral spelling, writing, and printing, as the syl- 
lables are heard in the pronunciation. 

In writing and printing, a syllable should not be divided at 
the end of a line, nor should a vowel, beginning a word, end a 
line. 



ETYMOLOGY. 

Etymology relates to the classification, the inflection, 
and the derivation of words. 

Classification is the division of words into different 
sorts. 

Inflection is the change of form which words undergo, 
to express different relations. 

Derivation relates to the origin and formation of 
words. 

THE PARTS OF SPEECH. 

The words of the English language are divided -into 
nine classes • viz., 

The substantive, or noun, The verb, 
The article, The adverb, 

The adjective, The preposition, 

The pronoun, The interjection, 

The conjunction. 



THE NOUN. CLASSIFICATION. 13 

THE SUBSTANTIVE, OR NOUN. 
A substantive, or noun, is the name of any thing 
that is made a subject of thought ; as, 

Animal, Philip, goodness, 

hero, Johnson, gravity, 

vessel, Andes, concealment. 

classification of nouns. 
Nouns are divided into common, proper, and collective. 
A common noun is a name which may be applied to 
every individual of the same class or kind ; as, 
Man, town, paper, purity, 

child, river, carpet, magnitude, 

horse, mountain, farmer, investment. 

Common nouns are subdivided into abstract, verbal, and 
diminutive. 

An abstract noun is the name of a quality, or an attribute 
taken abstractedly ; as, 

Wisdom, amplitude, honesty, 

acuteness, constancy, jollity, 

absurdity, fragrance, grandiloquence. 

A verbal noun is a word which is derived from a verb, and 
which expresses action, being, or a state of being, without 
predicating like a verb ; as, 

Denial, concealment, admittance, 

action, exposure, convalescence, 

f/ilure, acceptance, conference. 

A diminutive noun is derived from another noun, and repre- 
sents an object of a similar kind, but smaller ; as, 

Primitive. Diminutive. Primitive, Diminutive. 

Lamb, lambkin. River, rivulet. 

Duck, duckling. Hill, hillock. 

A proper noun is a particular name of a person, 
place, or thing ; as, 

Charles, Hannah More, Europe, 

Mary, Robert Fulton, Baltimore, 

William, John Marshal, Sunday. 



14 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



When a proper noun is used to denote a class, or one of a 
class, of persons or things, it becomes a common noun ; as, 
I saw a number of Americans in Paris. — He is a Cataline or a 
Cicero — " Many a fiery Alp." 

When a common noun is used with the article the, to desig- 
nate a well-known place, it becomes a proper noun ;, as, The 
Battery.— The Park. 

A common noun is sometimes made proper by personifica- 
tion ; as, Mercy interposed in our behalf. 

A collective noun is the name of a collection of ob- 
jects of the same kind ; as, 

Mob, flock, party, company, 

clan, school, family, multitude, 

crew, army, library, committee. 



MODIFICATIONS OF THE NOUN. 

The modifications of nouns are gender, number, per- 
son, and case. 

GENDER. 

Gender is a distinction in nouns with regard to sex. 

There are three genders ; the masculine, the femi- 
nine, and the neuter. 

The masculine gender denotes the male sex ; 

The feminine gender denotes the female sex; 

The neuter gender denotes that the object is not dis- 
tinguished by sex. 

Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. 

Man, woman. Book, 

King, queen. camp, 

Stag, hind. motion, 

Actor, actress. lesson, 

Male child, female child. peace, 

Landlord, landlady. duty, 

Widower, widow. carriage. 



THE NOUN. GENDER. 



15 



METHODS OF EXPRESSING SEX. 

There are three methods of expressing the distinctions of 

!X. 

1. By words different in every syllable : 



Masculine. 


Feminine. 


Masculine. 


Feminine. 


Bachelor, 


maid. 


Lord, 


ilady. 


Beau, 


belle. 


Gentleman, 


Boy, 


girl. 


Man, 


woman. 


Brother, 


sister. 


Master, 


mistress. 


Buck, 


doe. 


Milter, 


spawner. 


Boar, 


sow. 


Nephew, 


niece. 


Bull, 


cow. 


Papa, 


mamma. 


Cock, 


hen. 


Rake, 


jilt. 


Colt, 


filly. 


Ram, 


ewe. 


Dog, 


bitch. 


Sire, 


dam. 


Drake, 


duck. 


Sir, 


madam. 


Earl, ' 


countess. 


Sloven, 


slut. 


Father, 


mother. 


Son, 


daughter. 


Friar, > 
Monk, > 


nun. 


Stag, 


hind. 




Steer, 


heifer. 


Gander, 


goose. 


Swain, 


nymph. 


Hart, 


roe. 


Uncle, 


aunt. 


Horse, 


mare. 


Wizard, 


witch. 


Husband, 


wife. 


Youth, 


damsel. 


King, 


queen. 


Young man. 


, maiden. 


Lad, 


lass. 







2. By prefixing or affixing a distinct word 



Masculine. Feminine. 

Buck-rabbit, doe-rabbit. 

CocAr-sparrow, Aen-sparrow. 

Grandfather, grandmother. 

Grandsire, grano'am. 

.ffe-goat, she-goat. 



Landlord, 



landlady. 



Masculine. 

Male child, 

Man-kind, 

.Marc-servant, 

Fez-cock, 

School-ooy, 

Serving-man, 



Feminine. 

female child. 

woman-kind. 

maidservant. 

ipea-hen. 

school-girZ. 

serving-maw/. 



16 



HAZEN.S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



3. By different syllabic terminations : 



Masculine. 


Feminine. 


Masculine. 


Feminine. 


Abbot, 


abbess. 


Patron, 


patroness. 


Actor, 


actress. 


Peer, 


peeress. 


Adulterer, 


adulteress. 


Poet, 


poetess. 


Ambassador 


ambassadress. 


Priest, 


priestess. 


Arbiter, 


arbitress. 


Prince, 


princess. 


Author, 


authoress. 


Prior, 


prioress. 


Baron, 


baroness. 


Progenitor, 


progenitress. 


Benefactor, 


benefactress. 


Prophet, 


prophetess. 


Caterer, 


cateress. 


Protector, 


protectress. 


Chanter, 


chantress. 


Seamster, 


seamstress. 


Conductor, 


conductress. 


Shepherd, 


shepherdess. 


Count, 


countess. 


Songster, 


songstress. 


Deacon, 


deaconess. 


Sorcerer, 


sorceress. 


Director, 


directress. 


Tailor, 


tailoress. 


Duke, 


duchess. 


Tiger, 


tigress. 


Editor, 


editress. 


Traitor, 


traitress 


Elector, 


electress. 


Tutor, 


tutoress. 


Emperor, 


empress. 


Votary, 


votaress. 


Enchanter, 


enchantress. 


Viscount, 


viscountess. 


Founder, 


foundress. 


Marquis, 


marchioness. 


Giant, 


giantess. 


Bridegroom, 


bride. 


God, 


goddess. 


Widower, 


widow. 


Governor, 


governess. 


Hero, 


heroine. 


Hebrew, 


Hebrewess. 


Czar, 


czarina. 


Heir, 


heiress. 


Sultan, 


$ sultana. 
< sultaness. 


Host, 


hostess. 


Hunter, 


huntress. 


Don, 


donna. 


Idolator, 


idolatress. 


Landgrave, 


landgravine. 


Instructor, 


instructress.- 


Margrave, 


margravine. 


Jew, 


Jewess. 


Testator, 


testatrix. 


Lion, 


lioness. 


Executor, 


1 executress. 
f executrix. 


Mayor, 


mayoress. 




Monitor, 


monitress. 


Administrator, administratrix. 


Negro, 


negress. 







THE NOUN. GENDER. 17 



OBSERVATIONS ON GENDER. 

1. Gender in grammar is founded on the distinction of sex 
in animated nature, and the absence of sex in things destitute 
of animal life. 

2. Some words relating to our own species, are applicable to 
both sexes ; as, parent, child, cousin, friend, neighbor, teacher, 
philosopher, and warrior. The gender of such nouns can 
often be determined by the context. When this cannot be 
done, they may be called, in grammatic solution, masculine. 
When a noun in the plural number necessarily includes both 
sexes, it may be called masculine and feminine. 

3. When the sex of small animals need not be expressed, 
the noun is construed as neuter gender. 

4. When a collective noun conveys unity of idea, or takes 
the plural form, it is of the neuter gender ; but when it con- 
veys plurality of idea without the plural form, it follows the 
gender of the objects composing the collection. 

5. Proper nouns follow the gender of the common nouns 
which they represent. 

6. Generic nouns, such as man, the elephant, the horse, the 
dog, the cow, the cat, the hawk, the goose, which include both 
sexes, are sometimes called epicene nouns. The first four 
are ccmstrued as masculine, and the last four as ' feminine. 
W'hen the word itself does not point to the leading gender, 
the nature of the species will furnish a guide to the' proper 
designation. Large, strong, or energetic animals may be con- 
strued as masculine, while small, feeble, and mild animals are 
construed as feminine. 

7. By a figure of speech, called personification, some nouns 
naturally neuter are spoken of as masculine or feminine ; as, 
We viewed the sun when he was setting, and the moon when 
she was rising. — I prefer this boat, on account of her exceed- 
ing beauty and speed. On this fiction depends much of the 
force and beauty of the English language ; yet definite rules 
cannot be given to guide learners unerringly in the application 
of this figure of speech. Those objects, however, which are 
distinguished for masculine qualities, such as strength, bold- 
ness, or energy, are generally construed as masculine, and 
those which are distinguished for feminine qualities, such as 
beauty, mildness, or fecundity, are construed as feminine. 



18 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

NUMBER. 

Number is the singular or plural expression of ob- 
jects. 

There are two numbers ; the singular and the pluraL 

The singular number denotes one object. 

The plural number denotes more than one object ; as, 



Singular. 


Plural. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


Man, 


men. 


Horse, 


horses. 


Foot, 


feet. 


Swallow, 


swallows, 


Hat, 


hats. 


Lash, 


lashes. 


Book, 


books. 


Brush, 


brushes. 


Sea, 


seas. 


Knife, 


knives. 


Hope, 


hopes. 


Child, 


children. 



GENERAL RULES FOR FORMING THE PLURAL. 

Regular nouns form their plural by adding s or es to 
the singular. 

When the singular ends in a letter which readily 
coalesces in sound with s, the plural is generally formed 
by adding s, without increasing the number of syllables. 

When the singular ends with a letter which does not 

readily coalesce in sound with s, the plural is formed by 

adding s to final e, and es to other terminations. 

S, used in the formation of the plural, has the sound of z, 
except after/, k, p, t, ph, and c and ch hard. 

PARTICULAR RULES FOR FORMING THE PLURAL. 

When the singular ends in a or e, preceded by a consonant, 
the plural is formed by adding s ; as, 

Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. 

Era, eras. Diploma, diplomas. 

Zebra, zebras. Saddle, saddles. 

Spade, spades. Example, examples. 

Hive, hives. Medicine, medicines. 

Vale, vales, Signature, signatures. 



THE NOUN. NUMBER. 



19 



When the singular ends in a, e, u, or w, preceded by a 
rowel, the plural is formed by adding s ; as, 



Singular. 


Plural. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


Pea, 


peas. 


Idea, 


ideas. 


Bee, 


bees. 


Bureau, 


bureaus. 


Foe, 


foes. 


Sorrow, 


sorrows. 


Cue, 


cues. 


Landau, 


landaus. 



When the singular ends in 1 
plural is formed by adding s ; as, 



preceded by a vowel, the 



Singular. 

Clay, 
Key, 
Boy, 
Viceroy, 



Singular. 



clays. 
keys, 
boys, 
viceroys. 



Valley, 
Turkey, 
Money, 
Attorney, 



valleys, 
turkeys, 
moneys, 
attorneys. 



When the singular ends in y preceded by a consonant, the 
plural is formed by changing y to i, and adding es ; as, 



Plural. Singular. Plural. 

Fly, flies. Piracy, piracies. 

Berry, berries. Prodigy, prodigies. 

City, cities. Destiny, destinies. 

Proxy, proxies. Liberty, liberties. 

When the singular ends in o, preceded by a consonant, the 

plural is formed by adding es ; as, 



Singular. 

Hero, 

Negro, 
Echo, 
Veto, 
Motto, 



Plural. 

heroes. 

negroes. 

echoes. 

vetoes. 

mottoes. 



Singular. 

Tornado, 

Potato, 

Flamingo, 

Buffalo, 

Manifesto, 



Plural. 

tornadoes. 

potatoes. 

flamingoes. 

buffaloes. 

manifestoes. 



The exceptions to the preceding rule are found in words not 
fully Anglicised ; as, 



Singular. 

Solo, 

Halo, 

Tyro, 

Canto, 

Grotto, 

Junto, 

Stucco, 

Portico, 



Plural. 

solos. 

halos. 

tyros. 

cantos. 

grottos. 

juntos. 

stuccos. 

porticos. 



Singular. 

Proviso, 

Rotundo, 

Quarto, 

Duodecimo, 

Octavo, 

Memento, 

Virtuoso, 



provisos. 

rotundos. 

quartos. 

duodecimos. 

octavos. 

mementos. 

virtuosos. 

virtuosi. 



20 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



When the singular ends in o or in oo, pronounced as in too, or 
in o preceded by a vowel, the plural is formed by adding s ; as, 

Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. 

Bamboo, bamboos. Folio, folios. 

Cuckoo, cuckoos. Olio, olios. 

Tattoo, tattoos. Nuncio, nuncios. 

T-wo, twos. Genio, genios. 

When the singular ends in a consonant which readily co- 
alesces in sound with s, the plural is formed by adding s ; as, 



Singular. 

Slab, 
Sled, 
Stag, 
Well, 
Brim, 
Chin, 



Plural. 

slabs, 
sleds, 
stags. 
wells, 
brims, 
chins. 



Singular. 

Inkstand, 

Starling, 

Sandal, 

Diagram, 

Chicken, 

Winter, 



Plural. 

inkstands. 

starlings. 

sandals. 

diagrams. 

chickens. 

winters. 



THE PLURALIZING S WITH THE HISSING SOUND. 



Singular. 

Muff, 

Luck, 

Ship, 

Hat, 

Coat, 



Plural. 

muffs. 

locks. 

ships. 

hats. 

coats. 



Singular. 

Reproof, 

Assault, 

Epitaph, 

Critic, 

Monarch, 



Plural. 

reproofs. 

assaults. 

epitaphs. 

critics. 

monarchs. 



When the singular ends in e, following a consonant which 
does not readily coalesce in sound with s, the plural is formed 
by adding s, which, with the e, forms a separate syllable ; as, 



Singular. 

Lace, 
Voice, 
Page, 
Rose, 



Plural. 

laces, 
voices, 
pages, 
roses. 



Singular. 

Nurse, 
Maze, 
Difference, 
Average, 



Plural. 

nurses, 
mazes, 
differences, 
averages. 



When the singular ends in x, s, ss, sh, or ch soft, the plural 
is formed by adding es, which forms a separate syllable ; as, 



Singular. 

Tax, 

Gas, 
Kiss, 
Lash, 
Brush, 



Plural. 

taxes, 
gases, 
kisses, 
lashes, 
brushes. 



Singular. 

Branch, 

Batch, 

Atlas, 

Witness, 

Ignoramus, 



Plural. 

branches. 

batches. 

atlases. 

witnesses. 

ignoramuses. 



THE NOUN. NUMBER. 



21 



The following nouns form the plural by changing / or fe 
into ves ; as, 



Singular. 

Elf, 

Self, 

Shelf, 

Wolf, 

Calf, 

Half, 

Leaf, 



Plural. 

elves. 

selves. 

shelves. 

wolves. 

calves. 

halves. 

leaves. 



Singular. 


Plural. 


Sheaf, 


sheaves, 


Loaf, 


loaves. 


Thief, 


thieves. 


Beef, 


beeves. 


Knife, 


knives. 


Life, 


lives. 


Wife, 


wives. 


lural by 
its : 


changing the v 


Singular. 


Plural. 


Goose, 


geese. 


Louse, 


lice. 


Mouse, 


mice. 



or diphthong between the consonants 

Singular. Plural. 

Man, men. 

Woman, women. 

Foot, feet. 

Tooth, teeth. 

When a compound noun ends with any of these words, the 
plural is formed in the same manner ; as, Gentleman, gentle- 
men ; eye-tooth, eye-teeth. 

German, Mussulman, Turkoman, and talisman, form the 
plural by adding s, they not being compounds of man. 

Ox and child form the plural in en; as, Ox, oxen; child, 
children. 

Some nouns have two plurals of different significations ; as, 

Singular. Plural. Piural. 

Brother, brothers, brethren. 

Die, dies, dice. 

Penny, pennies, pence. 

Index, indexes, indices. 

Genius, geniuses, genii. 

Brothers denote sons of the same parents ; brethren, indi- 
viduals of the same church or society. Dies denote steel 
instruments for stamping figures ; dice, cubes used in gaming. 
Pennies denote pieces of coin ; pence, their value in computa- 
tion. Indexes denote tables of contents ; indices, signs in 
algebra. Geniuses denote persons of genius ; genii, imagin- 
ary spirits. 

Such expressions as fourpence, sixpence, ninepence, when 
used as names of coin, are singular, and have a regular plural ; 
as, A sixpence. — Three fourpences or two sixpences make a 
shilling. 



22 



COMPOUND NOUNS, AND DERIVATIVES IN ful. 



Compound nouns, in which the principal word occurs first, 
pluralize the first word ; as, 

Singular. Plural. 

Father-in-] aw, fathers-in-law. 

Aid-de-camp, aids-de-camp. 

Commander-in-chief, commanders-in-chief. 

Court-martial, courts-martial. 

Knight-errant, knights-errant. 

Cousin-german, cousins-german. 

Hanger-on, hangers-on. 

Going-forth, goings-forth. 

Compound nouns, in which the principal word occurs last, 
pluralize the last word ; as, 

Singular. Plural. 

Mouse-trap, mouse-traps. 

Man servant, man servants. 

Fellow-servant, fellow-servants. 

Piano-forte, piano-fortes. 

Queen-consort, queen-consorts. 

Manslayer, manslayers. 

Outpouring, outpourings. 

Ingathering, ingatherings. 

Overflowing, overflowings. 

Derivative nouns of measure in ful pluralize the last syl- 
lable ; as, Spoonful, spoonfuls ; handful, handfuls ; cupful, 
cupfuls ; mouthful, mouthfuls ; pailful, pailfuls. 

NOUNS DEFECTIVE IN NUMBER. 

Nouns are defective in number, when they lack the singular 
or the plural form. They are of several classes : 
1. Those used in the singular form and meaning; as, 

Gold, cloth, sloth, attendance, 

pitch, love, darkness, temperance, 

rice, goodness, violence, eternity, 

cotton, pride, innocence, eucharist. 

The names of things which are weighed and measured, 
belong to this class ; although many of them admit of a plural, 
to express the several varieties ; as Sugars, teas, cottons. 



THE NOUN. NUMBER. 



23 



2. Those used in the plural form and meaning ; as, 



Amends, 


drawers, 


lees, 


shambles, 


archives, 


dregs, 


lungs, 


shears, 


ashes, 


eaves, 


matins, 


snuffers, 


assets, 


embers, 


nippers, 


spectacles, 


bitters, 


entrails, 


obsequies, 


thanks. 


bowels, 


failings, 


orgies, 


tidings, 


breeches, 


folks, 


pinchers, 


tongs, 


calends, 


forceps, 


pliers, 


tweezers, 


chops, 


goods, 


fluids, 


vespers, 


clothes, 


goggles, 


riches, 


victuals, 


customs, 


hatches, 


scissors, 


vitals. 


downs, 


ides, 







Pleiads and lungs admit of the singular ; as, The lost pleiad. 
— The left lung. Bitter is sometimes used in the singular ; 
as, This bark makes a good bitter. Customs, drawers, hatches, 
nippers, pinchers, and snuffers, are also used in the singular 
number, but not with the meaning which they bear when used 
in the plural. 

3. Those which have the singular form, but a singular or 
a plural construction ; as, Deer, sheep, swine, grouse, vermin. 

Fowl &nd fish are each the name of a genus of animals, and 
as such they have no plural form ; but when used to express 
the different species altogether, or individual specimens of any 
particular species, they have the plural form ; as, The fowls 
of the air. — The fishes of the sea. — Six fowls. — Three small 
fishes. 

Shad, herring, mackerel, haddock, &c, are used in the sin- 
gular form in expressing the species, or in speaking of the 
animals in bulk ; as, The shad. — The herring. — This fish- 
monger sells shad and herring by the barrel, by the keg, and 
by the dozen. When more than one of the animals are spoken 
of individually, the words should have the plural form ; as, We 
caught ten trouts, and bought four salmons. Usage, however, 
is unsettled in relation to the last part of this rule, as we often 
meet with such nouns in the singular form combined with a 
word in the plural ; as, Three pike.— Four salmon.-— Many 
tench. 

Brace, couple, pair, dozen, score, hundred, and thousand, 
are construed as singular or plural; as, A brace; two brace. 
— A score; six score. — A hundred; six hundred; but the 
plural form is used without a numeral adjective after by or ins 



24 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

as, By braces ; in braces. — By couples ; in couples. — By 
dozens, scores, hundreds, or thousands. 

Cattle is always plural. People is construed as plural, unless 
it is preceded by one, a, an, this, or that. 

4. Those which have the plural form, and are construed as 
singular or plural ; as, 

Alms, wages, species, shambles, 

means, pains, congeries, bellowsf, 

odds, amends, superfices, gallows, 

riches, series, 

Pains, riches, and wages, when preceded by much, are con- 
strued as singular. In other cases, they are generally taken 
as plural. 

Means and ainends, referring to one object, are singular ; to 
more than one, plural. Mean is used to express the middle 
between two extremes. Bellows and gallows are mostly con- 
strued as singular. Bellowses and gallowses are sanctioned 
by good authority ; yet it may be unsafe to use this form of 
the plural in some parts of the United States. Shambles is 
generally used as plural. 

5. Those which have the plural form, and are construed in 
the singular sense ; as, 



News, 


mumps, 


ethics, 


pneumatics, 


billiards, 


measles, 


optics, 


metaphysics, 


twos, 


bots, 


physics, 


mechanics, 


molasses, 


hysterics, 


politics, 


mathematics. 



THE PLURAL OP PROPER NOUNS. 

When nouns are strictly used as proper nouns, they have no 
plural ; but, when they are reduced to a species of common 
noun by the article the, they are used in the plural number ; 
as, The Washingtons, the Adamses, the Catos, the twelve 
CcBsars, the Livies. 

The proper names of nations, tribes, societies, and com- 
munities, are generally plural, and, when spoken of, are usually 
construed with the article the, or with a numeral adjective ; as, 
The Greeks. — The Jesuits. — The Freemasons. — The Luther- 
ans. — The Baltimoreans. — Six Greeks, &c. Such words are 
also used in the singular number with one, a, an, and the ; as, 
A Greek. — One Greek. — The Greek, &c. 



THE NOUN NUMBER. 



25 



When a title is prefixed to a proper noun, to designate a 
class of persons, the name is varied to form the plural ; as, 
The Miss Hamiltons. — The Mrs. Howards. — The two Mr. 
Smiths. When the persons are referred to individually, the title 
is varied ; as, The Misses Lucinda and Emeline Harrison. — - 
Messrs. Edward and Frederick Hamlin. — Messrs. Cornish, 
Lamport & Co. — The Judges Oakley and King. — The Lords 
Lyndhurst and Brougham. — The Generals Scott and Wool. 

The letters of the alphabet should be written as in the fol- 
lowing table : 



Singular. 


Plural. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


A, 


Aes, 


Jay, 


Jays, 


Ess, 


Esses, 


Bee, 


Bees, 


Kay, 


Kays, 


Tee, 


Tees, 


Cee, 


Cees, 


Ell, 


Ells, 


u, 


Ues, 


Dee, 


Dees, 


Em, 


Ems, 


Vee, 


Vees, 


E, ' 


Ees, 


En, 


Ens, 


Double-u, 


Double-ues, 


Eff, 


EfTs, 


o, 


Oes, 


Ex, 


Exes, 


Gee, 


Gees, 


Pee, 


Pees, 


Wy, 


Wies, 


Aitch, 


Aitches, 


Kue, 


Kues, 


Zee, 


Zees, 


I, 


Ies, 


Ar, 


Ars, 







NOUNS NOT FULLY ANGLICIZED. 

Some nouns adopted into our language without change of 
form, still retain their original plural, although some of them 
have also a regular English plural. Those having an English 
plural are marked in the following tables with the letter R. 

Latin nouns in a form the plural by changing a to &. Greek 
nouns in a form the plural by adding ta ; as, 

Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. 

Alumna, alumnee. Macula, macula? 

Anathema, anathemata. — R.. Miasma, miasmata. 

Lamina, laminae. Nebula, nebulae. 

Larva, larvae. Vertebra, vertebrae. 

Nouns in um or on form the plural by changing um or on to 
a ; as, 

Plural. 

memoranda. -R 
menstrua. — R 
momenta. — R 
phenomena, 
scholia. — R. 
spectra. — R. 



Singular. 


Plural. 


Singular. 


Animalculum, 


, animalcula.-R. 


Memorandun 


Arcanum, 


arcana. 


Menstruum, 


Automaton, 


automata. — R. 


Momentum, 


Criterion, 


criteria. 


Phenomenon 


Datum, 


data. 


Scholium, 


Desideratum, 


desiderata. -R. 


Spectrum, 



26 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



Singular. Plural. 

Effluvium, effluvia. 

Encomium, encomia, — R. 

Erratum, errata. 

Gymnasium, gymnasia. — R. 

Medium, media. — R. 



Singular. Plural. 

Speculum, specula. — R, 
Stratum, strata.— R. 

Succedaneum, succedanea.-R. 
Trapezium, trapezia. — R. 
Vinculum, vincula. — R. 



Latin nouns in us form the plural by changing us to i, or to 



Singular. 


Plural. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


Alumnus, 


alumni. 


Genus, 


genera. 


Calculus, 


calculi. 


Ignis fatuus, 


ignes fatui, 


Focus, 


foci. — R. 


Magus, 


magi. 


Fungus, 


fungi. — R. 


Radius, 


radii. 


Genius, 


genii. — R. 


Stimulus, 


stimuli. 



Latin nouns in is form the plural by changing is to es. 
Greek nouns in is form the plural by changing is to ides ; as, 



Singular. 


Plural. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


Amanuensis, 


amanuenses. 


Emphasis, 


emphases. 


Analysis, 


analyses. 


Ephemeris, 


ephemerides. 


Antithesis, 


antitheses 


Epidermis, 


epidermides. 


Aphis, 


aphides. 


Fascis, 


fasces. 


Apsis, 


apsides. 


Hypothesis, 


hypotheses. 


Ascaris, 


ascarides. 


Metamorphosis. 


i metamorphoses, 


Axis, 


axes. 


Oasis, 


oases. 


Basis, 


bases. 


Parenthesis, 


parentheses. 


Cantharis, 


cantharides. 


Phasis, 


phases. 


Chrysalis, 


chrysalides. 


Praxis, 


praxes. 


Crisis. 


crises. 


Synopsis, 


synopses. 


Diaeresis, 


diaereses. 


Synthesis, 


syntheses. 


Diesis, 


dieses. 


Syrtis, 


syrtes. 


Ellipsis, 


ellipses. 


Thesis, 


theses. 



Nouns in x form the plural by changing x to ces, and ex to 



ices; as, 

Singular. 

Apex, 

Appendix, 

Calyx, 

Calx, 

Caudex, 

Cycatrix 



Plural. 

apices. — R. 
appendices. — R. 
calyces. — R. 
calces. — R. 
caudices. — R 



Singular. 

Helix, 

Index, 

Matrix, 

Radix, 

Vertex, 



Plural. 

helices. — R. 
indices. — R. 
matrices. — R. 
radices.— R. 
vertices. — R. 



cycatrices. — R. Vortex, vortices. — R. 



THE NOUN. PERSON. CASE. 27 

The following nouns cannot be regularly classified : 



Singular. 


Plural. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


Bandit, 


banditti. 


Monsieur, 


messieurs. 


Beau, 


beaux. — R. 


Stamen, 


stamina. — R. 


Cherub, 


cherubim. — R. 


Virtuoso, 


virtuosi. — R. 


Seraph, 


seraphim. — R. 







OTHER PARTS OF SPEECH USED AS NOUNS. 

When other parts of speech are used as nouns, they either 
want the plural, or form it regularly like common nouns of the 
same endings ; as, His affairs go on at sixes and sevens. — The 
yeas and nays. — The ayes and noes. — The ins and the outs. — 
His ands and his huts. — By halves, twos, fourths, tenths. — 
The whies and the hies. — Eatings, sayings, and doings. 

PERSON. 

Person is the relation which nouns sustain to sentences. 
There are three persons ; the first, the second, and the 
third. 

The first person denotes the person who speaks. 
The second person denotes the person spoken to. 
The third person denotes the person or thing spoken of. 



Case is the relation which nouns sustain to certain 
other words in sentences. 

There are four cases ; the nominative, the possessive, 
the objective, and the independent. 

The nominative case is the agent or the subject of the 
verb. 

The possessive case denotes possession or ownership. 

The objective case denotes the passive relation in which 
a w T ord is governed by a transitive word or by a prepo- 
sition. 

The independent case denotes that the word is free 
from any constructive dependence. 



28 HAZEn's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

SYNTAX. 

Syntax relates to the agreement and the government 
of words, and to their appropriate arrangement in sen- 
tences. 

This part of grammar consists chiefly of rules, deduced from 
the customary forms of speech. 

A rule, in its general application, is a definite direction. 

An exception to a rule is a deviation from it in some par- 
ticular case. 



ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX. 

Etymology relates to words as individual means of expressing 
thought, and syntax, to the manner of their combination. These 
two branches of grammar are ever associated in the use of language, 
and should ever be associated in theory ; especially as one branch of 
the subject cannot be fully comprehended without a knowledge of 
the other. 

The parts of speech will be treated in the order of their impor- 
tance in the structure of sentences. The etymology will be first pre- 
sented, and then the syntax. In all cases, examples of illustration 
will be given, together with concise forms of analysis. 



THE ARTICLE. 

An article is a word placed before nouns to modify 
their application. 

There are two articles ; a or an and the. 
A or an is the indefinite article. 
The is the definite article. 

RULES OP SYNTAX. 

The article a or an belongs to nouns in the singular 
number. 

The article the belongs to nouns in the singular or the 
plural number. 



THE ARTICLE. 



29 



THE ARTICLE AND THE NOUN. 

1. Common and collective nouns without an article or other 
definitive to modify their application, are taken in a wide or 
general sense. 

2. A or an is used to modify the application of the noun, 
so as to point out one person or thing-, without distinguishing 
the object from all others of the same class. 

3. The is used to modify the application of the noun, so as 
to poiiff out one object or more, and to distinguish it or them 
from all others of the same class. 



General. 

President, 

Merchant, 

Mechanic, 

Planter, 

Professor, 

Stranger, 

Virtue, 

Precept, 



Indefinite. 

a president, 
a merchant, 
a mechanic, 
a' planter, 
a professor, 
a stranger, 
a virtue, 
a precept, 



Definite 

the president, 
the merchant, 
the mechanic, 
the planter, 
the professor, 
the stranger, 
the virtue, 
the precept, 



the 
the 
the 
the 
the 
the 
the 
the 



presidents. 

merchants. 

mechanics, 

planters. 

professors. 

strangers. 

virtues. 

precepts. 



4. A is used before words beginning with a consonant 
sound ; as, 



A bearer. 
A casket. 
A danger. 
A fabric. 
A garment. 



A journey. 
A kingdom. 
A landscape. 
A machine. 
A napkin. 



A question. 
A reason. 
A sojourn. 
A turkey. 
A visit. 



A yeoman. 
A zealot. 
A unit. 
A usage. 
A eulogy. 



A history. A pilot. 



A workman. A universe. 



5. An is used before words beginning with a vowel sound ; as, 

An hour. 



An abode. 
An acre. 
An edict. 
An empire. 
An income. 



An invoice. 
An office. 
An orbit. 
An ulcer. 
An umpire. 



An oath. 
An ointment. 
An outrage. 
An owl. 
An oyster. 



An heir. 
An heiress. 
An honor. 
An hostler. 



30 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



6. The is used before generic names of animals, trees, and 
plants, to indicate the particular species in contradistinction to 
of her species ; as, 



The horse. 
The cow. 
The dog. 
The cat. 



The eagle. 
The goose. 
The spider. 
The adder. 



The whale. 
The tortoise. 
The salmon. 
The frog. 



The beech. 
The currant 
The rose. 
The tulip. 



7. The is used before the names of nations, tribes, sects, 
societies, and communities. The is also used, as well as a or 
an, before the same words, to designate a particular &ne, or 
some one of the class ; as, 

Nations, &c. A particular one. 

The Medes, the Mede, 

The Winnebagoes, the Winnebago, 



The Tartars, the Tartar, 

The Stoics, the Stoic, 

The Moravians, the Moravian, 

The Rechabites, the Rechabite, 

The Bostonians, the Bostonian, 

The Americans, the American, 

8. The is used before the plural names of mountains ; as, 
The Allegharries. — The Andes. 



Some one. 

a Mede. 
a Winnebago, 
a Tartar, 
a Stoic. 
a Moravian, 
a Rechabite. 
a Bostonian, 
an American. 



9. The is used before nouns to distinguish persons em- 
phatically ; as, 

The Psalmist. The Virgin. The Apostle. 

The Evangelist. The Prophet. The Saviour. 

10. A or an is used before proper nouns, to distinguish one 
person of a similar character or of the same name. The is 
used in like manner to distinguish one person or more ; as, 

The original. A similar character. Similar characters. 

Cicero, a Cicero, the Cicero, the Ciceros. 

Nero, a. Nero, the Nero, the Neros. 

Newton, a Newton, the Newton, the Newtons. 

Franklin, a Franklin, the Franklin, the Franklins. 

Adams, an Adams, the Adams, the Adamses. 



THE ARTICLE. 



31 



SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 



A president, 
A merchant, 
A virtue, 
A beaver, 
A. fabric, 
A.n abode, 
A.n hour, 
A horse, 
A-n eagle, 
A whale, 
A rose, 
A Mede, 
A.n apostle, 
A. Cicero, 



the president, 
the merchant, 
the virtue, 
the beaver, 
the fabric, 
the abode, 
the hour, 
the horse, 
the eagle, 
the whale, 
the rose, 
the Mede, 
the apostle, 
the Cicero, 



the presidents, 
the merchants, 
the virtues, 
the beavers, 
the fabrics, 
the abodes, 
the hours, 
the horses, 
the eagles, 
the whales, 
the roses, 
the Medes. 
the apostles, 
the Ciceros. 



REMARKS AND SUGGESTIONS. 

Instances of the association of the parts of speech are denomi- 
nated synthetic examples, and such examples, in the succeeding 
parst of this grammar, whether thus headed or not, are proposed as 
models for imitation, as well as for parsing. 

Analyzing sentences by formulas of parsing may enable pupils to 
detect errors in composition ; but practice in the construction of sen- 
tences must be chiefly relied on, to secure a ready and correct use of 
language. A mere theoretic grammarian is like a mere theoretic 
mechanic : both may be tolerable judges of jobs executed by others ; 
but neither can execute properly a simple piece of work himself. It 
is generally known that not one person in twenty who have delved 
through the ordinary course of grammatic learning, can compose 
correctly twenty consecutive lines on one subject. This state of 
English scholarship does not result from errors in the doctrines of 
grammar, but from want of practice. The several associations of the 
parts of speech are so arranged and presented in this work, that 
pupils may learn the theory and the practice together. 

In carrying out this plan of instruction, teachers will discover that 
the verbal resources of their pupils are so limited that very little can 
be done without reference to a vocabulary of words grammatically 
classified, and correctly defined. Such a work is " Hazen's New 
Speller and Definer ;" and it is hoped that that work will be used 
with this grammar, especially in the higher classes. 



32 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

A president, the president, the presidents. 

A virtue, the virtue, the virtues. 

A is the indefinite article, and belongs to president. Rule. — 
The article a or an belongs to nouns in the singular number. 

President is a common noun, masculine gender, singular 
number, third person. 

The is the definite article, and belongs to president. Rule. — 
The article the belongs to nouns in the singular or the plural 
number. 

President is parsed as in the preceding example. 

The is the definite article, and belongs to Presidents. Rule. — 
The article the belongs to nouns in the singular or the plural 
number. 

Presidents is a common noun, masculine gender, plural 
number, third person. 



The proposed exercises will secure accurate spelling', and a stock of 
words which will be ever ready to light upon the tongue, or drop 
from the fingers. When pupils can write simple and compound sen- 
tences with facility, they are supplied with the elements of consec- 
utive compositions, and these they may then attempt with a reason 
able prospect of success. 

The formulas of parsing in this work are as concise as they can 
well be ; yet are they minute enough to answer the purpose in every 
particular. The author has aimed at precision and elegance in hi? 
formulas, and observing teachers cannot fail to perceive that pupils 
must improve in style by repeating them. 

Long formulas of parsing confuse uncultivated minds, and are 
serious obstacles to improvement. Etymological definitions should, 
therefore, constitute no. part of the formulas. Explanations occa- 
sionally afforded, and questions proposed before or during the exer- 
cise of parsing, are better means of impressing the doctrines of 
grammar. 

Eecitations in grammar should be conducted with care and pre- 
cision. Pupils should use, in all cases of definition and analysis, the 
very words of the text, and these should be uttered with correct pro- 



THE ARTICLE AND THE NOUN. 33 

A is the indefinite article, and belongs to virtue. . Rule. — 
The article a or an belongs to nouns in the singular number. 

Virtue is a common noun, neuter gender, singular number, 
third person. 

The is the definite article, and belongs to virtue. Rule. — 
The article the belongs to nouns in the singular or the plural 
number. 

Virtue is parsed as in the preceding example. 

The is the definite article, and belongs to virtues. Rule. — 
The article the belongs to nouns in the singular or the plural 
number. 

Virtues is a common noun, neuter gender, plural number, 
third person. 



nunciation, quantity, and intonation. When a question is proposed, 
pupils should not be permitted to insert the word because before the 
answer. 

To secure correct recitations, the class should be broken into each 
lesson, by repeating it in concert until every syllable is uttered satis- 
factorily. This should always be done before pupils are required to 
study it individually. 

In conducting the recitations, no one plan need to be invariably 
pursued ; but, to secure attention and to keep the slow and the 
dilatory from falling behind, each member of the class may gener- 
ally be required to repeat a distinct portion, and the whole class may 
immediately repeat the same in concert. Every word should be 
uttered in pure speaking sounds. 

Obs. — The article is similar to the adjective in belonging or refer- 
ring to the noun ; but these parts of speech are so different in several 
respects, that no judicious grammarian would think of referring them 
to the same class of words. The articles have no specific meaning, 
but serve simply as indexes to nouns ; whereas adjectives have dis- 
tinct significations, which can be clearly explained by other words, 
and which express some quality, characteristic, or number of the 
nouns with which they are associated. The articles are always acces- 
sory words in the structures of the language, while adjectives are 
essentials or accessories according to the manner of their use. 

2* 



34 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



THE ADJECTIVE. 

An adjective is a word added to a noun to express 
some quality, characteristic, or number ; as, 



A good man. 

A timid animal. 

A sad calamity. 

A vivid flash. 

A lonely place. 

An indigent woman. 

The rich merchant. 



The iminent danger. 
The long sermon. 
The wooden vessel. 
The circular theatre. 
The French fashion. 
The two candidates. 
The first intimation. 



CLASSIFICATION OF ADJECTIVES. 

Adjectives are divided into descriptive, proper, and 
numeral. 

DESCRIPTIVE ADJECTIVES. 

A descriptive adjective is a common epithet denoting 
chiefly quality or kind, condition, tendency, material, 
form, time, location, position, or direction. 

1. Adjectives of quality or kind. 

A bold adventure. A heroic act. 

A rude structure. A clamorous mob. 

An acrid substance. A gradual descent. 

An adroit mechanic. An arable soil. 

A chilly wind. An arrogant youth. 

A manly reply. A competent witness. 

An artful story. A circumspect watchman. 

An artless tale. A plenary indulgence. 

2. Adjectives of condition or state. 



A glad heart. 

A ripe fig. 

A wealthy family. 

An attentive audience. 

A hopeless state. 

A hopeful condition. 



An angry mood. 

A jolly party. 

A prosperous country. 

A sick patient. 

A lowering sky. 

A slippery pavement. 



THE ADJECTIVE. CLASSIFICATION. 

3. Adjectives having a tendency to. 

The adhesive plaster. The delusory hopes. 

The corruptive policy. The suffocating vapor. 

The impressive discourses. The irritating remarks. 

The imitative faculties. The preparatory lecture. 

4. Adjectives denoting material. 

A wooden dish. A stone wall. 

A mahogany table. A wire cage. 

An iron fence. A cotton dress. 

A pewter basin. A leather apron. 

A. birchen rod. A gold watch. 

5. Adjectives of form. 

An oblong square. A tall spire. 

An oval figure. A spreading beech. 

A. concave surface. A wide field. 

A. circular gallery. A mountainous country. 

6. Adjectives of time or duration. 



35 



An hourly stage. 
A daily paper. 
A weekly publication. 
A monthly stipend. 
A yearly payment. 
A quarterly review. 



The annual flood. 

The temporary inconvenience, 

The perpetual snows. 

The everlasting Father. 

Eternal duration. 

Endless bliss. 



7. Adjectives of location, position, or direction. 



The eastern states. 
The western range. 
The upper tier. 
The under side. 
The lateral canal. 
The distant hills. 



The inclined plane. 
The rising sun. 
The leaning tower. 
The south wind. 
The diagonal road. 
The lofty peak. 






36 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



PROPER ADJECTIVES. 



Proper adjectives are formed from proper nouns ; as, 

Proper nouns. 

Europe, 

Asia, 
Africa, 



Proper adjectives. 

a European production, 
an Asiatic custom, 
the African race. 



Britain, the British nation. 

France, the French language. 

Spain, the Spanish armada. 

Rome, the Roman senate. 

Plato, the Platonic philosophy. 

Presbyter, the Presbyterian church. 

New York, the New York police. 

1. Proper adjectives can generally be used as nouns, 
when they do not require an additional syllable in the 
plural number ; as, 

Proper adjectives. 

Mexican, 

Indian, 

Hungarian, 

Baltimorean, 

Episcopalian, 

Armenian, 



Common nouns. 

a Mexican, the Mexicans, 

an Indian, Indians, 

a Hungarian, the Hungarians, 
a Baltimorean, the Baltimoreans. 
an Episcopalian, the Episcopalians. 
an Armenian, the Armenians. 



2. Sometimes the gentile noun has fewer syllables 
than the corresponding adjective ; as, 



Country. 


Gentile nouns. 


Proper adjectives. 


Denmark, 


a Dane, 


the Danes, 


Danish. 


Gaul, 


a Gaul, 


the Gauls, 


Gallic. 


Sweden, 


a Swede, 


the Swedes, 


Swedish. 


Turkey, 


a Turk, 


the Turks, 


Turkish. 


Poland, 


a Pole, 


the Poles, 


Polish. 


Morocco, 


a Moor, 


the Moors, 


Moorish. 



3. English, French, Irish, Scotch, Dutch, and Welsh, 
when used as the names of languages without an article, 



THE ADJECTIVE. CLASSIFICATION. 



37 



French, 

Irish, 

Scotch, 

Dutch, 

Welsh, 



are construed as nouns in the singular number ; but, 
when used with an article, they are adjectives, a noun 
being understood. 

Names of languages. Proper adjectives. 

English, the English = the English nation or people, 
the French = the French nation or people, 
the Irish = the Irish people, 
the Scotch = the Scotch people, 
the Dutch =the Dutch people, 
the Welsh = the Welsh people. 

NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 

A numeral adjective expresses number. 

The numeral adjectives are divided into cardinal, or- 
dinal, and multiplicative. 

A cardinal numeral adjective expresses one, or the 
whole number from one to the number taken inclusive. 

An ordinal numeral adjective expresses a single num- 
ber of order. 

A multiplicative numeral adjective expresses a whole 
number composed of distinct parts, or the number of 
principal agents concerned in a compact. 

Cardinal. Ordinal. Multiplicative. 



One 


=1. 


First 


=lst. 


Single =alone. 


Two 


=2. 


Second 


=2d. 


Double =twofold. 


Three 


=3. 


Third 


=3d. 


Triple =threefold. 


Four 


=4. 


Fourth 


=4th. 


Quadruple=fourfold. 


Five 


=5. 


Fifth 


=5th. 


Quintuple =fivefold. 


Six 


=6. 


Sixth 


=6th. 


Sextuple =sixfold. 


Seven 


=7. 


Seventh 


=7th. 


Septuple =sevenfold. 


Eight 


=8. 


Eighth 


=8th. 


Octuple =eightfold. 


Nine 


=9. 


Ninth 


=9th. 


Nonuple =ninefold. 


Ten 


= 10. 


Tenth 


= 10th, 


. Decuple =tenfold. 


Twenty- 


one =21. 


Twenty-hrst=21st. 


Thirty-fold. 


Thirty-three =33, 


, Thirty-third = 33d. 


Sixty-fold. 



Forty-six =46. Forty-sixth =46th. Hundred-fold. 



38 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 

Comparison is the variation of an adjective, to express 
quality or characteristic in different degrees. 

Adjectives have three degrees of comparison ; the 
positive, the comparative, and the superlative. 

The positive degree is the simple state of the adjective. 

The comparative denotes a greater or a less degree. 

The superlative denotes the greatest or the least de- 
gree. 

Adjectives of one syllable are usually compared by 
adding r or er to form the comparative, and st or est to 
form the superlative ; as, 

Positive. Comparative. Superlative. 

Tall, taller, tallest. 

Light, lighter, lightest. 

Small, smaller, smallest. 

Large, larger, largest. 

Adjectives of two or more syllables are usually com- 
pared by prefixing to the positive more or less to form 
the comparative, and most or least to form the super- 
lative; as, 



Positive. 


Comparative. 


Superlative. 


Stupid; 


more stupid, 


most stupid. 


Civil, 


more civil, 


most civil. 


Slender, 


more slender, 


most slender. 


Clever, 


more clever, 


most clever. 


Stupid, 


less stupid, 


least stupid* 


Civil, 


less civil, 


least civil. 


Slender, 


less slender, 


least slender. 


Clever, 


less clever, 


least clever. 


Elegant, 


more elegant, 


most elegant. 


Eloquent, 


more eloquent, 


most eloquent. 


Laudable, 


more laudable, 


most laudable. 


Ponderous 


more ponderous, 


most ponderous. 



THE ADJECTIVE. COMPARISON. 



39 



Positive. 


Comparative. 


Superlative. 


Elegant, 


less elegant, 


least elegant. 


Eloquent, 


less eloquent, 


least eloquent. 


Laudable, 


less laudable, 


least laudable. 


Ponderous, 


less ponderous, 


least ponderous. 


[any adjectives of two syllables 


ending in y or e 


e, may be 


compared by r, er, st, 


, est, and by more 


most, and less and least; as, 




Positive. 


Comparative. 


Superlative. 


Handy, 


handier, 


handiest. 


Jolly, 


jollier, 


jolliest. 


Lofty, 


loftier, 


loftiest. 


Heavy, 


heavier, 


heaviest. 


Handy, 


more handy, 


most handy. 


Jolly, 


nrore jolly, 


most jolly. 


Lofty, 


more lofty, 


most lofty. 


Heavy, 


more heavy, 


most heavy. 


Handy, 


less handy, 


least handy, 


Jolly, 


less jolly, 


least jolly. 


Lofty, 


less lofty, 


least lofty. 


Heavy, 


less heavy, 


least heavy 


Able, 


abler, 


ablest. 


Nimble, 


nimbler, 


nimblest. 


Ample, 


ampler, 


amplest. 


Simple, 


simpler, 


simplest. 


Able, 


more able, 


most able. 


Nimble, 


more nimble, 


most nimble. 


Ample, 


more ample, 


most ample. 


Simple, 


more simple, 


most simple. 


Able, 


less able, 


least able. 


Nimble, 


less nimble, 


least nimble. 


Ample, 


less ample, 


least ample. 


Simple, 


less simple, 


least simple. 



40 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 



Adjectives are compared irregularly. 
1. When different words are used ; as, 



Positive. 

Good, 

Bad, evil, or ill, 

Little, 

Much or many, 



Comparative. 

better, 
worse, 



Superlative. 

best, 
worst, 
least, 
most. 



2. When the comparing syllables or words are not applied 
to the positive according to the preceding rules or examples ; as, 

Positive. 

Far, 

Near, 



Comparative. 

farther, 



Superlative. 

farthest, farmost, farthermost. 



Fore, 
Hind, 
In, 

Out, 

Up, 

Low, 

Late, 



nearer, 

former, 

hinder, 

inner, 

outer, 

utter, 

upper, 

lower, 

later, latter, 

after, 

further, 

hither, 

nether, 

under, 



Front, 

Rear, 

Head, 

End, 

Top, 

Bottom, 

Mid, middle, 

North, 

South, 



nearest, next. 

foremost, first. 

hindmost, hindermost. 

inmost, innermost. 

outmost, outermost. 

utmost, uttermost. 

upmost, uppermost. 

lowest, lowermost. 

latest, last. 

aftmost, aftermost. 

furthest, furthermost. 

hithermost. 

nethermost. 

undermost. 

frontmost. 

rearmost. 

headmost. 

endmost. 

topmost. 

bottommost. 

midmost, middlemost. 

northmost. 

southmost. 



THE ADJECTIVE. COMPARISON. 



41 



Positive. 


Comparative. 


Superlative. 


East, 





eastmost. 


West, 


. 


westmost. 


Northern, 





northernmost. 


Southern, 





southernmost, 


Eastern, 





easternmost. 


Western, 





westernmost. 



In, out, and up, when adjective in power, constitute inseparable 
portions of words formed by them and other elements ;' as, inland, 
outside, wphill. 



ADJECTIVES TERMINATING IN ISH. 

There are about one hundred adjectives terminating in ish. 
These adjectives express a diminutive amount of a quality. 
Those which are formed from adjectives, or from nouns which 
may be properly used as adjectives, may be contrasted with 
the primitives in the degree or the degrees in which they may 
be used : as, 



Diminutive. 


Positive. 


Comparative. 


Superlative. 


Sickish, 


sick, 


< sicker, 


sickest. 


Meekish, 


meek, 


meeker, 


meekest. 


Sleekish, 


sleek, 


sleeker, 


sleekest. 


Whitish, 


white, 


.whiter, 


whitest. 


Sweetish, 


sweet, 


sweeter, 


sweetest. 


Saltish, 


salt, 


Salter, 


saltest. 



Nearly all of the adjectives in ish are formed from nouns 
not used as adjectives, and admit of comparison by more and 
most, less and least; as, 



Noun. 


Positive. 


Comparative. 


Superlative. 


Man, 


mannish, 


more mannish. 


most mannish. 


Boy, 


boyish, 


more boyish, 


most boyish. 


Girl, 


girlish, 


more girlish, 


most girlish. 


Prude, 


prudish, 


more prudish, 


most prudish. 


Clown, 


clownish, 


more clownish, 


most clownish, 


Freak, 


freakish, 


less freakish, 


least freakish. 


Knave, 


knavish, 


more knavish, 


most knavish. 



42 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



INCOMPARABLE ADJECTIVES. 

Adjectives which cannot be increased or diminished in the 
intensity of their meaning, are incomparable. Such are adjec- 
tives of material, fixed form, definite time, endless duration, 
proper adjectives, and numeral adjectives. 

RULES OF SYNTAX. 

Adjectives belong to nouns and pronouns. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Descriptive adjectives. 

A hungry wolf. A connubial tie. 

A ravenous appetite. 

A luxurious liver. 

An abstemious student. 

An insatiable thirst. 

A voracious desire. 

The fond parent. 

The tender mother. 

The affectionate father. 

The maternal regard. 



The parental care. 
The fatherly love. 
A local attachment. 
A travelling agent. 
A domestic life. 
A permanent abode. 
An erratic tribe. 
An errant knight. 
A ferocious beast. 
A clamorous mob. 
A ruthless tyrant. 
A destructive animal. 
A murderous robber. 
A malicious critic. 



A nuptial day. 

A hymeneal altar. 

A conjugal relation. 

An uxorious husband. 

A matrimonial engagement. 

The ardent friend. 

The filial conduct. 

The fraternal act. 

The amicable agreement. 

The friendly neighbor. 

The mutual friend. 

A hostile army. 

A militant nation. 

A spiteful serpent. 

A petulant landlady. 

A vindictive temper. 

A pugnacious captain. 

A sly fox. 

A crafty jockey. 

A cunning lawyer. 

An insidious foe 

A deceptive enemy. 

A designing politician. 



THE ARTICLE, THE ADJECTIVE, AND THE NOUN. 43 

The thievish propensity. The handy workman. 

The covetous dealer. The dexterous mechanic. 

The avaricious landlord. The ingenious machinist. 

The selfish merchant. The operative mason. 

The stingy farmer. The mechanical skill. 

The sordid miser. The constructive beaver. 

Proper adjectives. 

An American colony. The Wesleyan Institute. 

A Russian ambassador. The Newtonian theory. 

A Turkish dress. The Chinese language. 

A Lutheran church. The Boston schools. 

A Baltimore clipper. The Ohio river. 

Numeral adjectives. 

Cardinal. 

One bushel = 1 bushel. 

Five ladies = 5 ladies. 

Fifty-nine days = 59 days. 

One hundred years == 100 years. 
Four thousand people = 4000 people. 

Ordinal. 

The first division = the 1st division 
The second year = the 2d year. 
The tenth instant — the 10th inst. 
The third chapter = the III. chap. 
The sixth verse = the 6th verse. 

Multiplicative. 

A single instance. Single entry. 

A double portion = a twofold portion. 

A triple cord =a threefold cord. 

A quadruple allowance = a fourfold allowance. 

A thirty-fold yield. • A sixty -fold increase. 

Obs. — Of the cardinal numerals, one is singular, and the 
higher numerals are plural. The ordinal numerals are sin- 
gular. The words of these two classes are associated with 
nouns of like number. The multiplicative numerals belong 
to nouns in the singular or the plural number. 



44 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
A hungry wolf. 
A is the indefinite article, and belongs to wolf. Rule.— 
The article a or an belongs to nouns in the singular number. 

Hungry is an adjective, and belongs to wolf. Rule. — Ad- 
jectives belong to nouns. 

Wolf is a common noun, masculine gender, singular num- 
ber, third person. 

An American colony. 
An is the indefinite article, and belongs to colony. Rule. — 
The article a or an belongs to nouns in the singular number. 

American is a proper adjective, and belongs to colony. 
Rule. — Adjectives belong to nouns. 

Colony is a collective noun, neuter gender, singular number, 
third person. 

One bushel = 1 bushel. 

One is a cardinal numeral adjective, singular number, and 
belongs to bushel. Rule. — Adjectives belong to nouns. 

Bushel is a common noun, neuter gender, singular number, 
third person. 

The first division = the 1st division. 

First is an ordinal numeral adjective, singular number, and 
belongs to division. Rule. — Adjectives belong to nouns. 

A single instance. 
Single is a multiplicative numeral adjective, and belongs to 
instance. Rule. — Adjectives belong to nouns. 

THE DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 

Declension is a regular arrangement of nouns by 
cases and numbers ; as, 

Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. 

Nom. Pen, pens, Nom. Fox, foxes, Nom. Man, men, 

Poss. Pen's, pens', Poss. Fox's, foxes', Poss. Man's, men's, 

Obj. Pen, pens, Obj. Fox, foxes, Obj. Man, men, 

Ind. Pen, pens. Ind. Fox, foxes. Ind. Man, men. 



THE NOUN. POSSESSIVE CASE. 



45 



Nouns are the same in form in the nominative, objective, and 
independent cases. These accidents are distinguished by the 
grammarian by noticing the relations which the nouns bear to 
certain other parts of speech in the structures. These cases 
will, therefore, be explained as the structures are presented in 
their proper order. 

THE POSSESSIVE CASE. 

The possessive case of regular nouns is formed from 
the nominative by adding an apostrophe ( ' ) and an s 
in the singular number, and by adding an apostrophe in 
the plural ; as, 



Nom. 


Poss. 


Nom. 


Poss. 


Zebra, 


zebra's, 


zebras, 


zebras'. 


Justice, 


justice's, 


justices, 


justices'. 


Bee, 


bee's, 


bees, 


bees'. 


Boy, 


boy's, 


boys, 


boys'. 


Proxy, 


proxy's, 


proxies, 


proxies'. 


Hero, 


hero's, 


heroes, 


heroes'. 


Tyro, 


tyro's, 


tyros, 


tyros'. 


Cuckoo, 


cuckoo's, 


cuckoos, 


cuckoos'. 


Stag, 


stag's, 


stags, 


stags'. 


Critic, 


critic's, 


critics, 


critics'. 


Nurse, 


nurse's, 


nurses, 


nurses'. 


Witness, 


witness's, 


witnesses, 


witnesses'. 


Wolf, 


wolf's, 


wolves, 


wolves'. 



The possessive case of irregular nouns is formed by 
adding an apostrophe and an 5 in both the singular and 
the plural ; as, 



Singular. 



Nom. 


Poss. 


Man, 


man's, 


Woman, 


woman's. 


Goose, 


goose's, 


Mouse, 


mouse's, 


Brother, 


brother's 



Nom. 

men, 
women, 


Poss. 

men's, 
women's. 


geese. 

mice. 

brethren, 




brethren's, 



46 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



The exceptions to the rule for forming the possessive sin- 
gular, are very few, and may be regarded poetic licenses which 
can be seldom allowed in prose. 

A few nouns in ce and ss form the possessive by adding the 
apostrophe ; as, 

Conscience' sake. Goodness' sake. 

Peace' sake. Righteousness' sake. 

Common and proper nouns which relate to persons, are fre- 
quently used in the possessive case; but this case is seldom 
applicable to nouns of any class which relate to inanimate 
objects. 

RULE OF SYNTAX. 

Nouns govern nouns and pronouns in the possessive 
case. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Common and collective nouns. 

Plural. 

Justices' courts. 
The bees' store. 



Singular. 

A justice's court. 

A bee's sting. 

A boy's hat. 

A proxy's vote. 

A hero's magnanimity. 

A tyro's lesson. 

A cuckoo's nest. 

A stag's horns. 

A critic's skill. 

A nurse's charge. 

A witness's testimony 

Plaintiff's cause. 

A man's dress. 

A woman's rights. 

A brother's love. 

A brother's zeal. 

An army's bravery. 

A mob's fury. 

A committee's report. 



The boys' hats. 
The proxies' votes. 
The heroes' magnanimity. 
Tyros' lessons. 
Cuckoos' notes. 
Four stags' horns. 
Critics' spleen. 
Nurses' labors. 
Witnesses' testimony. 
Plaintiffs' causes. 
Men's clothing. 
Women's rights. 
Two brothers' children. 
The brethren's zeal. 



THE NOUN. POSSESSIVE CASE. 



47 



Proper nouns. 



Joshua's courage. 
Ahab's idolatry. 
Isaac's blessing. 
Edward's misfortunes. 
Jesse's son. 

General Twigg's brigade. 
Elijah's ascension. 
Levi's priesthood. 
Frederick's dominions. 
Paul's defense. 
Abraham's faith. 
Solomon's wisdom. 
Cato's severity. 
Philip's daughters. 
Peter's vision. 
Thomas's unbelief. 
Margaret's firmness. 



Jehu's chariot. 
Law's Call. 
Wesley's Sermons. 
Calvin's Institutes. 
Jefferson's Notes. 
December's cold. 
Saturday's mail. 
Mississippi's flood. 
Corporal Trim's pride. 
Uncle Toby's sensibility. 
General Scott's achievements. 
President Jackson's vetoes. 
Archbishop Hughes's lecture. 
Queen Victoria's dominions. 
Doctor Chamomile's bitters. 
William Penn's honesty. 
Henry Clay's speech. 



Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
A justice's court. 

A is the indefinite article, and belongs to justice's. Rule. — 
The article a or an belongs to nouns in the singular number. 

Justice's is a common noun, masculine gender, singular num- 
ber, third person, possessive case, and is governed by court. 
Rule. — Nouns govern nouns and pronouns in the possessive 
case. 

Court is a common noun, neuter gender, singular number, 
third parson. 

Joshua's courage.' 

Joshua's is a proper noun, masculine gender, singular num- 
ber, third person, possessive case, and is governed by courage. 
Rule. — Nouns govern nouns and pronouns in the possessive 
case 



48 HAZELS ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

THE PRONOUN. 

A pronoun is a word used instead of a noun. It also 
stands for another pronoun, or for a person or a thing 
without reference to a name. 

Pronouns are used to prevent tiresome repetitions of nouns, 
and to give force and precision to language. They admit of 
the modifications of gender, number, and person, and bear the 
relations of case to other words in the structures of the lan- 
guage. 

CLASSIFICATION OF PRONOUNS. 

Pronouns are divided into personal, compound per- 
sonal, adjective, possessive personal, relative, interrogative, 
interrogative adjective, and compound relative. 

THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

The personal pronouns are i", thou, he, she, and it, with 
their variations in declension. 

THE DECLENSION OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 



The first p< 


srson. 


The second 


person. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


Singular. 




Plural. 


Norn. I, 


we, 


Nom. Thou, 


ye or you, 


Poss. My, 


our, 


Poss. Thy 


? 


your, 


Ob. Me, 


us, 


Ob. Thee, 


you, 


Ind. I, 


we. 


Ind. Thou, 


you. 






The third person. 






Masculine. 


Feminine. 




Neuter. 


Singular. 


' Plural. 


Singular. Plural. 


Singular. Plural. 


Nom. He, 


they, 


Nom. She, they, 


Nom 


. It, they, 


Poss. His, 


their, 


Poss. her, their, 


Poss 


, its, their, 


Obj. Him, 


them, 


Obj. her, them, 


Obj. 


it, them, 


Ind. He, 


they. 


Ind. she, they. 


Ind. 


it, they. 



THE PRONOUN. POSSESSIVE CASE. 49 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The possessive case. 

Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. 

My hat. Our house. Thy home. Your office. 

My gun. Our friends. Thy cottage. Your company. 

My top. Our cattle. Thy dwelling. Your society. 

My ship. Our carriage. Thy residence. Your book. 

His duty. Their riches. Her beauty. Its population. 

His interest. Their troubles. Her conduct. Its products. 

His concern. Their evils. Her bearing. Its commerce. 

His litigation. Their virtues. Her talents. Its magnitude. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
My hat. Thy home. His duty. 

My is a personal pronoun, singular number, first person, 
possessive case, and is governed by hat. Rule. — Nouns 
govern the possessive case of nouns and pronouns. 

Hat is a common noun, neuter gender, singular number, 
third person. 

Thy is a personal pronoun, singular number, second person, 
possessive case, and is governed by home. Rule. — Nouns 
govern the possessive case of nouns and pronouns. 

His is a personal pronoun, masculine gender, singular num- 
ber, third person, possessive case, and is governed by duty. 
Rule. — Nouns govern the possessive case of nouns and pro- 
nouns. 

THE COMPOUND PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

A compound personal pronoun is used instead of a 
noun or a pronoun, the idea of which is emphatically 
expressed or repeated. It is formed by adding self or 
selves to a personal pronoun ; as, 

Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. 

Myself, ourselves ; Himself, ^ 

Thyself, yourselves; Herself, > themselves. 

Itself, ) 



50 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

THE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS. 

An adjective pronoun is a definitive word that par- 
takes of the nature of an adjective and a pronoun. It 
belongs to the noun like an adjective, or is used as an 
index to, and as a substitute for, the noun. 

The adjective pronouns are divided into distributive , 
definite, and indefinite. 

THE DISTRIBUTIVE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS. 

A distributive adjective pronoun implies each one of 
all the persons or things which make up a number. The 
words of this class are each, every, either, and neither. 

THE DEFINITE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS. 

A definite adjective pronoun points out the noun in a 
definite manner. The words of this class are this, that, 
with their plurals these and those ; former, latter, both, 
same, said, aforesaid, aforementioned, lohich, and what. 

This and that are used with nouns in the singular number ; 
these, those, and both, with nouns in the plural. The rest of 
the words of this list are used with the singular and the plural. 

THE INDEFINITE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS. 

An indefinite adjective pronoun points out the noun in 
an indefinite manner. The principal words of this class 
are one, no or none, some, other, only, all, else, such, any, 
many, much, several, few, whole, little, whatever, whatso- 
ever, whichever, and whichsoever. 

One and oilier are regularly declined like nouns ; as, 

Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. 

Nom. One, ones, Norn. Other, others, 

Poss. One's, ones', Poss. Other's, others', 

Obj. One, ones, Obj. Other, others, 

hid. One, ones. hid. Other, others. 



THE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS. 



51 



RULE OF SYNTAX. 

Adjective pronouns belong to nouns. 



SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 



Each visitor. 
Each person. 
Each animal. 
Each vessel. 



Every pupil. 
Every example. 
Every object. 
Every argument. 



Either way. 
Either dilemma. 
Neither conclusion. 
Neither candidate. 



Singular. 

This lion. 
That servant. 
The same tiger. 
My former letter. 
The latter year. 

The same cause. 
Which tree. 
What reason. 

One evening. 
Whichever road. 
Whichsoever way. 
Much good. 
All nature. 
No expression. 
An other matter. 
Some lesson. , 

Such a notion. 
Such action. 
Any article. 
Many a mercy. 
A whole nation. 
Whatever cause. 
Any cause whatever. 
Whatsoever cause. 
Any cause whatsoever. 



Plural. 

These lions. 
Those servants. 
The same tigers. 
My former letters. 
The latter years. 
Both nations. 
The same causes. 
Which trees. 
What reasons. 

Several hours. 

Few individuals. 

A few individuals. 

Much goods. 

All things. 

No expressions. 

Other matters. 

Some lessons. 

Such notions. 

Such actions. 

Any articles. 

Many mercies. 

Whole nations. 

Whatever causes. 

Any causes whatever. 

Whatsoever causes. 

Any causes whatsoever. 



52 HAZElSf's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
Each visitor. 

Each is a distributive adjective pronoun, and belongs to 
visitor. Rule. — Adjective pronouns belong to nouns. 

Visitor is a common noun, masculine gender, singular num- 
ber, third person. 

This lion. These lions. The same tiger. 

Tfiis is a definite adjective pronoun, singular number, and 
belongs to lion. Rule. — Adjective pronouns belong to nouns. 

Lion is a common noun, masculine gender, singular num- 
ber, third person. 

These is a definite adjective pronoun, plural number, and 
belongs to lions. Rule. — Adjective pronouns belong to nouns. 

The is the definite article, and belongs to tiger. Rule. — 
The article the belongs to nouns in the singular or the plural 
number. 

Same is an adjective pronoun, and belongs to tiger. Rule. — 
Adjective pronouns belong to nouns. 

One evening. Several hours. Whichever road. 

One is an indefinite adjective pronoun, singular number, and 
belongs to evening. Rule. — Adjective pronouns belong to 
nouns. 

Evening is a common noun, neuter gender, singular number, 
third person. 

Several is an indefinite adjective pronoun, plural number, 
and belongs to hours. Rule. : — Adjective pronouns belong to 
nouns. 

Whichever is an indefinite adjective pronoun, and belongs to 
road. Rule. — Adjective pronouns belong to nouns. 

Note. — The pronouns are not fully discussed at this point, inas- 
much as pupils, at this stage of advancement, cannot fully compre- 
hend their bearing towards other parts of speech. The pronoun 
will be resumed at page 276. 



THE VERB. CLASSIFICATION. 



53 



THE VERB. 

A verb is a word which predicates action or being. 
Verbs are classified by their form and by their use. 

THE CLASSIFICATION OF VERBS BY THEIR USE. 

Verbs are divided, in respect to their use, into tran- 
sitive, intransitive, and passive. 

THE TRANSITIVE VERB. 

The transitive verb predicates action which terminates 
on an object ; as, 





Nom. case. 


Trans, verb. 


Obj. case. 


Farmers raise grain. 


= Farmers 


raise 


grain. 


Millers grind corn. 


= Millers 


grind 


corn. 


Bakers bake bread. 


= Bakers 


bake 


bread. 


Tanners tan hides. 


= Tanners 


tan 


hides. 


Barbers cut hair. 


= Barbers 


cut 


hair. 


Merchants sell goods. 


= Merchants sell 


goods. 


Authors write books. 


= Authors 


write 


books. 


Mariners traverse oceans 


.= Mariners 


traverse 


oceans, 



THE INTRANSITIVE VERB. 

The intransitive verb predicates being, or an action 

which does not terminate 6n an object ; as, 

Nom. case. Int. verb. 

He is. = He is. 

The horses stand. ==The horses stand. 

The girls blush. = The girls blush. 

The interests clash. = The interests clash. 
The oxen walk. = The oxen walk. 

The lamb skips. =The lamb skips. 

The lady sleeps. = The lady sleeps. 

Animals breathe. = Animals breathe. 



54 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

THE PASSIVE VERB. 

The passive verb predicates action received by its 
nominative case ; as, 

Norn. case. Pass. verb. 



Grain is raised. 


= Grain 


is raised. 


Corn is ground. 


= Corn 


is ground. 


Bread is baked. 


= Bread 


is baked. 


Hides are tanned. 


== Hides 


are tanned. 


Hair is cut. 


= Hair 


is cut. 


Goods are sold. 


= Goods 


are sold. 


Books are written, 


, = Books 


are written. 



MODIFICATIONS OF VERBS. 



Verbs are modified by mode and tense, number and 
person. 

Mode is the manner of predicating action or being. 

There are five modes ; the indicative, the subjunctive, 
the potential, the imperative, and the infinitive. 

Tense is the time of predicating action or being. 

There are six tenses ; viz., 

One present, The present. 

{The indefinite perfect, 
The present perfect, 
The prior perfect. 
The indefinite future, 



Two future, 

( lne prior future. 

THE PARTICIPLE. 

A participle is a word that partakes of the nature of 
a verb and an adjective. 

Participles are derived from verbs. Each complete 
verb supplies three participles ; viz., the present, the 
perfect, and the prior perfect. 





THE VERB. CLASSIFICATION. DC 


Intransitive verbs and their 


participles. 


Verb. 


Pres. part. Perf. part. 


Prior perf. part. 


Go, 


going, gone, 


having gone. 


Skulk, 


skulking, skulked, 


having skulked. 


Exclaim, 


exclaiming, exclaimed, 


having exclaimed. 


Domineer, 


, domineering, domineered, 


having domineered, 




Transitive verbs and their 


participles. 


Verb. 


Pres. part. Perf. part. 


Prior perf. part. 


Heed, 


heeding, heeded, 


having heeded. 


Ik>ve, 


loving, loved, 


having loved. 


Bake, 


baking, baked, 


having baked. 


Read, 


reading, read, 


having read. 




Passive verbs and their participles. 


Verb. 


Pres. part. Perf. part. 


Prior perf. part. 


Am heeded, being heeded, heeded, 


having been heeded. 


Am loved, 


being loved, loved, 


having been loved. 


Is baked, 


being baked, baked, 


having been baked. 


|$ read, 


being read, read, 


having been read. 



THE CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 

The conjugation of a verb is a regular arrangement 
of its several parts in its modes, tenses, and participles. 

The principal parts of a complete verb are the present, 
l&e indefinite perfect, and the perfect participle. 



THE CLASSIFICATION OF VERBS BY THEIR FORM. 

Verbs are divided, in respect to their form, into regu- 
lar, irregular, redundant, and defective. 

REGULAR VERBS. 

A regular verb forms the indefinite perfect tense and 
the perfect participle by adding d or ed to the present 
tense. 



56 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



Ed having its full sound. 
Ed has its full sound after d and t ; as, 



Present. 


Ind. perf. 


Perf. 


part. 


Fade, 


faded. 


i faded. 


Dilate, 


dilated, dilated. 


Weed, 


\veed( 


id, weeded. 


Delight 


, delighted, delighted. 


Blockade, 


provide, 


hate, 


incite, 


promenade, 


bode, 


deliberate, 


quote, 


precede, 


corrode, 


compensate, 


denote, 


reside, 


conclude, 


complete, 


compute. 


Nod, 


respond, 


object, 


acquaint, 


heed, 


confound, 


inflict, 


adapt, 


proceed, 


regard, 


construct, 


accept, 


aid, 


defraud, 


waft, 


adopt, 


braid, 


chat, 


drift, 


corrupt, 


brood, 


pet, 


salt, 


attempt, 


flood, 


pit, 


melt, 


impart, 


shroud, 


dot, 


assault, 


assort, 


fold, 


glut, 


result, 


contrast, 


band, 


combat, 


transplant, 


vest, 


command, 


regret, 


lament, 


protest, 


mend, 


commit, 


imprint, 


twist, 


commend, 


allot, 


anoint, 


resist, 


mind, 


transact, 


account, 


adjust. 



Ed having the sound of d. 

Ed has the sound of d after b, g, I, m, n, r, v, z, and the 
vowels and diphthongs which are sounded in pronouncing the 
words ; as, 



Present. 

Bribe, 


Ind. perf. 

bribed, 


Perf. part. 

bribed. 


Rage, 

Impale, 

Fable, 


raged, 

impaled, 

fabled, 


raged. 

impaled. 

fabled. 



TflE VERB. REGULAR. 



57 



Present. 




Ind. per. 


Perf. par. 


Inflame, 




inflamed, 


inflamed. 


Wane, 




waned, 


waned. 


Prepare, 




prepared, 


prepared. 


Praise, 




praised, 


praised. 


Behave, 




behaved, 


behaved. 


Graze, 




grazed, 


grazed. 


Free, 




freed, 


freed. 


Tie, 




tied, 


tied. 


Hoe, 




hoed, 


hoed. 


Stab, 




stabbed, 


stabbed. 


Brag-, 




bragged, 


bragged. 


Call, 




called, 


called. 


Cram, 




crammed, 


crammed. 


Scan, 




scanned, 


scanned. 


Char, 




charred, 


charred. 


Echo, 




echoed, 


echoed. 


Paw, 




pawed, 


pawed. 


Inscribe, 


bale, 


incline, 


amuse, 


probe, 


smile, 


hone, 


bruise, 


disrobe, 


compile, dethrone, 


behave, 


presage, 


tole, 


tune, 


contrive, 


pledge, 


console, commune, 


deceive, 


dodge, 


nibble 


, dare, 


deserve, 


bulge, 


meddle, cohere, 


preserve, 


indulge, 


shuffle, hire, 


absolve, 


range, 


mangle, perspire, 


behoove, 


estrange ; 


pickle 


>, gore, 


reprove, 


revenge, 


bristle, deplore, 


amaze, 


cringe, 


puzzle, cure, 


sneeze, 


infringe, 


blame 


i, inure, 


baptize, 


plunge, 


prime 


, appraise, 


civilize, 


expunge. 


consume, appease, 


doze, 


urge, 


convene, surmjse, 


agree, 


emerge, 


line, 


compose^ 


accrue. 



3* 



58 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



scrub, 


snarl, 


plan, 


cashier, 


beg, 


entail, 


hasten, 


cheer, 


swig, 


extol, 


happen, 


domineer, 


shrug, 


embroil. 


season, 


remember. 


compel, 


overwhelm, 


shun, 


discover, 


drill, 


seem, 


constrain, 


soar, 


fulfil, 


redeem, 


coin, 


sour, 


roll, 


brim, 


subjoin, 


veto, 


enrol, 


drum, 


drown, 


strew, 


cull, 


charm, 


warn, 


view, 


annul, 


confirm, 


char, 


avow, 


steel, 


deform, 


prefer, 


follow, 


heal, 


envenom, 


clear, 


burrow. 



When the present tense ends in y preceded by a vowel, the 
indefinite perfect tense and the perfect participle are formed by- 
adding ed ; as, 

Present. Ind. perf. Perf. part. 



Play, 

Stray, pray, 

delay, betray, 

display, assay, 

dismay, defray, 



played, played. 

parley, decoy, 

journey, cloy, 

obey, employ, 

convey, annoy. 



When the present tense ends in y preceded by a consonant, 
the indefinite perfect tense and the perfect participle are 
formed by changing y to i, and adding ed ; as, 



Present. 

Candy, 



Ind. perf. 

candied. 



Perf. part. 

candied. 



Try, 
rally, 
hurry, 
glory, 



defy, 
rely, 
deny, 
espy, 



decry, 
tarry, 

pity* 

levy, 



envy, 
certify, 
satisfy, 
prophesy. 



Ed having the sound of t. 

Ed has the sound of t after the sounds of c,f, k, p, x,ch, 
sh, and the hissing sound of s ; as, 





THE 


VERB. REGULAR. 




Present. 




Ind. perf. 




Perf. part. 


Brace, 




braced, 




braced. 


Chafe, 




chafed, 




chafed. 


Bake, 




baked, 




baked. 


Shape, 




shaped, 




shaped. 


Chase, 




chased, 




chased. 


Quaff, 




quaffed, 




quaffed. 


Pack, 




packed, 




packed. 


Snap, 




snapped, 




snapped. 


Mix, 




mixed, 




mixed. 


Stitch, 




stitched, 




stitched. 


Banish, 




banished 


5 


banished. 


entice, 


bake 




shape, 


parse, 


chafe, 


joke, 




wipe, 


decrease. 


skiff, 


reek. 




grope, 


transgress. 


triumph, 


cook 


> 


peep, 


dismiss, 


check, 


snap, 




carp, 


emboss, 


pick, 


slip, 




help, 


discuss, 


skulk, 


droop, 


guess, 


transfix. 



59 



REMARKS AND SUGGESTIONS. 

It is suggested that pupils learn to name the indefinite perfect tense 
and the perfect participle of the verbs in the preceding list, by re- 
peating them according to the given formula at the head of each 
class. They will thus gain a distinct knowledge of the form of the 
regular verbs in those leading parts, and become thoroughly prepared 
to undertake the irregular verbs. 

Lest the formula should not be fully understood, it is here given 
just as it should be repeated. Present, fade; indefinite perfect, faded : 
perfect participle, faded. Eegular. — It forms the indefinite perfect 
tense and the perfect participle by adding d to the present tense. 

The reason for calling the verb regular is not an essential part of 
the formula. It should, therefore, be dropped as soon as the pupils 
thoroughly understand the characteristics of the regular verb. The 
names of the tenses and the participle may also be dropped, as soon 
as the learner can carry the idea without the names. In rapid parsing, 
the parts are run over in the mind, and the result is stated by calling 
the verb regular or irregular, as the case may be. 

The several lists of regular verbs need not be committed to memory. 



60 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 

An irregular verb does not form the indefinite perfec 
tense and the perfect participle by adding d or ed to the 
present tense. 

LIST OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 

In the following tables of irregular and redundant verbs, the forms 
of tbe indefinite perfect tense and the perfect participle, printed in 
plain or Eoman letter, are preferable in use to the corresponding 
forms in Italic character, although the latter are sanctioned by good 
authorities. 

Ind. perf. Perf. par. 

arisen. 

been. 

borne, 

born. 

heat, 

beaten. 

begun. 

beheld. 

beset. 

hid, 

bidden. 

bound. 

hit, 

bitten. 

bled. 



Arise, 


arose, 


Be, 1 
Am, $ 


was. 


Bear, 


( bore, 
\ bare, 


Beat, 


beat, 


Begin, 


began 


Behold, 


beheld, 


Beset, 


beset, 


Bid, 


(bid, 
{ hade, 


Bind, 


bound, 


Bite, 


bit, 


Bleed, 


bled, 



REMARKS AND SUGGESTIONS. 

It is quite a task to learn the forms peculiar to the irregular and- 
redundant verbs, and it would not be well to impose on young 
learners any portion of them as a solitary task, until they have be- 
come familiar with the words by means of concert repetition. 

Pupils should be well grounded in this part of grammar. Should 
they be lame here, they will be puzzled with the formation of the 
passive verb, the indefinite perfect tense, and the tenses formed, in 
part, of the perfect participle. The teacher cannot fail to perceive 
that the different classes of verbs are discussed. in their proper order. 



THE VERB.— IRREGULAR. 



61 



Ind. perf. 



Break, 


( broke, ) 
I brake, ) 


Breed, 


bred, 


Bring, 


brought, 


Buy, 


bought, 


Cast, 


cast, 


Chide, 


chid, 


Choose, 


chose, 


Cleave, 


( cleft, 
I clove, 


Cling, 


clung, 


Come, 


came, 


Cost, 


cost, 


Cut, 


cut, 


Do, 


did, 


Draw, 


drew, 


Drink, 


drank, 


Drive, 


drove, 


Eat, 


( eat, 




\ ate, 


Fall, 


fell, 


Feed, 


fed, 


Feel, 


felt, 


Fight, 


fougnt, 


Find, 


found, 


Flee, 


fled, 


Fling, 


flung, 


Fly, 


flew, 


Forbear, 


forbore, 


Forsake, 


forsook 


Get, 


got, 


Give, 


gave, 


Go, 


went, 



Perf. part. 

broken. 

bred. 

brought. 

bought. 

cast. 

chid, 

chidden. 

chosen. 

cleft, 

cloven. 

clung. 

come. 

cost. 

cut. 

done. 

drawn. 

drank, 

drunk. 

driven. 

eat, 

eaten. 

fallen. 

fed. 

felt. 

fought. 

found. 

fled. 

flung. 

flown. 

forborne. 

forsaken. 

got, 

gotten. 

given. 

gone. 



62 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GE 


iAMMAR. 


Present. 


Lid. perf. 


Perf. part. 


Grow, 


grew, 


grown. 


Have, 


had, 


had. 


Hear, 


heard, 


heard. 


Hide, 


hid, 


j hid, 
\ hidden. 


Hit, 


hit, 


hit. 


Hold, 


held, 


( held, 
( holden. 


Hurt, 


hurt, 


hurt. 


Keep, 


kept, 


kept. 


Know, 


knew, 


known. 


Lead, 


led, 


led. 


Leave, 


left, 


left. 


Lend, 


lent, 


lent. 


Let, 


let, 


let. 


Lie, 


lay, 


lain. 


Lose, 


lost, 


lost. 


Make, 


made 


made. 


Meet, 


met, 


met. 


Outdo, 


outdi i, 


outdone, 


Put, 


put, 


put. 


Read, 


read 


read. 


Rend, 


rent, 


rent. 


Rid, 


rid, 


rid. 


Ride, 


rode, 


j rode, 
( ridden. 


Ring, 


j rung, J 
i rang, j 


rung. 


Rise, 


rose, 


risen. 


Run, 


( ran, j 
( run, j 


run. 






Say, 


said, 


said. 


See, 


saw, 


seen. 


Seek, 


sought, 


sought. 


Sell, 


sold, 


sold. 


Send, 


sent, 


sent. 



THE VERB. IRREGULAR. 



Present. 

Set, 

Shed, 

Shoe, 

Shoot, 

Shut, 

Shred, 

Shrink, 
Sing, 

Sink, 

Sit, 

Slay, 

Sling, 

Slink, 
Smite, 

Speak, 

Spend, 
Spin, 

Spit, 

Spread, 

Spring, 

Stand, 
Steal, 
Stick, 
Sting, 

Stink, 
Stride, 



Ind. perf. 

set, 
shed, 
shod, 
shot, 
shut, 
shred, 
shrunk, 
shrank, 
sung, 
sang, 
{ sunk, ) 
\ sank, ) 
sat, 
slew, 
slung, 
slunk, 
slank, 

smote, 

f spoke, 
( spake, 
spent, 
spun, 
spit, 
spat, 
spread, 
sprung, 
sprang 
stood, 
stole, 
stuck, 
stung, 
stunk, 
stank, 
strode, 
strid, 



Perf. part. 

set. 

shed. 

shod. 

shot. 

shut. 

shred. 

shrunk, 
sung. 

sunk. 

sat. 

slain. 

slung. 

slunk. 

smit, 
smitten. 

spoken. 

spent, 
spun, 
spit, 
spit ten. 
spread. 

sprung. 

stood, 
stolen, 
stuck, 
stung. 

stunk. 

stridden, 
strid. 



64 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



Present. 

Strike, 
Swear, 
Swim, 

Swing, 

Take, 

Teach, 

Tear, 

Tell, 

Think, 

Thrust, 

Tread, 

Wear, 

Win, 

Write, 



Ind. perf. 

struck, 

swore, 

swum, 

swam, 

swung, ) 

swang, ) 

took, 

taught, 

tore, 

told, 

thought, 

thrust, 

trod, 

wore, 

won, 

wrote, 



Perf. part. 

struck, 

stricken. 

sworn. 

swum. 

swung. 

taken. 

taught. 

torn. 

told. 

thought 

thrust. 

trod, 

trodden, 

worn, 

won, 

written. 



Borne usually signifies carried. Born signifies brought forth. 
Cleave, to adhere, is regular ; although clave was formerly 
used in the indefinite perfect tense. 
Lie, to utter a falsehood, is regular. 
Spit, to stab, to put upon a spit, is regular. 

REDUNDANT VERBS. 

A redundant verb forms the indefinite perfect tense or 
the perfect participle, or both, in two ways, so as to be 
regular and irregular. 

LIST OF REDUNDANT VERBS. 



Present. 

Abide, 


Indefinite 
Irregular. 

abode, 


: perfect. 

Regular. 

abided, 


Perfect Participle. 
Irregular. Regular. 

abode, abided. 


Awake, 


awoke, 


awaked, 


awoke, 


awaked. 


Belay, 
Bend, 


belaid, 
bent, 


belayed, 
bended. 


belaid, 
bent, 


belayed. 
bended. 





THE VERB. REDUNDANT, 


€ 




Indefinite 


perfect. 


Perfect Participle. 


Present. 


Irregular. 


Regular. 


Irregular. 


Regular. 


Bereave, 


bereft, 


bereaved, 


bereft, 


bereaved. 


Beseech, 


besought, 


beseeched, 


besought, 


beseeched. 


Bet, 


bet, 


betted, 


bet, 


betted. 


Betide,. 


betid, 


betided, 


betid, 


betided. 


Blend, 


blent, 


blended, 


blent, 


blended. 


Bless, 


blest, 


blessed, 


blest, 


blessed. 


Blow, 


blew, 


Mowed, 


blown, 


Mowed. 


Build, 


built, 


builded, 


built, 


builded. 


Burn, 


burnt, 


burned, 


burnt, 


-burned. 


Burst, 


burst, 


bursted, 


burst, 


bursted. 


Catch, 


caught, 


catched, 


caught, 


catched. 


Clothe, 


clad, 


clothed, 


clad, 


clothed. 


Creep, 


crept, 


creeped, 


crept, 


creeped. 


Crow, 


crew, 


crowed, 




crowed. 


Curse, 


curst, 


cursed, 


curst, 


cursed. 


Dare, 


durst, 


dared, 




dared. 


Deal, 


dealt, 


dealed, 


delt, 


dealed. 


Dig, 


dug, 


digged, 


dug, 


digged. 


Dive, 


dove, 


dived, 


diven, 


dived. 


Dream, 


dreamt. 


dieamed, 


dreamt, 


dreamed. 


Dress, 


drest, 


dressed, 


drest, 


dressed. 


Dwell, 


dwelt, 


dwelled, 


dwelt, 


dwelled, 


Freeze, 


froze, 


freezed, 


frozen, 


freezed. 


Geld, 


gelt, 


gelded, 


gelt, 


gelded. 


Gild, 


gilt, 


gilded, 


gilt, 


gilded. 


Gird, 


girt, 


girded, 


girt, 


girded. 


Grave, 




graved, 


graven, 


graved. 


Grind, 


ground, 


grinded, 


ground, 


grinded 


Hang, 


hung, 


hanged, 


hung, 


hanged. 


Heave, 


hove, 


heaved, 


hoven, 


heaved. 


Hew, 




hewed, 


hewn, 


hewed. 


Kneel, 


knelt, 


kneeled, 


knelt, 


kneeled. 


Knit, 


knit, 


knitted, 


knit, 


knitted. 


Lade, 




laded, 


laden, 


laded. 


Lay, 


laid, 


layed, 


laid, 


layed. 



05 



66 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 





Indefinite 


perfect. 


Perfect 


Participle. 


Present. 


Irregular. 


Regular. 


Irregular. 


Regular. 


Lean, 


leant, 


leaned, 


leant, 


leaned. 


Leap, 


leapt, 


leaped, 


leapt, 


leaped. 


Learn, 


learnt, 


learned, 


learnt, 


learned. 


Light, 


lit, 


lighted, 


lit, 


lighted. 


Mean, 


meant, 


meaned, 


meant, 


meaned. 


Mow, 




mowed, 


mown, 


mowed. 


Mulct, 


mulct, 


mulcted, 


mulct, 


mulcted. 


Pass, 


past, 


passed, 


past, 


passed. 


Pay, 


paid, 


payed, 


paid, 


payed. 


Pen, 


pent, 


penned, 


pent, 


penned. 


Plead, 


pled, 


pleaded, 


pled, 


pleaded. 


Prove, 




proved, 


proven, 


proved. 


Quit, 


quit, 


quitted, 


quit, 


quitted. 


Rap, 


rapt, 


rapped, 


rapt, 


rapped. 


Reave, 


reft, 


reaved, 


reft, 


reaved. 


Rive, 




rived. 


riven, 


rived. 


Roast, 


roast, 


roasted, 


roast, 


roasted. 


Saw, 




sawed, ' 


sawn, 


sawed. 


Seethe, 


sod, 


seethed, 


sodden, 


seethed. 


Shake, 


shook, 


shaked, 


shaken, 


shaked. 


Shape, 




shaped, 


shapen, 


shaped. 


Shave, 




shaved, 


shaven, 


shaved. 


Shear, 


shore, 


sheared, 


shorn, 


sheared. 


Shine, 


shone, 


shined, 


shone, 


shined. 


Show, 




showed, 


shown, 


showed. 


Sleep, 


slept, 


sleeped, 


slept, 


sleeped. 


Slide, 


slid, 


slided, 


( slid, 
( slidden, 


| slided. 


Slit, 


slit, 


slitted, 


slit, 


slitted. 


Smell, 


smelt, 


smelled, 


smelt, 


smelled. 


Sow, 




sowed, 


sown, 


sowed. 


Speed, 


sped, 


speeded, 


sped, 


speeded. 


Spell, 


spelt, 


spelled, 


spelt, 


spelled. 


Spill, 


spilt, 


spilled, 


spilt, 


spilled. 


Split, 


split, 


splitted, 


split, 


splitted. 



THE VERB. REDUNDANT. 



67 





Indefinite 


perfect. 


Perfect Participle. 


Present. 


Irregular. 


Regular. 


Irregular. 


Regular. 


Spoil, 


spoilt, 


spoiled, 


spoilt, 


spoiled. 


Stave, 


stove, 


staved, 


stove, 


staved. 


Stay, 


staid, 


stayed, 


staid, 


stayed; 


String, 


strung, 


stringed, 


strung, 


stringed. 


Strive, 


stove, 


strived, 


striven, 


strived. 


Strow, 




strowed, 


strown, 


strowed. 


Sweat, 


sweat, 


sweated, 


sweat, 


sweated. 


Sweep, 


swept, 


sweeped, 


swept, 


sweeped. 


Swell, 




swelled, 


swollen, 


swelled. 


Thrive, 


throve, 


thrived, 


thriven, 


thrived. 


Throw, 


threw, 


throwed, 


thrown, 


throwed. 


Wake, 


woke, 


waked, 


vooke, 


waked. 


Wax, 




waxed, 


waxen, 


waxed. 


Weave, 


wove, 


weaved, 


woven, 


weaved. 


Wed, 


wed, 


wedded, 


wed, 


wedded. 


Weep, 


wept, 


weeped, 


wept, 


weeped. 


Wet, 


wet, 


wetted, 


wet, 


wetted. 


Whet, 


whet, 


whetted, 


whet, 


whetted. 


Wind, 


wound, 


winded, 


wound, 


luinded. 


Wont, 


wont, 


wonted, 


wont, 


wonted. 


Work, 


wrought, 


worked, 


wrought, 


worked. 


Wring, 


wrung, 


wringed, 


wrung, 


wringed. 


Pen, to 


write, is always regular. 


In the sense of to con- 


fine, it is : 


redundant. 








Streiv, 


sofhetimes used for strow, is generally regarded 


regular, although strewn 


\ is allowable 


as a perfect 


participle. 


Wont, i 


ivhen transive 


or passive, is regular. 





68 



DEFECTIVE VERBS. 



A defective verb is deficient in some of the principal 
parts common to other verbs. It forms no participle, 
and is used only in some particular modes and tenses. 

LIST OF THE DEFECTIVE VERBS. 

Present. Ind. perf. Present. Ind. perf. 

May, might. Quoth, quoth. 

Can, could. Wis, wist. 

Must, Wit, wot. 

Shall, should. Ought, 

Will, would. Beware, 

All the defective verbs, except quoth, wis, wit, ought, and 
beware, are used in conjugating other verbs. They are hence 
called 

AUXILIARY VERBS. 

An auxiliary verb is used in conjugating other verbs. 

LIST OF THE AUXILIARY VERBS. 



Present. 


Ind. pt.-f. 


Present. Ind. perf. 


May, 


might. 


Do, did. 


Can, 


could. 


Have, had. 


Must, 





■p \ through all the modes 
' > and tenses and parti- 


Shall, 


should. 


Am, ) cjpies. • 


Will, 


would. 





Will is sometimes used as a principal verb, and as such it 
is regular and complete. 

Do is an irregular verb, complete in all its parts. As an 
auxiliary, it is used in the present and indefinite perfect tenses 
of the indicative and subjunctive modes, and in the imperative. 

Have is an irregular verb, complete in all its parts. As an 
auxiliary, it is used in the present perfect and prior perfect 
tenses of the indicative and potential modes. Having is 



THE VERB. NUMBER AND PERSON. 69 

used with the perfect participle in forming the prior perfect 
participle. 

Be or am is an irregular verb, complete in all the parts, 
both as a principal verb and as an auxiliary. 

The meaning and application of the auxiliary verbs can be best 
learned by observing how they are used in structure. 

NUMBER AND PERSON. 

The number and person of the verb are accidents in 
which it agrees with its nominative case. 

Verbs have two numbers ; the singular and the plural. 

The singular number denotes that the verb predicates 
action or being of one object. 

The plural number denotes that the verb predicates 
action or being of more than one object. 

Verbs have three persons; the, first; the second ; and 
the third. 

The first person denotes that the verb predicates action 
or being of the first person. 

The second person denotes that the verb predicates 
action or being of the second person. 

The third person denotes that the verb predicates 
action or being of the third person. 

In each number there are three persons, and in each 
person there are two numbers ; as, 

Singular.* Plural. 

1st person, I love, 1st person, We love, 

2d person, Thou lovest, 2d person, Ye or you love. 

3d person, He loves ; 3d person, They love. 

The number and person of verbs are determined by 
certain endings called personal inflections, or by the 
nominative case with which the verb is associated. 

The terminal inflections are, st, est, and t, to denote 



70 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



the second person, and s, es, tli, and eth, to denote the 
third person. They are used only in the singular num- 
ber. 

Personal inflections are applied, 

1. To the radical parts of complete verbs, in the in- 
dicative mode ; as, 

Present tense. 

Singular. 

1. I go, 

2. Thou goest, 

3. He goes or goeth. 

Indefinite perfect tense. 

Singular. 

1. I loved, 1. I went, 1. I sat, 

2. Thou lovedst, 2. Thou wentest, 2. Thou sattest, 

3. He loved. 3. He went. 3. He sat. 

2. To auxiliary verbs in the indicative and potential 
modes ; as, 



1 love, 

Thou lovest, 

He loves or loveth. 



1. I sit, 

2. Thousittest, 

3. He sits or sitteth. 





( dost, 
< does, 
( doth, 


as in Thou dost love. 


Do, 


" He does love. 




" He doth love. 


Did, 


didst, 


" Thou didst love. 




jf hast, 


" Thou hast loved. 


Have, 


•< has, 


" He has loved. 




( hath, 


" He hath loved. 


Had, 


hadst, 


" Thou hadst loved. 


Will, 


wilt, 


" Thou wilt love. 


Shall, 


shalt. 


" Thou shalt love. 


May, 


mayst, 


" Thou mayst love. 


Can, 


canst, 


" Thou canst love. 


Might, 


mightst, 


" Thou mightst love. 


Could, 


couldst, 


" Thou couldst love. 


Should, 


shouldst, 


" Thou shouldst love. 


Would, 


wouldst, 


" Thou wouldst love. 


as a distinct syllable, 


is added in the Scriptures to may, 



might, could, should, and wbuld. 



PERSONAL INFLECTIONS. ILLUSTRATIONS. 71 

The inflections st, est, t, th, and eth, are confined 
chiefly to the grave or solemn style, and to poetry. 

RULES FOR APPLYING THE PERSONAL INFLECTIONS. 

1. When the first person of the verh ends in e, or in a 
letter which does not readily coalesce with st, st is added to e, 
and est to other terminations. In such cases, est forms a 
syllable. 

Poets and pathetic writers and speakers comm only prefer st, where- 
ever it can be pronounced in one syllable with other letters. 

2. When the first person of the verb ends in a letter which 
readily coalesces in sound with s, s is added without increasing 
the number of syllables. 

3. When the first person of the verb ends in a letter which 
does not readily coalesce in sound with s, es is added as an 
additional syllable. 

The rules in relation to forming the plural of nouns in s and es, 
beginning on the 18th page, are applicable to forming the singular 
number of the verb in s and es. 

4. When the first person of the verb ends in e, th is added ; 
but when it ends in any other letter, eth is added, except in 
doth, hath, and saith. In all cases, eth forms a syllable. 

When the first person of the verb ends in a letter which 
readily coalesces in sound with st, st is added without in- 
creasing the number of syllables. When st is added to ed, 
ed is not abridged in pronunciation. 

In the verb be or am, different words are used in certain modes and 
tenses, to express number and person. These words are exhibited 
in the synopsis of the verb, beginning on the 76th page. 

ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE FOREGOING RULES.. 

Present tense. 

1st person. 2d person. 3d person. 

I parade, Thou paradest, He parades or paradeth. 

I impede, Thou impedest, He impedes or impedeth. 

I indite, Thou inditest, He indites or inditeth. 

I confute, Thou confutest, He confutes or confute th. 



72 



HAZBN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



1st person. 

I plod, 
I fold, 
I sound, 
I exceed, 
I discard, 
I chat, 
1 greet, 
I permit, 
I assault, 
I assort, 
I inspect, 

I engage, 
I compile, 
I presume, 
I postpone, 
I declare, 
I devise, 
I believe, 
I see, 
I tie, 
I sue, 
I owe, 
I allow, 
I allay, 
I obey, 
I enjoy, 
1 parley, 
I study, 
I hurry, 
I envy, 
I satisfy, 
I veto, 
I scrub, 
I drag, 
I call, 



2d person. 

Thou ploddest, 
Thou foldest, 
Thou soundest, 
Thou exceedest, 
Thou discardest, 
Thou chattest, 
Thou greetest, 
Thou permittest, 
Thou assaultest, 
Thou assortest. 
Thou inspectest, 

Thou engagest, 
Thou compilest, 
Thou presumest, 
Thou postponest, 
Thou declarest, 
Thou devisest, 
Thou believest, 
Thou seest, 
Thou tiest, 
Thou suest, 
Thou owest, 
Thou allowest, 
Thou allayest, 
Thou obeyest, 
Thou enjoyest, 
Thou parleyest, 
Thou studiest, 
Thou hurriest, 
Thou enviest, 
Thou satisfieth, 
Thou vetoest, 
Thou scrubbest, 
Thou draggest, 
Thou callest, 



He plods or ploddeth. 
He folds or foldeth. 
He sounds or soundeth. 
He exceeds or exceedeth. 
He discards or discardeth. 
He chats or chatteth. 
He greets or greeteth. 
He permits or permitteth. 
He assaults or assaulteth. 
He assorts or assorteth. 
He inspects or inspecteth. 

He engages or engageth. 
He compiles or compileth. 
He presumes or presumeth. 
He postpones or postponeth. 
He declares or declareth. 
He devises or deviseth. 
He believes or believeth. 
He sees or seeth. 
He ties or tieth. 
He sues or sueth. 
He owes or oweth. 
He allows or alloweth. 
He allays or allayeth. 
He obeys or obeyeth. 
He enjoys or enjoyeth. 
He parleys or parleyeth. 
He studies or studieth. 
He hurries or hurrieth. 
He envies or envieth. 
He satisfies or satisfieth. 
He vetoes or vetoeth. 
He scrubs or scrubbeth. 
He drags or draggeth. 
He calls or calleth. 



PERSONAL INFLECTIONS. ILLUSTRATIONS. 



73 



1st person. 

I feel, 
I deal, 
I trim, 
I seem, 
I scan, 
I glean, 
I ch#er, 
I fear, 
I expel, 
I reveal, 
I reform, 
I abstain, 
I enlighten, 
I prefer, 

I place, 
I enforce, 
I take, 
I ache, 
I awake, 
I rebuke, 
I hope, 
I erase, 
I converse, 
I lack, 
I look, 
I seek, 
I flinch, 
I catch, 
I blush, 
I skip, 
I equip, 
I sleep, 
I hiss, 
I surpass, 
I prefix, 



2d person. 

Thou feelest, 
Thou dealest, 
Thou trimmest, 
Thou seemest, 
Thou scannest, 
Thou gleanest, 
Thou cheerest, 
Thou fearest, 
Thou expellest, 
Thou revealest, 
Thou reformest, 
Thou abstainest, 
Thou enlightenest, 
Thou preferrest, 



Thou 
Thou 
Thou 
Thou 
Thou 
Thou 
Thou 
Thou 
Thou 
Thou 
Thou 
Thou 
Thou 
Thou 
Thou 
Thou 
Thou 
Thou 
Thou 
Thou 
Thou 



placest, 

enforcest, 

take st, 

achest, 

awakest, 

rebukest, 

hopest, 

erasest, 

conversest, 

lackest, 

lookest, 

seekest, 

flinchest, 

catchest, 

blushest, 

skippest, 

equippest, 

sleepest, 

hissest, 

surpassest, 

prefixest, 



3d person. 

He feels or feeleth. 
He deals or dealeth. 
He trims or trimmeth. 
He seems or seemeth. 
He scans or scanneth. 
Pie gleans or gleaneth. 
He cheers or cheereth. 
He fears or feareth. 
He expels or expelleth. 
He reveals or revealeth. 
He reforms or reformeth. 
He abstains or abstaineth. 
He enlightens or enlighteneth 
He prefers or preferreth. 

He places or placeth. 
He enforces or enforceth. 
He takes or taketh. 
He aches or acheth. 
He awakes or awaketh. 
He rebukes or rebuketh. 
He hopes or hopeth. 
He erases or eraseth. 
He converses or converseth. 
He lacks or lacketh. 
He looks or looketh. 
He seeks or seeketh. 
He flinches or flincheth. 
He catches or catcheth. 
He blushes or blusheth. 
He skips or skippeth. 
He equips or equippeth. 
He sleeps or sleepet'h. 
He hisses or hisseth. 
He surpasses or surpasseth. 
He prefixes or preiixeth. 



74 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



Indefinite perfect tense. 



2d person. 



I paraded, Thou paradest, He paraded. 
I plodded, Thou ploddedst, He plodded. 
I chatted, Thou chattedst, He chatted. 



I engaged, 


Thou engagedst,' 


He engaged. 


I compiled, 


Thou compiledst, 


He compiled. 


I presumed, 


Thou presumedst, 


He presumed 


I postponed, 


Thou postponedst, 


He postponed. 


I declared, 


Thou declaredst, 


Pie declared. 


I devised, 


Thou devisedst, 


He devised. 


I believed, 


Thou believedst, 


He believed. 


I tied, 


Thou tiedst, 


He tied. 


I allayed, 


Thou allayedst, 


He allayed. 


I obeyed, 


Thou obeyedst, 


He obeyed. 


I studied, 


Thou studiedst, 


He studied. 


I satisfied, 


Thou satisfiedst, 


He satisfied. 


I vetoed, 


Thou vetoedst, 


He vetoed. 


I dragged, 


Thou draggedst, 


He dragged. 


I called, 


Thou calledst, 


He called. 


I trimmed, 


Thou trimmedst, 


He trimmed. 


I scanned, 


Thou scannedst, 


He scanned. 


I expelled, 


Thou expelledst, 


He expelled. 


I abstained, 


Thou abstainedst, 


He abstained. 


I concurred, 


, Thou concurredst. 


, He concurred. 


I placed, 


Thou placedst, 


He placed. 


I ached, 


Thou achedst, 


He ached. 


I rebuked, 


Thou rebukedst, 


He rebuked. 


I hoped, 


Thou hopedst, ' 


He hoped. 


I erased, 


Thou erasedst, 


He erased. 


1 lacked, 


Thou lacked st, 


Pie lacked. 


I blushed, 


Thou blushedst, 


He blushed. 


I skipped, 


Thou skippedst, 


Pie skipped. 


I hissed, 


Thou 3iibS( : :ust-, 


Pie hissed. 


I prefix, 


Thou prehxedst, 


He prefixed. 



THE VERB. SYNOPSIS. 75 

The Friends, in the familiar use of the second person singular, 
prefer st to est in the present tense, wherever it can be pronounced in 
one syllable with other letters ; but they dispense with all personal 
inflections in the indefinite perfect tense indicative, and in the auxil- 
iaries, except Jiast. They thus avoid some quaintness and formality 
in conversation, and some difficulties of utterance. Their writings, 
however, afford but few examples of these peculiarities. The con- 
versational style of the Friends is well sustained by the poets, al- 
though examples of such usage are often quoted as false in syntax. 

In the common or familiar style, you and the plural form of 
the verb is used for thou and the singular form. This usage 
supersedes the personal inflections of the second person of the 
verbs generally, and the forms of the second person singular 
of be or am. 

CLASSIFICATION OF THE TENSES. 

The tenses are divided into simple and compound. 

A simple tense is a radical verb either with or without 
a personal or a tensic inflection. 

A compound tense is a combination of a radical verb 
or a perfect participle with an auxiliary verb. 

SYNOPSIS OF THE VERB. 

A synopsis of the verb is presented in the following six 
pages. A transitive verb is placed in the first column, the 
verb be or am in the second, and a passive verb in the third. 
These verbs should be inflected in the numbers and persons 
from the left to the right. 

Transitive and intransitive verbs are conjugated in the same 
manner, except the verb be or am ; and this verb is unlike the 
rest in but few of its forms. 

FORMATION OF THE PASSIVE VERB. 

The passive verb is formed by adding the perfect par- 
ticiple of a transitive verb to the verb be or am. 



pq 






M. 






w 




c 


> 




.2 


w 






EH 




n3 
o 

Ph 


^ 




0) 


o 

CO 


p 
o 


Pi 

a 

'55 


1—1 


a 


02 


CO 




o 


Ph 


H 


o 


O 


>; 


c 
cd 


£ 




>H 


o 




CO 


p 


© 




g 


§ 


k! 




<w 


«! 




.g 


M 




c 


W 




,o 


fc 






w 




• si 


Ci5 




05 
-P 



~ " CO 

o £ « 

s * >. 

£ >* Eh 

rt d ri 



C 55 
■2 ™ 



©» PS 



S 1 > K° P 
« g g >H c-l 

g * -5 <?{ eo 



•h oi ps 



f§ gS 

hh Eh DC 





CD 


£ >* H 


H 

CD 


[& 


i-h oi ps 


s 


'o 


T3 


C 

s 


H-3 




-1-3 


Ph 


> c > 


c 


+3 


t£ s •"* 


CD 


o 




CO 
CD 


f l 


ill J 


a, 


CD 

P- 


I »-5 a 



^j 










_p 


& 






w 

Ed 

Ph 

'a 

<p 






.. <» 


CD 
CO 


t5 

c 


MS 




S S 1 




CO 


s | 

C J= 


P 
O 

+3 

o 


S 

CD 
CO 

Ed 


be 

a 

CD 


Ph 


e have bee 
m have be 
ley have b 


CD 

^P 




^ 


C* PS 


S 

Ph 


CD 


Ph 


£ £ Eh 








h-s 

n 

CD 


B 


^p 




,-J ©j ps 


CO 






„_r 


+3 


T3 




B 


Ed 

CD 






c§ ... 


K3 

CD 

^H 

Oh 


CO 

CD 


CD 

s 




• ■? a 

. 6 s * 


j 

CO 

CD 


& 


oi 


1 * 

E- PB 


+3 

O 

P 

CD 
H3 


CO 


_?- 



HH Eh S3 



> & -H 



i^^h 



^ 



^ S ^ >h Eh 


cu 




'2 rt oi ps 

i 


B, 


rH C» PS 


CD 
-P 


T3 
0J 


S to 


H 


fli 



2 5 <» 
^ i §T g £ 

5 .3 H h s 

rH OJ PS" 



_5 X3 <U 

H HE 
-h ci ps 



£ ,2 



3 b 



fe- ►? -^ 



§ o % a 



P 

.a ^ 

O -*> 

Q-. O 

t, ,0) 

° « I 

o 

02 -^ 

1 g 

,o « 

<D ^ 

+=» BZj 

2 "SI 

03 M 
C3 Ph 

i -o 

'-"3 T3 



C % 



' S 3 fl 



i-h d co 



* 



-5 ci co 



'II 



£ - 



h as 

Ot CO* 



2 ?*> 

a ^ 



-j — "3 <"-> 



k3 b 

I— I r- 



T3 -uh 


ill! 


OS 


a H ^s 


«0 

g 


r-5 o> co" 


w 








w 




^- 


„r - a" 


S3 


$ <o > 
> > o 


$ 


111c 

11 lo 

illl 


^> 


1 -5 * C. 




a » >. 


e 


S <D 2 « 

£ ^ tH 


^ 
^ 


■is 




s 


rlclri 



S § 

33 ■« 



2 >> 

"*3 h3 
as £ 



£ & 



« 1 « £ 



.£3 03 



.s " 



53 "3 >. >• 3 



* " a S" 

^ >H H 



o 


$ M t 




8 

53 


■a I s a 


03 


U 


§ s a ^ 


o 


?£ 


l iil 


t 


> >* H 


H 


a 


i-5 c* eo 


03 



ba 



■* 3 * £ 



. b 

CD =3 

a cd 

a^ 

a 

B s 

5 § 

s s 

Si 1 



g > o 
-IS 

- 2 f B .sp 
| .Sf -| s 

£ >* H 

i-i oi ri 



CD 


xs 


> *J — < 


~2 


lar. 
be lo 
lights 
ht be 


m 


1 


5 ~ c .SP 


CJ 


© 


,c SB £ g 


o 


o 


03 £ J <o 




£ Oh 
O a, 






02 «- 



B 'w3 

,o g 



£££ 


■o 

* 


> i* H 


r-J G* M 


W 

», 


r-5 cJ C3 

of 


> 

O .„ 

♦j 0> 




> 

o .- 

s.-s s 



a, 5 



5 o 



S ^3 05 



<& 



a, 

03 

-B 



s a 



s-s s 



M ~ ^ "" B 



o 

03" 

ti 
c3 


W 

» 
e 

xs 


S 


a 

CD 




5 


o 

— 


« d 

CD <D 


~e 














«*H 


i-^. 








e* 




CO 


o 


s 














c 


ss 








£ 




c 


o 


«o 




C 






CD 








Oj 




c5 




,0 


ed 


to 




a 

J3 




pCj 




CD 


bjo 


s> 














53 




CD 

> 






y 


cS 


3 


"Si 


,- 




* 


> 


fl 


o 


ts 


-| 


,£3 


„ 


: £ 


5 


o 




bo 
EC 


S 


0) 

> 







c 
a> 


'5 ® 
„- o 






cs 2 C S 
3 2 S s 



Eh 



ho &. 



> c5 

« j2 CD -ft 

■a "g, .S> -§ -a 

* s " s 

£ ^ &h 

r-i M CO* 



>» O 



3 S 



n" 9 a & 

<D r- CD S 

» c <d a 



T3 O 
<U -i*3 



ft > 



ft T3 >, T3 

2 <p cS <D 

3 > e > 
o o ft o 

-C '""' <D ~ 

H B 



to 

.© 

a, 

-a 



5 xs -ft 

r£ CD *j 

■a "Si -a .SJ> " a . 

| -g | j3 g> « 

E „ ° 3 ^ CD 

^ ^ - O * J? ' 

5 ^ tH 

H ©I CO 



ZS CD 



fa £ 

(OH RH 



CO faC 

1-1 

Oh <0 



o ^ > S 



_^J Cd CO 



s ^ 

a> S 




a pq 



O ^ 







CD <^ 

a ^ 






§ t; 




H 


a 8 




Q 


- -SS 


s 


O 


>^ ** 


B 

a 

o 


3 


ho >-, 


•5 


> 


.5 ^ 


M 


H 


'■£ T3 


pj 


O 


C Qj 


a 


P 





Oh 



-a 3 



JSP 



* £ - 



~ >-< - ^5 



s 




>. 


> 


P 


^ 




— 




>» 






<B 




V 


e«s 


| 


£ 


c 


£ 


to 

8Q 


S 


Vi 


&H 


h 






fH 


M 


m 



c 


e; " >• *» 














CD 






<=> 






-3 




CD 

*-< 


— 5 oi co" 




h 






o 

M 




& 












CD 


13 


^T 






£3 






P. H 


09 


CQ 






O 






(xj 




ci 






cc 






CD 




P< 


- > -a 














> ~ o 

O *" 

& £ * » 




0) 

o 






;fi 

?H 


o 

Eh 


CO 


s ® S & 




Eh 






CD 




o 


? S 2 « 




CD 






o 




e 


<4_l «<_l <H 












Hi 






3 






CD 




rj 


-H 0* CO 




C 






s 






-r ® 2 




hO 
G 






C 




o 


s> > £ 


W 


O 






+^ 




as 


Q 
O 

> 








a 






Eh WH 


"1 


o 

s 


6 

t» 
G 
CB 


CD 
GO 

CD 
E-i 
&< 

CD 


9) 


to. 
a> 


r-i G* CO 


H 

£ 


=3 
C 
hG 


.2 

h3 


CD 

M 

03 


g 


P 

Eh 


_g 








+s 


02 




c 


tf •- 




£ 




hU 


o 




P3 
to 


P 5 S 




bD 
_G 






c 

CD 






• S s & 










T3 




to 


1 *£ « 




CD 






to 






.SJj Jj'm 














to 
e 

3 






O 










h si ri 




c 








■£> 






_o 










&3 






o 






to 








C3 






BO 




to 


« -J "o 










S 




SO 


"s r « > 




&o 






13 




S 






CD 










to 


JI-2 

r3 CD 5 a> 




-t-3 

o 

G 






to 


> 
P 


to 


£ | o^ 




CD 






% 




<& 


EJ <~ %- w 




■"D 






H3 


o 


V. 1 
to 


1-5 o* co' 










Si, 

o 

H=3 





<S 



t 






H sS 



Td 


d 


(E 




BO 


H. 


OQ 




<D 


_iJ 


fH 




&l 




W 


cd 


CJ 


ft 


CD 

B 


o 


'+3 


J-l 


(D 


CD 
ft 



-e ^ .« 



-Q fee 







TO 




IB 


£h 


2 ^ 


B 


o 


S -o 


s 


H 


-5 -c 


g 


C4 


O o 


i: 


<^ 


c 

Eh 




-c .2 




ffl 






H 



S^ Eh 



> . 

.2 "* 

no o 



5 'S 

•5 »H 

G 
0? 



!««, O 



^ C) P M 
r-! H -73 m 



(D 






T3 
© C s „ 

S *> 8 i . 

© bo >> § ,d « 

3 -f B 2 -° £ 

ba g » £ nd £ 

fr « '& « 3 g 

J ^ d o o g 

_d ^ ^ c ~ 3 

"S e S 2 o 

i> dS q> h3 O d 

I s O o __, > « 

c*! 2 S ^ © 

• rt « 43 fe S3 > 

* p 60 » 'j3 

§ '3 ** © ®"s 

* ©** £ g,g 

K C3 fl > S3 .£ 

^3 j-< © o 5 

^ 2 § ^ .5 

d r^2 o .5 

© „fl fl <=* 07: 

> S3 S3 



& 



rd © 

'te 2 © 5 d o 

M a e •■§ ■§ 

S _d ® 5 o « 

u * r! O ; r. 

*- ^ *-> S S d 

•3 «s ? r\ © 
^3 §1 °l 

d 5 d § M 
^ o » a, ^ < 

o © Ph^ f 

sg a 2 <« ^ c 

-J o r| o o 

43 g f & « -g 

. ~ a P^.2 &, 

fl © T3 ^5 S 2 
ed S S s <R- 

© S .2 « *> 

S ° ©^ J § 

^ >>_fl Ifi 4J O 
© 



Ph © 
© © 

2 To 



'-' o «»h -^ d >^ 

•g 'JP ° ,d ""^ rQ 

s 2 ". g 1 1 

.S PQ S3 S « 



5 © 

rd ^ 
CC T3 



82 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

THE PROGRESSIVE VERB. 

The progressive verb expresses continuance of action 
or being. It is formed by adding the present participle 
to the verb be or am. 

Verbs which., in their simple form, imply continuance, do not ad- 
mit of the progressive form. Thus we can say, I respect him. — I 
love him ; but not, I am respecting him. — I am loving him. The 
progressive form is applicable only to that kind of action which can 
be renewed or remitted at pleasure ; as, I am studying my lesson. 

Indicative mode. 
Present tense. 

Singular. Plural. 

1. I am learning, 1. We are learning, 

2. Thou art learning, 2. You are learning, 

3. He is learning ; 3. They are learning. 

This form of the verb runs through all the modes and 
tenses, and through the participles, except the perfect, which 
is wanting. In conjugating the remaining portions of this 
form, the verb be or am in the synopsis is to be followed 
throughout. 

FORMS OF CONJUGATION. 

There are two forms of conjugation ; the affirmative 
and the interrogative. 

THE AFFIRMATIVE FORM. 

The affirmative is the direct form of expression. In 

this form the nominative case is placed before the verb, 

except in the imperative mode, where, if expressed, it 

is placed after the verb, or between the auxiliary and 

the radical verb. 

The affirmative conjugation of the verb has been exhibited in 
pages immediately preceding. This part of the subject will be closed 
with a few remarks on the auxiliaries do and did. 

Do and did are used in the affirmative form in the indica- 
tive mode, to express thought emphatically, and in the same 



THE VERB. INTERROGATIVE FORM. 83 

tenses of the subjunctive, where no especial emphasis is ad- 
missible. In the imperative mode, do is always emphatic. 

Indicative mode. 

Present tense. 

Singular. Plural. 

1. I do love, 1. We do love, 

2. Thou dost love, 2. You do love, 

3. He does love ; 3. They do love. 

Indefinite perfect tense. 

Singular. Plural. 

1. I did love, 1. We did love, 

2. Thou didst love, 2. You did love, 

3. He did love ; 3. They did love. 

Subjunctive mode. 
Present tense. 

Singular. Plural. 

L If I do love, 1. If we do love, 

2. If thou do love, 2. If you do love, 

3. If he do love ; 3. If they do love. 

Indefinite perfect tense. 

Singular. Plural. 

1. If I did love, 1. If we did love, 

2. If thou did love, 2. If you did love, 

3. If he did love ; 3. If they did love. 
For do in the imperative mode, see the synopsis. 

THE INTERROGATIVE FORM. 

The interrogative is the indirect form. In this form 
the nominative case is placed after the radical verb in 
the simple tenses, and immediately after a single auxil- 
iary in the compound tenses. When there are two 
auxiliaries, the nominative case is placed between them. 
The interrogative form is used only in the indicative and 
potential modes. 

Do and did are more frequently used in the interrogative 



84 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

than in the affirmative form ; but in the interrogative they are 
like other auxiliaries, emphatic or unemphatic,just as we please 
to make them. 

The verb be or am and the passive verb are used in the interroga- 
tive form. These verbs should, therefore, be run parallel with love, 
in the following modes and tenses, just as they have been in the 
synopsis. 

Indicative mode. 

Present tense. 

Singular. Plural. 

1. Do I love? 1. Do we love? 

2. Dost thou love ? 2. Do you love 1 

3. Does he love? 3. Do they love ? 

Indefinite perfect tense. 

Singular. Plural. 

1. Did I love ? 1. Did we love ? 

2. Didst thou love? 2. Did you love?- 

3. Did he love ? 3. Did they love ? 

Present perfect tense. 

Singular. • Plural. 

1. Have I loved ? 1. Have we loved ? 

2. Hast thou loved ? 2. Have you loved ? 

3. Has he loved ? 3. Have they loved? 

Prior perfect tense. 

Singular. Plural. 

1. Had I loved? 1. Had we loved ? 

2. Hadst thou loved ? 2. Had you loved ? 

3. Had he loved ? 3. Had they loved? 

Indefinite future tense. 

Singalar. Plural. 

1. Shall I love? 1. Shall we love? 

2. Wilt thou love ? 2. Will you love ? 

3. Will he love ? 3. Will they love 1 

Prior future tense. 

Singular. Plural. 

1. Shall I have loved ? 1. Shall we have loved ? 

2. Wilt thou have loved ? 2. Will you have loved ? 

3. Will he have loved ? 3. Will they have loved 1 



THE VERB. INTERROGATIVE FORM. 8.5 

Potential mode. 

Present tense. 

Singular. Plural. 

1. Can I love? 1. Can we lojfe ? 

2. Canst thou love ? 2. Can you love ? 

3. Can he love ? 3. Can they love ? 

Indefinite perfect tense. 

Singular. Plural. 

1. Could I love ? 1. Could we love? 

2. Couldst thou love ? 2. Could you love? 

3. Could he love ? 3. Could they love ? 

Present perfect tense. 

Singular. Plural. 

1. Can I have loved ? 1. Can we have loved? 

2. Canst thou have loved ? 2. Can you have loved ? 

3. Can he have loved ? 3. Can they have loved? 

Prior perfect tense. 

Singular. Plural. 

1. Could I have loved ? 1. Could we have loved ? 

2. Couldst thou have loved ? 2. Could you have loved ? 
2, Could he have loved ? 3. Could they have loved? 

The affirmative and interrogative forms are conjugated 
negatively by means of the adverb not ; as, 

Indicative mode. 
Present tense. 



1. 

2. 

2. 


Singular. 

I love not, 
Thou lovest not, 
He loves not ; 


1. 

2. 
3. 


Plural. 

We love not, 
You love not, 
They love not. 


1. 

2. 
3. 


I do not love, 
Thou dost not love, 
He does not love ; 


1. 

2. 
3. 


We do not love, 
You do not love, 
They do not love 


1. 

2. 
3. 


I am not, 
Thou art not, 
He is not ; 


1. 

2. 
3. 


We are not, 
You are not, 
They are not. 



86 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



Singular. 

1. I am not loved, 1. 

2. Thou art not loved, 2. 

3. He is not loved ; 3. 

1. I am not learning, 1. 

2. Thou art not learning-, 2. 

3. He is not learning ; 3. 

1. Love I not? 1. 

2. Lovest thou not? 2. 

3. Loves he not ? 3. 

1. Do I not love? 1. 

2. Dost thou not love ? 2. 

3. Does he not love ? 2. 

1. Ami not? 1. 

2. Art thou not ? 2. 

3. Is he not ? 3. 

1. Am I not loved? 1. 

2. Art thou not loved ? 2. 

3. Is he not loved? 3. 

1. Am I not learning ? 1. 

2. Art thou not learning ? 2. 

3. Is he not learning ? 3. 



Plural. 

We are not loved, 
You are not loved, 
They are not loved. 

We are not learning, 
You are not learning, 
They are not learning. 

Love we not? 
Love you not? 
Love they not ? 

Do we not love ? 
Do you not love ? 
Do the}' not love ? 

Are we not ? 
Are you not ? 
Are they not? 

Are we not loved ? 
Are you not loved ? 
Are they not loved ? 

Are we not learning ? 
Are you not learning ? 
Are they not learning ? 



RULES OF SYNTAX. 

The article a or an belongs to nouns in the singular 
number. 

The article the belongs to nouns in the singular or the 
plural number. 

Adjectives belong to nouns and pronouns. 

Nouns govern the possessive case of nouns and pro- 
nouns. 

Adjective pronouns belong to nouns. 



THE NOM. CASE AND THE INTRAN. VERB. 87 

The nominative case is the agent or the subject of 
the verb. 

The verb must agree with its nominative case in num 
ber and person. 

Transitive verbs govern the objective case. 

Intransitive and passive verbs have the same case 
after them as to them, when both words refer to the 
same thing. 

THE NOMINATIVE CASE AND THE INTRANSITIVE VERB. 
SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Indicative mode. 
Present tense. 
I err. We fail. 

Thou comest. You grow. 

The seal dives. The birds flit. 

I do live. . We do swim. 

Thou dost rove. You do wade. 

He does roam. The boys do work. 

Do I live ? Do we swim 1 

Dost thou rove % Do you wade 1 

Does she roam 1 Do the boys work 1 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
i" err. Thou comest. The seal dives. 

I is a personal pronoun, singular number, first person, and 
nominative case to err. Rule. — The nominative case is the 
agent or the subject of the verb. 

Err is a regular, intransitive verb, indicative mode, present 
tense, singular number, first person, and agrees with I. Rule. 
— The verb must agree with its nominative case in number 
and person. 



88 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Indefinite perfect tense. 

I faded. We scolded. 

Thou wadedst. You bounded. 

The grocer traded. The horns sounded. 

I did abscond. We did desist. 

Thou didst flinch. You did disagree. 

Our friend did arrive. They did embark. 

Did I abscond ? Did we desist 1 

Didst thou flinch 1 Did you disagree ? 
Did our friend arrive ? Did they embark 1 

Present perfect tense. 

I have prated. We have rested. 

Thou hast jested. You have fretted. 

The dog has panted. The snows have melted. 

Thou is a personal pronoun, singular number, second per- 
son, and nominative case to contest. Rule. — The nominative 
case is the agent or the subject of the verb. 

Comest is an irregular, intransitive verb, indicative mode, 
present tense, singular number, second person, and agrees with 
thou. Rule. — The verb must agree with its nominative case 
in number and person. 

The is the definite article, and belongs to seal. Rule. — 
The article the belongs to nouns in the singular or the plural 
number. 

Seal is a common noun, masculine gender, singular number, 
third person, and nominative case to dives. Rule. — The nomi- 
native case is the agent or the subject of the verb. 

Dives is a redundant, transitive verb, indicative mode, pre- 
sent tense, singular number, third person, and agrees with seal. 
Rule. — The verb must agree with its nominative case in num- 
ber and person. 

With, change in mode, tense, number, and person, to suit particu- 
lar cases, the preceding forms of analysis cover the examples of the 
form of structure here given, oxcept the adverb not, which, for the 
present, may be regarded simply as the means of conjugating the verb 
negatively. 



THE NOM. CASE AND THE INTRAN. VERB. 



89 



Have I prated ? 
Hast thou jested? 
Has the dog panted ? 



Have we rested ? 
Have you fretted ? 
Have the snows melted? 



Prior perfect tense. 
I had sinned. We had called. 

Thou hadst sobbed. You had cringed. 

Thy heart had throbbed. The winds had lulled. 



Had we called 1 
Had you cringed ? 
Had the winds lulled % 



Had I sinned 1 
Hadst thou sobbed ? 
Had thy heart throbbed ? 

Indefinite future. 
I shall droop. We shall crawl. 

Thou wilt stoop. You will drawl. 

The owl will hoot. The bees will swarm. 



Shall I droop? 
Wilt thou stoop ? 
Will the owl hoot? 



Shall we crawl ? 
Will you drawl ? 
Will the bees swarm ? 



Potential mode. 
Present tense. 



T may commune. 
Thou canst depart. 
The mule can pace. 

May I commune ? 
Canst thou depart ? 
Can the mule pace ? 



We can exist. 

You must persevere. 

The boys may play. 

Can we exist ? 
Must you persevere ? 
May the boys play? 



Indefinite perfect tense. 
I might perish. We should proceed. 

Thou couldst persist. Ye could rejoice. 

The dog would snarl. The people would assemble. 



Might I perish ? 
Couldst thou persist ? 
Would the doar snarl ? 



Should we proceed ? 

Could ye rejoice ? 

Would the people assemble ? 



90 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



Present perfect tense. 

I may have retired. We may have wandered. 

Thou must have wondered. Ye may have responded. 
The event may have happened. Your ears must have tingled. 

Can I have retired ? Can we have wandered ? 

Canst thou have wondered \ Can ye have responded ? 
Can the event have happened ? May your ears have tingled? 

Prior perfect tense. 

I might have exulted. We should have replied. 

Thou couldst have presided. You could have subsisted. 
She would have lingered. Stocks would have improved. 



Might I have exulted ? 
Couldst thou have presided ? 
Would she have lingered ? 



Should we have replied? 
Could you have subsisted ? 
Would stocks have improved? 



The imperative mode. 
Present tense. 
Deliberate. * Vote. 

Recline thou. Smile ye. 

Do aspire. Do blush. 



PROMISCUOUS EXAMPLES. 



We agree. 
Peter wept. 
Do alight. 
The eagle can soar. 
The enemy will decamp. 
Did not the wind whistle ? 
Milk will coagulate. 
Will blood coagulate ? 
The horses can trot. 
The horses can not trot. 
Can the horses trot 1 
Can not the horses trot ? 



The steam rises. 
Has the water boiled ? 
The wound has festered. 
Some snow has fallen. 
Has not the storm abated ? 
Her beauty might fade. 
Shall we digress ? 
May not the boat have gone ? 
The corn grows. 
The corn does not grow. 
Does the corn grow ? 
Does not the corn grow ? 



THE NOM. CASE AND THE INTRANS. VERB. 91 

THE PROGRESSIVE VERB. 

Indicative mode. 
Present tense. 
I am sitting. We are wandering. 

Thou art failing. You are coughing. 

The water is rising. The ladies are walking. 

Indefinite perfect tense. 
I was hopping. We were hesitating. 

Thou wast jumping. You were growing. 

He was skipping. The monsters were floundering. 

Present perfect tense. 
I have been fishing. We have been speaking. 

Thou hast been chatting. You have been laughing. 

The bird has been chirping. The colts have been capering. 

Prior perfect tense. 
I had been feasting. We had been sleeping. 

Thou hadst been talking. You had been dreaming. 

The wind had been blowing. The dogs had been barking. 

Indefinite future tense. 
I shall be traveling. We shall be playing. 

Thou wilt be rambling. You will be strolling. 

Interest will be accruing. They will be listening. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
/ am sitting. 

I is a personal pronoun, singular number, first person, and 
nominative case to am sitting. Rule. — The nominative case 
is the agent or the subject of the verb. 

Am sitting is a progressive, intransitive verb, indicative 
mode, present tense, singular number, first person, and agrees 
with /. Rule. — The verb must agree with its nominative case 
in number and person. 



92 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Potential mode. 
I may be boasting. He might be improving. 

The day must be dawning. The horse might be feeding. 
It may have been snowing. He could have been teaching. 
She must have been weeping. It might have been raining. 

Imperative mode. 

Present tense. 

Be stirring. Be moving. 

THE NOMINATIVE CASE, THE TRANSITIVE VERB, AND 

THE OBJECTIVE CASE. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Indicative mode. 
Present tense. 
I admire an observing pupil. 
Thou beholdest the identical person. 
He hears a distinguished preacher. 
We employ an eminent lawyer. 
You nominate the prominent politician. 
They hang the notorious pirate. 

I do love faithful friends. 

Thou dost not avoid evil company. 

He does not lead a pious life. 

We do not discard our poor relatives. 

You do not praise a worthless production. 

Intelligent people do not read worthless books. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
i" admire an observing pupil. 

7 is a personal pronoun, singular number, first person, and 
nominative case to admire. Rule. — The nominative case is 
the agent or the subject of the verb. 

Admire is a regular, transitive verb, indicative mode, pre- 
sent tense, singular number, first person, and agrees with I. 



NOM. CASE, TRANS. VERB, AND OBJ. CASE. 93 

■ 

Do I cross a rapid stream ? 

Dost thou visit thy country friends ? 

Does he construct the long bridge ? 

Do we pass the governor's residence ? 

Do you make the plank road ? 

Do the people not elect their rulers 1 

Indefinite perfect tense. 
I killed a diminutive serpent. 
Thou viewedst a huge monster. 
The travelers crossed a prodigious river. 
We saw an enormous elephant. 
You purchased a large schooner. 
The peddlers carried bulky packs. 

I did not make a long speech. 

T^hou didst not express thy opinion. 

The lad did not learn his lesson. 

We did not maintain our equilibrium. 

Ye did not embrace the truth. 

The citizens did not ratify the nomination. 

Did I refuse good counsel 1 

Didst thou wield a heavy sledge ? 

Did not the law require an equal balance 1 

Did we not carry a ponderous load ? 

Did you balance our accounts 1 

Did they maintain their equilibrium ? 

Rule. — The verb must agree with its nominative case in num- 
ber and person. 

An is the indefinite article, and belongs to pupil. Rule. — 
The article a or an belongs to nouns in the singular number. 

Observing is an adjective, and belongs to pupil. Rule. — 
Adjectives belong to nouns. 

Pupil is a common noun, masculine gender, singular num- 
ber, third person, objective case, and is governed by admire. 
Rule. — Transitive verbs govern the objective case. 



94 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Present perfect tense. 
I have chosen violet hue. 
Thou hast preferred indigo color. 
Jane has purchased a blue ribbon. 
We have mown the green grass. 
You have bought some yellow peaches. 
The ladies have procured orange dresses. 
The trustees have sold the red school-house. 

Have I hit the mark 1 

Hast thou solved that problem ? 

Has the youth spoken the truth 1 

Have we not thwarted his purpose 1 

Have you repaired the dangerous road ? 

Have all the states armed the militia'? 

Prior perfect tense. 

I had taken the wrong road. 
Thou hadst missed the right way. 
My guide had known the narrow passes. 
We had not Visited distant lands. 
You had crossed the vast ocean. 
Our children had learned geography. 

Had I not rigged my ship ? 
Hadst thou not taken breakfast ? 
Had the plaintiff proved the facts ? 
Had we not let the premises'? 
Had you recited your lessons 1 
Had the guards taken their positions ? 

Indefinite future tense. 

I shall study an accurate arithmetic. 
Thou wilt solve the difficult questions. 
My son shall make the long calculations. 
We will compute the interest. 
You shall meet the whole payment. 
The merchants will make heavy bills. 



NOM. CASE, TRANS. VERB, AND OBJ. CASE. 95 

Shall I quote Milton ? 

Wilt thou parse that obscure sentence ? 

Will he not quaff the wine % 

Shall we hoard our wealth ? 

Will you not sell your live stock 1 

Will not the people repudiate the nomination ? 

Potential mode. 

Present tense. 

I may have some system. 

Thou canst preserve strict order. 

The landlord must keep an orderly house. 

We may arrange our affairs. 

You can make systematic arrangements. 

The unruly children may annoy the poor animal. 

May I advance a few arguments 1 
Canst thou understand critical remarks 1 
Can the editor admit severe criticisms 1 
Can we believe such absurd allegories ? 
Can you not trust faithful friends ? 
May not the facts produce conviction ? 

Indefinite perfect tense. 

I might remember historical facts. 
Thou couldst improve thy memory. 
Every person should read sacred history. 
We could relate some curious incidents. 
You might forgive grievous injuries. 
Creditors should remember prompt payments. 

Should 1 not gain some applause ? 
Shouldst thou not attend public worship 1 
Might he not procure a substitute 1 
Should we not prefer other claims ? 
Could you not secure an eligible position 1 
Should not rich men promote industry 1 



96 



Present perfect tense. 
I may have known the time. 
Thou canst have kept the step. 
He must have recollected the transaction. 
We may have recorded the date. 
You can not have counted the pulsations. 
The young man must have studied medicine. 

Can I have transgressed the rules ? 
Mayst thou not have given offense ? 
Can this man have supplanted his friend ? 
May we not have done some harm ? 
Can you not have made some mistake ? 
May not the dogs have caught the fox 1 

Prior perfect teuse. 
T might have heard the music. 
Thou wouldst have perceived the slightest discord. 
Thy ear could not have caught the soft notes. 
We should have observed the pleasing harmony. 
You should have improved your excellent voices. 
Musicians should have' honored Guido Aretine. 

Might I not have broached the subject 1 

Couldst not thou have worked thy passage % 

Would not the teacher have regarded thy complaints ? 

Might we not have enjoyed a visit? 

Could you have seen the parade ? 

Would not the politicians have controlled the election ? 

Imperative mode. 
Present tense. 
Observe verbal accuracy. 
Avoid a verbose style. 
Consult the best authorities. 
Improve your diction. 
Acquire an appropriate phraseology. 
Imitate the most accurate writers. 



NOM. CASE, TRANS. VERB, AND OBJ. CASE. 97 

PROMISCUOUS EXAMPLES. 

The horse champed his bits. 

The mother chided her son. 

The ball grazed my head. 

A dart has pierced the soldier's hand. 

A frost may kill the vines. 

Will not the youth speak the truth ? 

Can you solve other men's doubts ? 

May we not slake our thirst ? 

The sun has scorched my shoulder. 

Do not the ladies sip tea 1 

The foreman may have docked his wages. 

The bird would flap its wings. 

Would not rain improve vegetation ? 

THE PROGRESSIVE VERB. 

Indicative mode. 

Present tense. 

The farmer is driving his tardy cattle. 
The pharmaceutist is preparing medicines. 
The sculptor is carving a beautiful figure. 

Indefinite perfect tense. 
The type-founders were casting large types. 
The architect was planning an elegant building. 
Some carpenters were erecting a spacious barn. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
The farmer is driving his tardy cattle. 

Is driving is a progressive, transitive verb, indicative mode, 
present tense, singular number, third person, and agrees with 
farmer. Rule. — The verb must agree with its nominative case 
in number and person. 

Cattle is a collective noun, masculine and feminine gender, 
plural number, third person, objective case, and is governed by 
is driving. Rule. — Transitive verbs govern the objective case. 
5 



98 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Present perfect tense. 
Those hatters have been manufacturing hat bodies. 
Those fishermen have been catching salmon. 
The glaziers have been glazing our windows. 

Prior perfect tense. 
The surgeon had been amputating a mangled limb. 
The teacher had been chastising refractory pupils. 
The physician had been visiting his patients. 

Potential mode. 
The gardener must be grafting his trees. 
The artist might be sketching a scene. 
The hounds may have been trailing a fox. 
Yon should have been reading some good book. 
The progressive verb is seldom used in the imperative mode. 

THE NOMINATIVE CASE AND THE PASSIVE VERB. 
SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Indicative mode. 
Present tense. 
I am absolved. We are not admitted. 

Thou art accosted. You are advanced. 

He is not accused. They are abhorred. 

Am I absolved 1 Are we admitted ? 

Art thou accosted ? Are you not advanced ? 

Is he not accused ? Are they not abhorred ? 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
i" am absolved. 
I is a personal pronoun, singular number, first person, and 
nominative case to am absolved. Rule. — The nominative case 
is the agent or the subject of the verb. 

Am absolved is a regular, passive verb, indicative mode, 
present tense, singular number, first person, and agrees with /. 
Rule. — The verb must agree with its nominative case in num- 
ber and person. 



THE NOMINATIVE CASE AND THE PASSIVE VERB. 



-99 



I was adopted. 
Thou wast advanced. 
The book was abridged. 

Was I not adopted ? 
Wast thou not advanced ? 
Was the book abridged ? 



Indefinite perfect tense. 

We were amazed. 
You were not amused. 
Dangers were averted. 

Were we not amazed ? 
Were you not amused ? 
Were the dangers averted 



Present perfect tense. 
I have not been answered. We have been applauded. 



Thou hast been approved. 
It has been asserted. 

Have I been answered 1 
Hast thou been approved ? 
Has it not been asserted ? 



You have not been hissed. 
Friends have been entertained. 

Have we not been applauded ? 

Have you been hissed? 

Have friends been entertained ? 



Prior perfect tense. 



I had been assailed. 
Thou hadst been assisted. 
He had not been aroused. 

Had I not been assailed ? 
Hadst thou been assisted 1 
Had he been aroused? 



We had been attended. 
You had been attracted. 
They had not been reformed. 

Had we not been attended 1 
Had you been attracted ? 
Had they not been reformed 1 

Indefinite future tense. 
I shall be regarded. We shall not be undone. 

Thou wilt not be abandoned. You shall be sustained. 
He shall be apprehended. They will be astonished. 

Shall I not be regarded ? Shall we be undone 1 
Wilt thou not be abandoned ? Will you be sustained 1 
Will he be apprehended ? Will they not be astonished ? 

Potential mode. 
Present tense. 
I may not be appointed. We can be assured. 
Thou mayst be baffled. You can not be cajoled. 

It must not be allowed. ' The apples must be assorted. 



100 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Can I be appointed 1 Can we be assured 1 

Canst thou not be baffled ? Can not you be cajoled ? 

Must it not be allowed I Must the apples be assorted ? 

Indefinite perfect tense. 
I might be coerced. We could not be defended. 

Thou shouldst be convinced. You should be confounded. 
A book might be compiled. Our foes could be conquered. 
Could I be coerced ? Could we not be defended ? 

Couldst thou be convinced % Should you not be confounded ? 
Might not a book be compiled ? Could our foes be conquered i 
Present perfect tense. 

I may not have been constrained. 

Thou must have been defamed. 

That fine horse may have been coveted. 

We may have been commanded. 

You may not have been wooed. 

The children must have been vexed. 

May I not have been constrained? 

Canst thou not have been defamed I 

May not that fine horse have been coveted 1 

May we not have been commanded 1 

Can you not have been wooed 1 

Must not the children have been vexed ? 

Prior perfect tense. 
I might have been dazzled. 
Thou wouldst not have been deceived. 
The criminal might have been pardoned. 
We should not have been taken. 
You might not have been sought. 
The eggs should have been poached. 

Should I have been dazzled ? 
Wouldst thou not have been deceived 1 
Might not the criminal have been pardoned ? 
Should we not have been taken ] 
Might you not have been sought ? 
Should not the eggs have been poached 1 



NOMINATIVE CASE, BE OR AM, AND ADJECTIVE. 101 

Imperative mode. 
Present tense. 
Be persuaded. Be dissuaded. 

Be thou assured. Be ye warned. 

Do not be excited. Do not be alarmed. 

PROMISCUOUS EXAMPLES. 

I am known. The truth is not admitted. 

The sloop is loaded. The land was not redeemed. 

The goods are packed. The note has not been paid. 

The metal has been tested. The seeds have been planted. 
The law was not abolished. A church might be built. 
Could not a club be formed ? May not the oxen be yoked 1 

Can not the rising generation be educated ? 

Has the grand jury been impanneled ? 

Have not all the flowers been plucked ? 

The scenes should have been shifted. 

May not the letter have been intercepted I 

Might not the garden have been spaded ? 

Should not his faith have been plighted ? 

Was not the manuscript interlined 1 

THE NOMINATIVE CASE, THE VERB be OR am, AND 

THE ADJECTIVE. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Indicative mode. 
Present tense. 
I am cautious. We are shy. 

Thou art anxious. You are wary. 

That soldier is brave. The ladies are circumspect. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

That soldier is brave. 

Soldier is a common noun, masculine gender, singular -nur/ 

ber, third person, and nominative case to is. Rule. -Tlli 

nominative case is the agent or the subject of the verb. 



102 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



Am I not cautious \ 
Art thou anxious % 
Is that soldier brave ? 



Indefinite 



I was not gay. 
Thou wast vain. 
He was fashionable. 

Was I gay ? 

Wast thou not vain % 

Was he fashionable ? 



Are we shy ? 

Are you not wary ? 

Are the ladies circumspect? 

perfect tense. 

We were emulous. 
You were ambitious. 
His deeds were glorious. 

Were we emulous % 
Were you not ambitious 1 
Were not his deeds glorious ? 



Present perfect tense. 

I have been indignant. We have been absolute. 

Thou hast been austere. You have been supercilious. 

He has not been haughty. They have been proud. 

Have I not been indignant 1 Have we not been absolute 
Hast thou been austere ? Have ye been supercilious ? 
Has he not been haughty ? Have they not been proud ? 

Prior perfect tense. 

I had been humane. We had been generous. 

Thou hadst been kind. You had been merciful. 

He had been benevolent. They had been charitable. 



Had I not been humane ? 
Hadst thou been kind ? 
Had he been benevolent ? 



Had we not been generous 1 ? 
Had you been merciful % 
Had they been charitable ? 



Is is an irregular, intransitive verb, indicative mode, pre- 
sent tense, singular number, third person, and agrees with 
soldier. Rule. — The verb must agree with its nominative 
case in number and person. 

Brave is an adjective, and belongs to soldier. Rule. — Ad- 
jectives belong to nouns. 

When the adjective belongs to a pronoun, give the rule. — Adjec- 
tives belong to pronouns. 



NOMINATIVE CASE, BE OR AM, AND ADJECTIVE. 103 



I shall be obedient. 
Thou wilt be devout. 
He will not be venerable. 
Shall I be obedient ? 
Wilt thou not be devoat ? 
Will he be venerable ? 



Indefinite future tense. 

We shall be modest. 
You will not be respectful. 
They will be respectable. 
Shall we not be modest ? 
Will you be respectful 1 
Will they be respectable 1 

Potential mode. 
Present tense. 

We may be contumacious. 
You must be indefatigable. 
They may not be disobedient. 
Can we be contumacious ? 
Must you not be indefatigable "? 
Can they not be disobedient 1 



1 must be firm. 

Thou canst be stubborn. 

He can be pertinacious. 

Must I be firm ? 

Mayst not thou be stubborn ? 

May he not be pertinacious 1 

Indefinite perfect tense. 
I might be conscientious. We would not be partial. 

Thou mightst be honest. 
He might be righteous. 

Might I not be conscientious ? 
Couldst thou not be honest? 
Would he be righteous ? 

Present perfect tense. 

I may not have been desperate. 

Thou must have been hopeless. 

The inventor can not have been despondent. 

We may have been buoyant. 

You must have been cheerful. 

The speculators must have been sanguine. 

Must not I have been desperate ? 

Mayst not thou have been hopeless ? 

Can not the inventor have been despondent 1 ? 

May not we have been buoyant ? 

Must you not have been cheerful ? 

Must not the speculators have been sanguine 



You should be sincere. 
They should be candid. 

Could we be partial ? 
Should you not be sincere ? 
Would they be candid ? 



104 

Prior perfect tense. 
I might have been credulous. 
Thou mightst have been orthodox. 
The display might have been wonderful. 
We could have been mysterious. 
You would not have been superstitious. 
The tales might have been marvelous. 

Should I have been credulous 1 
Couldst not thou have been orthodox % 
Might not the display have been wonderful \ 
Could we not have been mysterious'? 
Would you have been superstitious 1 
Might not the tales have been marvelous 1 

Imperative mode. 

Present tense. 

Be loyal. Be ready. 

Be modest. • Be ye strong. 

Do be manly. Do be faithful. 

MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES. 

Be firm. Do be consistent. 

I am adroit. Is not the soil barren ? 

Are not his opinions absurd 1 Had his treatment been civil ? 

The child will be afraid. Will the passengers be safe ? 

The fund will not be sufficient. Can the fruit be ripe ? 

The morning fogs were dense. 

The spring trade will be brisk. 

The view must have been grand. 

Your positions must have been untenable. 

Is not frugality commendable 1 

A few other verbs are occasionally used in this structure ; as, 

I become sleepy. We must become pious. 

Thou hast become playful. You might become popular. 
He will become learned. They may have become poor. 



NOM. CASE, BE OR AM, AND NOM. CASE AFTER. 



105 



Glass feels smooth. 
The apple tastes sour. 
The eggs will boil hard. 
The ride seems long. 
The stream runs clear. 
The ox will grow fat. 
You must walk straight. 
The plaster will dry hard. 



The syrup has boiled thick. 
The moon shines bright. 
My uncle died rich. 
The post stands strong. 
The animal looks gaunt. 
The wheels might run easy. 
The slave may go free. 
He remains steadfast. 



THE NOMINATIVE CASE, THE VERB be OR (Wl, AND THE 

NOMINATIVE CASE AFTER THE VERB. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Indicative mode. 
Present tense. 
I am he. We are they. 

Thou art she. You are the boys. 

He is the man. Those are the horses. 

Am I he 1 

Art thou not she ? 



Is he the man ? 



Are we not they 1 
Are not you the boys 1 
Are these the horses ? 



Indefinite perfect tense. 

I was not the person. We were planters. 

Thou wast the dupe. 
She was the seamstress. 

Was I the person 1 
Wast thou the dupe 1 
Was she the seamstress % 



Ye were transgressors. 
They were not students. 

Were not we planters 1 
Were not we transgressors ? 
Were they students 1- 



Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

i" am he. 

He is a personal pronoun, masculine gender, singular num- 
ber, third person, and nominative case after am. Rule. — In- 
transitive and passive verbs have the same case after them as 
to them, when both words refer to the same thing. 



106 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



Present perfect tense. 



I have been a wanderer. 
Thou hast been a heretic. 
He has not been a butcher. 

Have I not been a wanderer ? 
Hast thou been a heretic 1 
Has not he been a butcher ? 



We have been teachers. 
You have been preachers. 
They have been farmers. 

Have not we been teachers'? 
Have you been preachers ? 
Have they been farmers ? 



Prior perfect tense. 
I had been a gardener. We had not been hatters. 

Thou hadst been a miller. You had been rope-makers. 

He had been a baker. They had been tailors. 



Had I not been a gardener 1 
Hadst thou been a miller 1 
Had not he been a baker 1 



Had not we been hatters 1 
Had. you been rope-makers 1 
Had they been tailors 1 



Indefinite future tense. 



I shall be a tobacconist. 
Thou wilt be a brewer. 
He will be a dyer. 

Shall I be a tobacconist 1 
Wilt thou be a brewer 1 
Will not he be a dyer 1 



We shall be milliners. 
You will not be barbers. 
They will be tanners. 

Shall we be milliners ? 
Will not you be barbers 1 
Will they be tanners ? 



Potential mode. 
The young man may be a comb-maker. 
Those strangers must be hunters. 
The lad would not be a fisherman. 
He should not be a noisy auctioneer. 
They may have been sound statesmen. 
You can not have been an interesting orator. 
He might have been a learned divine. 
You would have been an adroit reasoner. 

May not he be an eminent professor 1 
Can he not be a skilful agriculturist 1 
Might not these gentlemen be American travelers ? 



NOM. CASE, PASSIVE VERB, AND ADJECTIVE. 107 

Could he be my inveterate enemy 1 
May not they have been noted musicians? 
Can they not have been secret agents ? 
Would not he have been a vigilant watchman ? 

Imperative mode. 
Present tense. 
Be a paper-maker. Be architects. 

Be thou a book-binder. Be carpenters. 
Do not be an author. Do not be vagabonds. 

A few other verbs are occasionally used in this structure ; as, 
His son became a famous bishop. 
This lad may become a great financier. 
These pupils might become excellent grammarians. 
The governor has become a distinguished senator. 
Trim struts a soldier. She lived a Christian. 

He stands a spectator. Stephen died a martyr. 
She walks a queen. He goes a captain. 

The calf grows an ox. Charles remains a studeDt. 



THE ADJECTIVE. 

The verbs call, denominate, consider, regard, account, make, 
and bear, are the principal verbs used in this structure. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The wheat is called prime. 
The cloth was denominated superfine. 
This student has been considered talented. 
The note had been regarded genuine. 
The candidates will be accounted worthy. 
The deficiency may be made good. 
The man may have been born blind. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
The wheat is called excellent. 
Excellent is an adjective, and belongs to wheat. Rule. — 
Adjectives belong to nouns.- 



108 HAZEn's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

THE NOMINATIVE CASE, THE PASSIVE VERB, AND THE 
NOMINATIVE CASE AFTER THE VERB. 

The verbs call, denominate, consider, regard, account, make, 
hear, choose, elect, and crown, are the principal verbs used 
in this structure. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

These mechanics are called good workmen. 
This medicine is denominated calomel. 
This lady has been considered a good teacher. 
This preacher had been regarded a fine speaker. 
This senator will be accounted a strong debater. 
My brother may be made a supreme judge. 
This nobleman must have been born a lord. 
This politician might have been chosen governor. 
This able statesman may be elected president. 
The prince will be crowned king. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
These mechanics are called good workmen. 
Workmen is a common noun, masculine gender, plural num- 
ber, third person, and nominative case after are called. Rule. 
— Intransitive and passive verbs have the same case after them 
as to them, when both words refer to the same thing. 



THE END OF THE FIRST PART. 



THE 



ANALYTIC AND SYNTHETIC 
ENGLISH GRAMMAR 



PART SECOND. 



SENTENCE, 

A sentence is an association of words, or a combina- 
tion of two or more associations of words, making com- 
plete sense. 

The associations of words which form sentences, or 
constitute parts of sentences, are called structures. 

THE STRUCTURES. 

A structure is a single predicative word, or two or 
more parts of speech forming a distinct association, or 
group. 

The language is formed of thirty-five predicative struc- 
tures and one phrase. 

The general names of the structures are predication, 
predicate, and phrase. 



110 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

The nomenclature of the predicative structures is 
founded on the word predicate. 

A predicate is a single word asserting action or being, 
or an association of words in which action or being is 
asserted. 

The predicates are divided into sentensic and insert- 
tensic. 

A sentensic predicate is a predicate which may be used 
with a subject, or nominative case, as an essential ele- 
ment of a sentence. 

An insentensic predicate is a subordinate structure 
which can not be used with a subject, or nominative 
case, as an essential element of a sentence. 

The insentensic predicates are formed from the sen- 
tensic predicates by changing the finite verb to the par- 
ticiple, to the gerundive, or to the verb in the infinitive 
mode. 

CLASSIFICATION OF PREDICATES. 

The predicates are divided into intransitive, transitive, 
passive, intransitive post-adjective, intransitive post-sub- 
stantive, passive post-adjective, and passive post-sub- 
stantive. 

SYNOPSIS OF THE PREDICATES. 
SENTENSIC PREDICATES. INSENTENSIC PREDICATES. 

Intransitive. 

— walk ; walking ; to walk. 

— faded ; fading ; to fade. 

-— have prated ; having prated ; to have prated. 

Transitive. 

— catch fish ; catching fish ; to catch fish. 

— wrote a letter ; writing a letter ; to write a letter. 

— have built a car ; having built a car ; to have built a car. 



SYNOPSIS OF THE PREDICATES. Ill 

8ENTENSIC PREDICATES. INSENTENSIC PREDICATES. 

Passive. 

— is suspected ; being suspected ; to be suspected. 

— was instructed ; instructed ; to be instructed. 

— has been seen ; having been seen ; to have been seen. 

Intransitive post-adjective. 

— am cautious ; being cautious ; to be cautious. 

— were obedient ; being obedient ; to be obedient. 

— will be true ; having been true ; to have been true. 

Intransitive post-substantive. 

— has been a farmer ; being a farmer ; to be a farmer. 

— will be a scholar ; being a scholar ; to be a scholar. 

— may be a nun ; having been a nun ; to have been a nun. 

Passive post-adjective.- 

— is called prime ; being called prime ; to be called prime. 

— was made good ; made good ; to be made good. 

— was born blind ; being born blind ; to be born blind. 

Passive post-substantive. 

— is called a fox ; being called a fox ; to be called a fox. 

— was born a lord ; born a lord ; to be born a lord. 

— will be made king ; made king ; to be made king. 

As exhibited in the preceding synopsis, there are seven sentensic 
predicates, and fourteen insentensic predicates, which form, or aid in 
forming, the thirty-five predicative structures. 

EXPLANATION OF TERMS. 

Element, a constituent part. 

Essential element, or an essential, an element necessary to 
the formation of. 

Accessory element, or an accessory, an element subordinate 
to an essential element. 

A noun and a pronoun in the possessive case, and words placed 
before the noun, and belonging to it on the principle of the aiticle 
and the adjective, are accessory elements, or accessories. The adverb 
is also accessory. 



112 HAZEn's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

CLASSIFICATION OF PREDICATIVE STRUCTURES. 

The predicative structures are divided into predica- 
tions, participial predicates, gerundive predicates, pre- 
positional gerundive predicates, and infinitive predicates. 

THE PREDICATIONS. 

A predication is an association of words forming a 
proposition. 

classification of predications. 

The predications are divided into intransitive, tran- 
sitive, passive, intransitive post-adjective, intransitive 
post-substantive, passive post-adjective, and passive post- 
substantive. 



Subject, a word or an association of words of which a finite 
verb predicates something. 

Simple subject, a nominative case without an accessory. 

Complex subject, a nominative case with an accessory or 
with accessories. 

Simple predicate, a predicate formed by an essential element 
or essential elements. 

Complex predicate, a predicate formed by an essential ele- 
ment or essential elements and one accessory or more. 

Analysis, the resolution of a sentence into its elements. 

Etymological analysis, the resolution of a sentence by indi- 
vidual words, or parts of speech. 

Logical analysis, the resolution of a sentence by its logical 
parts. 

Synthesis, the union of parts into a sentence or a structure. 

Syntactical synthesis, the union of parts of speech in a 
structure, or of structures in a sentence, expressed by the rules 
of syntax. 

Logical synthesis, the designation of a structure, by a logical 
name, which indicates its element or elements. 



THE PREDICATIONS. 113 

THE INTRANSITIVE PREDICATION. 

The essential etymological elements of the intransi- 
tive predication, are a nominative case and an intran- 
sitive verb. 

The logical elements of the intransitive predication 
are a subject and an intransitive sentensic predicate. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

I sit. The workmen perspire. 

Profit accrued. Industrious men thrive. 

Charles has relented. The club has adjourned. 

Difficulties may arise. Your dog might bite. 

Water congeals. His tongue will run. 

Birds can fly. Every pupil might learn. 

Horses prance. This academy might prosper. 

Time will elapse. Such principles prevail. 

Consequences ensue. The twelve jurymen appeared. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

I sit. The workmen perspire. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis, 
/is a personal pronoun, singular number, first person, and 
nominative case to sit. Rule. — The nominative case is the 
agent or the subject of the verb. 

Sit is an irregular, intransitive verb, indicative mode, pres- 
ent tense, singular number, first person, and agrees with I. 
Rule. — The verb must agree with its nominative case in num- 
ber and person. 

Logical analysis. 
/ — Subject. 

Sit — Intransitive sentensic predicate. 
The workmen — Subject. 
Perspire — Intransitive sentensic predicate. 

Logical synthesis. 
I sit — Intransitive predication. 
The workmen perspire — Intransitive predication. 



114 



THE TRANSITIVE PREDICATION. 



The essential etymological elements of the transitive 
predication, are a nominative case, a transitive verb, and 
an objective case. 

The logical elements of the transitive predication, are 
a subject and a transitive sentensic predicate. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The captain cast anchor. 

Our family physician prescribed a remedy. 

The general has issued his orders. 

The boatman should have thrown a line. 

Our shipwrights have constructed a stanch steamer. 

The young lady is adjusting her hair. 

The emperor may have banished the rebels. 

A large army has besieged the city. 

The strong light dazzled my eyes. 

Barbarians have defaced the monument. 

Mind your diction. 

Relinquish every unjust claim. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The captain cast anchor. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

The is the definite article, and belongs to captain. Rule. — 
The article the belongs to nouns in the singular or the plural 
number. 

Captain is a common noun, masculine gender, singular num- 
ber, third person, and nominative case to cast. Rule. — The 
nominative case is the agent or the subject of the verb. 

Cast is an irregular, transitive verb, indicative mode, indefinite 
perfect tense, singular number, third person, and agrees with 
captain. Rule. — The verb must agree with its nominative 
case in number and person. 



THE PREDICATIONS. 115 

Anchor is a common noun, neuter gender, singular number, 
third person, objective case, and is governed by cast. Rule. — 
Transitive verbs govern the objective case. 
Logical analysis. 
The captain — Subject. 

Cast anchor — Transitive sentensic predicate. 
Logical synthesis. 
The captain cast anchor — Transitive predication. 

THE PASSIVE PREDICATION. 

The essential etymological elements of the passive 
predication, are a nominative case and a passive verb. 

The logical elements of the passive predication, are a 
subject and a passive sentensic predicate. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The Spanish treaty should be ratified. 

The prisoners may be liberated. 

The contract should be modified. 

Our honor must be vindicated. 

Some words may be abbreviated. 

Eminent success may be anticipated. 

Can the wolf be domesticated ? 

Can such enormous evils be eradicated? 

The lines have been obliterated. 

These difficulties might be obviated. 

A jury has been impanneled. 

Can not this meadow be irrigated-? 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The Spanish treaty should be ratified. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
The is the definite article, and belongs to treaty. Rule. — 
The article the belongs to nouns in the singular or the plural 
number. 



116 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Spanish is a proper adjective, and belongs to treaty. Rule. 
— Adjectives belong to nouns. 

Treaty is a common noun, neuter gender, singular number, 
third person, and nominative case to should be ratified. Rule. 
— The nominative case is the agent or the subject of the verb. 

Should be ratified is a regular, passive verb, potential mode, 
indefinite perfect tense, singular number, third person, and 
agrees with treaty. Rule. — The verb must agree with its 
nominative case in number and person. 

Logical analysis. 
The Spanish treaty — Subject. 
Should be ratified — Passive sentensic predicate. 

Logical synthesis. 
The Spanish treaty should be ratified — Passive predication. 

THE INTRANSITIVE POST-ADJECTIVE PREDICATION. 

The essential etymological elements of the intran- 
sitive post-adjective predication, are a nominative case, 
an intransitive verb, and an adjective. 

The logical elements of the intransitive post-adjective 
predication, are a subject and an intransitive post-adjec- 
tive sentensic predicate. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The cold has been intense. 
Their countenances were ruddy. 
The steel may become rusty. 
Every tongue will be silent. 
The sluggish water was turbid. 
This rich banker died intestate. 
The morning vapors may be noxious. 
The onset must have been furious. 
The angry beast was ferocious. 
His evening discourse was impressive. 



THE PREDICATIONS. 117 

The business may become lucrative. 
The lazy alderman grows corpulent. 
Your friend will remain steadfast. 
Your argument does not hold good. 
This politician stands pre-eminent. 
The potatoes will boil soft. 
The medicine tastes bitter. 
The jaded animal looks gaunt. 
Be piteous. Be merciful. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The cold has been intense. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

The is the definite article, and belongs to cold. Rule. — 
The article the belongs to nouns in the singular or the plural 
number. 

Cold is a common noun, neuter gender, singular number, 
third person, and nominative case to has been. Rule. — The 
nominative case is the agent or the subject of the verb. 

Has been is an irregular, intransitive verb, indicative mode, 
present perfect tense, singular number, third person, and agrees 
with cold. Rule. — The verb must agree with its nominative 
case in number and person. 

Intense is a common adjective, and belongs to cold. Rule. 
— Adjectives belong to nouns. 

Logical analysis. 

The cold — Subject. 

Has been intense — Intransitive post-adjective sentensic pred- 
icate. 

Logical synthesis. 

The cold has been intense — Intransitive post-adjectve pred- 
ication. 



118 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

THE INTRANSITIVE POST-SUBSTANTIVE PREDICATION. 

The essential etymological elements of the intran- 
sitive post-substantive predication, are a nominative case, 
an intransitive verb, and a nominative case after the 
verb. 

The logical elements of the intransitive post-substan- 
tive predication, are a subject and an intransitive post- 
substantive sentensic predicate. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Vicious boys are troublesome neighbors. 
This industrious man was a useful citizen. 
James has been an indefatigable student. 
This eminent scholar should be a professor. 
That horse must be a Canadian pony. 
The proposed way would be a tedious route. 
Our old friend has become an archbishop. 
This divine has been a successful missionary. 
Have not the two men been enemies ? 
She moves a stately queen. 
The young man goes supercargo. 
His brother remains chief clerk. 
Be a good boy. Be a silversmith. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

Vicious boys are troublesome neighbors. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
Vicious is a common adjective, and belongs to boys. Rule. 
— Adjectives belong to nouns. 

Boys is a common noun, masculine gender, plural number, 
third person, and nominative case to are. Rule. — The nom- 
inative case is the agent or the subject of the verb. 

Troublesome is a common adjective, and belongs to neigh- 
bors. Rule. — Adjectives belong to nouns. 



THE PREDICATIONS. 119 

Neighbors is a common noun, masculine gender, plural num- 
ber, third person, and nominative case after are. Rule. — In- 
transitive and passive verbs have the same case after them as 
to them, when both words refer to the same thing. 

Logical analysis. 
Vicious boys — Subject. 

Are troublesome neighbors — Intransitive post-substantive 
sentensic predicate. 

Logical synthesis. 
Vicious boys are troublesome neighbors — Intransitive post- 
substantive predication. 

THE PASSIVE POST-ADJECTIVE PREDICATION. 

The essential etymological elements of the passive 
post-adjective predication, are a nominative case, a pas- 
sive verb, and an adjective. 

The logical elements of the passive post-adjective 
predication, are a subject and a passive post-adjective 
sentensic predicate. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The conditions may be considered unreasonable. 

The candidate is deemed unworthy. 

These lands are called fertile. 

The inhabitants are accounted honest. 

Should not my losses be made good ? 

This young spendthrift was born rich. 

The will is regarded genuine. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The conditions may be considered unreasonable. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
Conditions is a common noun, neuter gender, plural num- 
ber, third person, and nominative case to may be considered. 



120 HAZEn's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Rule. — The nominative case is the agent or the subject of the 
verb. 

May be considered is a regular, passive verb, potential mode 
present tense, plural number, third person, and agrees with 
conditions. Rule. — The verb must agree with its nominative 
case in number and person. 

THE PASSIVE POST-SUBSTANTIVE PREDICATION. 

The essential etymological elements of the passive 
post-substantive predication, are a nominative case, a 
passive verb, and a nominative case after the verb. 

The logical elements of the passive post-substantive 
predication, are a subject and a passive post-substantive 
sentensic predicate. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

These Indian warriors are called braves. 

That machine is called a cotton-gin. 

This subject may be considered a difficult one. 

The cat is regarded a faithless animal. 

That officer has been accounted a gallant soldier. 

The office is deemed a sinecure. 

This young recruit will be made a sergeant. 

That distinguished statesman was not born a lord. 

Three intelligent planters should be appointed umpires. 

George Washington was chosen president. 

The king might have been crowned emperor. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

These Indian warriors are called braves. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
These is a definite adjective pronoun, plural number, and 
belongs to warriors. Rule. — Adjective pronouns belong to 
nouns. 

Indian is a proper adjective, and belongs to warriors. Rule 
■ — Adjectives belong to nouns. 



THE PREDICATIONS. 121 

Warriors is a common noun, masculine gender, plural num- 
ber, third person, and nominative case to are called. Rule. — 
The nominative case is the agent or the subject of the verb. 

Are called is a regular, passive verb, indicative mode, pres- 
ent tense, plural number, third person, and agrees with war- 
riors. Rule. — The verb must agree with its nominative case 
in number and person. 

Braves is a common noun, masculine gender, plural number, 
third person, and nominative case after are called. Rule. — 
Intransitive and passive verbs have the same case after them 
as to them, when both words refer to the same thing. 

Logical analysis. 
These Indian warriors — Subject. 

Are called braves — Passive post-substantive sentensic pred- 
icate. 

Logical synthesis. 

These Indian warriors are called braves — Passive post-sub- 
stantive predication. 



REMARKS AND SUGGESTIONS. 

The predications have now "been twice discussed ; once in "Part 
First." by the ordinary method, and once again in "Part Second," 
by the same method and by logical analysis and synthesis. When 
pupils have been thoroughly instructed thus far, they will be com- 
petent to read these structures by name, without going through the 
formalities of " Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis." 
"When, however, a pupil is at fault in naming a predication, he may 
be required to analyze the association, at least in part, hy way of cor- 
rection. Pupils may also analyze these structures occasionally, to 
keep the formulas fresh in the memory. The author has learned 
from experience and observation that much parsing by long formulas 
prevents the formation of a taste for the study of grammar, or de- 
stroys it when formed. 

The parts of speech and the structures which have not yet been 
reached, will bo once discussed as they occur in their natural order. 
The classification of structures renders it easy to refer to the desired 
formula in every case of doubt or perplexity. 



y^//i 



122 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



THE ADVERB. 

An adverb is a word added to a word predicating 
action or being, to an adjective, or to another adverb, to 
express time, place, degree, manner, means, or cause. 

COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. 

Adverbs capable of expressing different degrees of 
intensity are compared by degrees like adjectives. 

The comparisons are effected by adding r or er to 
form the comparative, and st or est to form the superla- 
tive ; or by prefixing more or less to form the compara- 
tive, and most or least to form the superlative. 

Comparison by er and est. 



Positive. 


Comparative. 


Superlative. 


Soon, 


sooner, 


soonest. 


Often, 


oftener, 


oftenest. 


Late, 


later, 


latest. 


Near, 


nearer, 


nearest, or next. 


Long, 


longer, 


longest. 


Fast, 


faster, 


fastest. 


Comparison by more and most, 


less and least. 


Positive. 


Comparative. 


Superlative. 


Bravely, 


more bravely, 


most bravely. 


Swiftly, 


more swiftly, 


most swiftly. 


Bravely, 


less bravely, 


least bravely. 


Swiftly, 


less swiftly, 


least swiftly. 




Irregular comparisons. 


Positive. 


Comparative. 


Superlative. 


Well, 


better, 


best. 


Badly, 


or ill, worse, 


worst. 


Little, 


less, 


least. 


Much, 


more, 


most. 


Far, 


farther, 


farthest. 


Forth, 


further, 


furthest. 



THE ADVERB. 123 

RULES OF SYNTAX. 

Adverbs qualify verbs, participles, and gerundives. 
Adverbs qualify adjectives. 
Adverbs qualify adverbs. 

CLASSIFICATION OF ADVERBS. 

Adverbs are divided into the classes of time, of 
place, of degree, of manner, and of means or cause. 

ADVERBS OF TIME. 

Adverbs of time are subdivided as follows : 
1. Into those of time present; as, 
Now, nowadays, straightway, 

to-day, presently, directly, 

yet, instantly, forthwith. 

2. Into those of time past ; as, 
Already, yesterday, hitherto, 

just now, formerly, since, 

lately, anciently, long ago, 

recently, once, long since, 

erenow, heretofore, 

3. Into those of time to come ; as, 
To-morrow, henceforward, erelong, 
hereafter, by and by, shortly, 
henceforth, soon, 

4. Into those of time relative ; as, 
When, before, early, 
then, meanwhile, late, 
first, seasonably, afterward, 
just, betimes, afterwards. 

5. Into those of time absolute; as, 
Always, eternally, incessantly, 
ever, forever, endlessly, 
never, perpetually, evermore, 
aye, continually, everlastingly. 



124 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



6. Into those of time repeated ; as, 



Oft, 


seldom, 


yearly, 


often, 


rarely, 


annually, 


again, 


now and then, 


once, 


occasionally, 


daily, 


twice, 


frequently, 


weekly, 


thrice, 


sometimes, 


monthly, 


three times. 



SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The family is now prosperous. 
We shall visit the hospital to-day. 
The case has not yet been settled. 
Strange events occur nowadays. 
Dinner will be ready presently. 
We must call a surgeon instantly. 
" Straightway they left their nets." 
We must have our horses directly. 
Orders were given forthwith. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The family is now prosperous. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
Now is an adverb of time present, and qualifies is. Rule. — 
Adverbs qualify verbs. 

Logical analysis. 
The family — Subject. 

Is now prosperous — Intransitive post-adjective sentensic 
predicate. 

Logical synthesis. 

The family is now prosperous — Intransitive post-adjective 
predication. 

We should visit the hospital to-day — -Transitive predication. 

The case has not yet been settled — Passive predication. 

Dinner will be ready presently — Intransitive post-adjective 
predication. 



THE ADVERB. 125 

Already the news is cheering. 

The president can not see you just now. 

Your patient has lately had a chill. 

Yesterday the obnoxious law was repealed. 

I formerly knew such a man. 

This doctrine was believed anciently. 

This mechanic was once a judge. 

The culprit has heretofore borne a good character. 

Hitherto the Lord hath helped us. 

This good man has long since been dead. 

To-morrow we shall leave our native land. 

You may hereafter regret your decision. 

Henceforth I will not use tobacco. 

You will repent by and by. 

The state prisoners will soon learn their destiny. 

Erelong the people will discover their mistake. 

When will you visit us ? 

We then sung a hymn. 

The sermon has just been commenced. 

I have known such men before. 

The farmer rises betimes. 

We have not always done our duty. 
My mother is ever kind. 
I have never seen that steamer. 
Good men will be eternally happy. 
The ocean is continually moving. 
The insects annoyed us incessantly. 
" We evermore praise Thee." 

I have often repeated the experiment. 
" I will not again curse the ground." 
He has occasionally visited us. 
Such an event seldom occurs. 
The paper is published weekly. 
The payments are made yearly. 



126 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



ADVEKB9 OF PLACE. 

Adverbs of place are subdivided as follows : 
1. Into those of place in which ; as, 



Where, 


round, 


without. 


here, 


somewhere, 


whereabout, 


there, 


anywhere, 


whereabouts, 


yonder, 


elsewhere, 


hereabout, 


above, 


everywhere, 


hereabouts, 


below, 


nowhere, 


thereabout, 


about, 


within, 


thereabouts. 


2. Into those of place 


to which ; as, 


Whither, 


back, 


homeward, 


hither, 


forth, 


inward, 


thither, 


aside, 


upward, 


in, 


ashore, 


downward, 


up, 


aloft, 


backward, 


down, 


home, 


forward. 



In conversation and familiar prose, where is often used for whither, 
here for hither, and there for thither. 

3. Into those of place from which ; as, 

Whence, away, far, 

hence, off, remotely, 

thence, out, 

4. Into those of order of place ; as, 
First, secondly, thirdly, &c. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 



Where am 1 1 

I am here. 

They are all there. 

Yonder is my house. 

Is the captain within 1 



The vessel is below. 

Can your son run about? 

I saw the account somewhere. 

Is the fact anywhere stated ? 

Has he seen my oxen hereabout 1 



THE ADVERB. 127 

" Thine enemies shall compass thee round." 
We can obtain accommodations elsewhere. 
God is everywhere present. 
Clouds are nowhere visible. 
Is your master thereabout ? 
Whereabouts did you meet my team? 

Whither goest thou 1 The sloop is coming- up. 

Come hither. The apostles went forth. 

Thither he must go. The kite was wafted upward. 

Walk in. Do not go backward. 

" Turn back our nature's rapid tide." 

The ship has been driven ashore. 

Several sailors have gone aloft. 

The children must go home early. 

The ship is homeward bound. 

The bears brought down the stocks. 

Bring forward your strong reasons. 

Whence shall we obtain good news ? 

When shall we go hence ? 

The young man may have been enticed away. 

The secret has leaked out. 

He could not walk far. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

Where am I ? The vessel is below. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

Where is an adverb of place, and qualifies am. Rule. — 
Adverbs qualify verbs. 

Logical analysis. 
Where am — Intransitive sentensic predicate. 
/ — Subject. 

Logical synthesis. 

Where am I? — Intransitive predication. 
The vessel is below — Intransitive predication. 



128 



HAZEN 8 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



ADVEEBS OF DEGEEE. 



Adverbs of degree are subdivided as follows : 
1. Into those of excess or abundance 



quite, 

stark, 

exceedingly, 

excessively, 

extravagantly, 

intolerably, 

immeasurably, 

inconceivably, 

singularly, 

infinitely. 



Much, mainly, 

more, mostly, 

most, generally, 

too, entirely, 

very, full, 

greatly, fully* 

for, completely, 

besides, perfectly, 

chiefly, wholly, 

principally, totally, 

2. Into those of equality or sufficiency ; as. 

Enough, adequately, just, 

sufficiently, proportionally, exactly, 
competently, equally, precisely. 

3. Into those of deficiency or abatement as 

Little, hardly, nearly, 

less, only, almost, 

least, but, well-nigh, 

scarcely, partly, somewhat. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Assistance came much too late. 
The later crops will be very abundant. 
The danger has been greatly magnified. 
Your expectations are far too brilliant. 
The people are generally temperate. 
Opposition has entirely ceased. 
The demand will be fully supplied. 
The lesson was perfectly learned. 
The beast is totally blind. 



THE ADVERB. 



129 



The lady is quite young. 
The young man has been stark mad. 
The poor beast is exceedingly thirsty. 
The old fellow is excessively penurious. 
The preacher is intolerably dull. 
The distance is incalculably great. 
That spinster is singularly prudish. 
The Deity is infinitely wise. 

The old carriage is good enough. 

The argument was not sufficiently clear. 

The institution is adequately endowed. 

The several apartments should be proportionally large. 

The two animals are equally beautiful. 

The rope is just long enough. 

Your calculation may not be exactly right. 

The star is immeasurably distant. 

The cider is a little too sour. 
The boat scarcely stems the tide. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

Assistance came much too late. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

Much is an adverb of degree, and qualifies too. Rule. — 
Adverbs qualify adverbs. 

Too is an adverb, and qualifies late. Rule. — Adverbs qualify 
adverbs. 

Late is an adverb, and qualifies came. Rule. — Adverbs 
qualify verbs. 

Logical analysis. 

Assistance — Subject. 

Came much too late — Intransitive sentensic predicate. 

Logical synthesis. 
Assistance came much too late — Intransitive predication. 
The later crops will be very abundant — Intransitive post- 
adiective predication. 

6* 



130 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



The steak is hardly done. 
His opinions are only conjectural. 
The family owns but fifty poor acres. 
I partly believe the report. 
Nearly every man was slain. 
My patient is almost well. 
My foot had well-nigh slipped. 
The project is somewhat ridiculous. 

ADVERBS OF MANNER. 

Adverbs of manner are subdivided as follows : 
1. Into those of manner from quality ; as, 



Well, 


ably, 


agreeably, 


ill, 


industriously, 


scientifically, 


soundly, 


diligently, 


adroitly, 


patiently, 


bitterly, 


severely, 


quietly, 


fashionably, 


dexterously, 


attentively, 


safely, 


tastefully, 


obligingly, 


skilfully, 


undesignedly, 


vexatiously, 


earnestly, 


virtually, 


angrily, 


tediously, 


fantastically. 



Adverbs of manner from quality are chiefly formed by adding ly 
to adjectives of quality. This class of adverbs, admitting of degrees 
of intensity, may generally be compared ; and more and most, less 
and least, the chief means of the comparison, may be regarded as 
distinct adverbs of degree, or as parts of the adverbs with which 
they may be associated. 

2. Into those of affirmation or assent ; as, 
Yes, indeed, doubtlessly, 

yea, surely, . undoubtedly, 

ay, certainly, assuredly, 

truly, doubtless, amen. 

3. Into those of negation ; as, 
No, not, nay. 

5. Into those of doubt or uncertainty ; as, 
Perhaps, possibly, peradventure. 

haply, perchance, 





THE ADVERB. 




5. Into those of mode or way ; as, 


Thus, 


noway, 


asunder, 


so, 


nowise, 


headlong, 


how, 


otherwise, 


namely, 


somehow, 


lengthwise, 


particularly, 


nohow, 


across, 


extempore, 


anyhow, 


together, 


hesitatingly, 


like, 


apart, 


trippingly. 



131 



SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

I sleep soundly. We hear attentively. 

You sit patiently. You stay obligingly. 

The horse stands quietly. Interests clash vexatiously. 
The work is well done. The city is ably represented. 

The workmen have been laboring industriously. 

The several classes have been studying diligently. 

The lady has been weeping bitterly. 

Your barber cuts hair fashionably. 

Mariners safely traverse vast oceans. 

The physician has treated his patient skilfully. 

Those lawyers are earnestly defending their clients. 

The young people are spending the evening agreeably. 

The young man was fantastically dressed. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

I sleep soundly. The city is ably represented. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
Soundly is an adverb of manner, and qualifies sleep. Rule 
-Adverbs qualify verbs. 

Logical analysis. 
/ — Subject. 
Sleep soundly — Intransitive sentensic predicate. 

Logical synthesis. 
I sleep soundly — Intransitive predication. 
The city is ably represented — Passive predication. 



132 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

The several curiosities were tediously described. 

The lecturer treated the subject scientifically. 

That angler catches trout adroitly. 

The careless servant was severely chastised. 

The amputation was dexterously performed. 

The room will be tastefully decorated. 

Was the offense given undesignedly ? 

Shall you see my son to-morrow 1 Yes. 

Will you go away? Yea. 

Do you sustain the bill 1 Ay. 

I saw the distinguished general to-day. Truly. 

I love my friends most cordially. Indeed, you do. 

Can you sustain your present position 1 ? Most certainly. 

Will the banker honor the draft? Undoubtedly. 

Do you express your feelings unequivocally 1 Most assuredly. 

May the Lord bless you. Amen. 

Truly, Solomon was a wise man. 

Indeed, I can not give my consent. 

He will, doubtless, come again. 

" That awful day will surely come." 

Will you still wander % No ; I will not be a vagabond. 

Do you sustain the resolution 1 Nay. 

Will you not visit us again 1 

" Perhaps he will admit my plea." 

The party may possibly elect their candidate. 

You may haply take the wrong road. 

Peradventure the hunter may hit the deer. 

Thus have I been requited. 

How can we best reward this faithful servant ? 

The difficulty might be obviated somehow. 

The affirmatives yes, ay, and yea, and the negatives no and nay, 
stand for the predication implied in the answer. They should, there- 
fore, be treated, in parsing, as being independent of other words. 
The same or similar remarks are applicable to amen when used in 
earnest affirmation or petition. Other adverbs used alone in reply, 
qualify some word in the part of the predication understood. 



THE ADVERB.. 133 

The purchaser can noway fulfil his contract. 
The other party is nowise implicated. 
Place the several pieces lengthwise. 
The two friends will travel together. 
The mountain was rent asunder. 
The subject was not particularly discussed. 
This orator generally speaks extempore. 
The speaker utters his words hesitatingly. 
The little girl came trippingly along. 

ADVERBS OF MEANS OB CAUSE. 

Why, hereby, wherefore, 

whereby, thereby, therefore. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Why is your daughter so diffident ? 

" Whereby shall I know this V 

Hereby we may learn our high destiny. 

Thereby good shall come. 

" Wherefore didst thou doubt ?" 

The gentleman is absent ; I will, therefore, call again. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

Why is your daughter so diffident ? 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
Why is an adverb of cause, and qualifies is. Rule. — Ad- 
verbs qualify verbs. 

So is an adverb of degree, and qualifies diffident. Rule. — 
Adverbs qualify adjectives. 

Logical analysis. 
Why is so diffident — Intransitive post-adjective sentensic 
predicate. 

Your daughter — Subject. 

Logical synthesis. 
Why is your daughter so diffident 1 — Intransitive post-ad- 
jective predication. 



134 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



THE PREPOSITION. 

Prepositions connect prepositional structures to pred- 
ications, to sentensic and insentensic predicates, and to 
prepositional phrases. 



LIST OF PREPOSITIONS. 



About, 


besides, 


past, 


above, 


between, 


round, 


across, 


betwixt, 


since, 


after, 


beyond, 


through, 


against, 


but, 


throughout, 


along, 


by, 


till, 


amid, 


concerning, 


to, 


amidst, 


down, 


toward, 


among, 


during, 


towards, 


amongst, 


ere, 


under, 


around, 


for, 


underneath, 


at, 


from, 


until, 


athwart, 


in, 


unto, 


before, 


into, 


up, • 


behind, 


of, 


upon, 


below, 


off, 


with, 


beneath, 


on, 


within, 


beside, 


out, 
over, 


without. 



THE PREPOSITIONAL PHRASE. 

The essential elements of a prepositional phrase are 
a preposition, and a noun or a pronoun in the objective 
case. 

RULES OF SYNTAX. 

Prepositions connect prepositional structures to words 
on which they depend. 

Prepositions govern the objective case. 



THE PREPOSITION. 135 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 
Of. 

This great man is of ignoble race. 

A part of the passengers escaped unhurt. 

The lad received the parcel of a stranger. 

Inert matter cannot move of itself. 

This old soldier was one of Wellington's life-guards. 

The shawl is made of camel's hair. 

I am very fond of the study of grammar. 

Numa was the second king of ancient Rome. 

Washington was a man of consummate prudence. 

I have carefully read the epistles of St. Paul. 

This senator is a man of rare abilities. 

Cedar is a wood of great durability. 

David was the son of Jesse. 

• ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

This great man is of ignoble race. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

Of is a preposition, and connects the phrase Of ignoble race 
to is. Rule. — Prepositions connect prepositional structures to 
words on which they depend. 

Ignoble is a common adjective, and belongs to race. Rule. 
— Adjectives belong to nouns. 

Race is a common noun, neuter gender, singular number, 
third person, objective case, and is governed by of. Rule. — 
Prepositions govern the objective case. 

Logical synthesis. 
This great man is — Intransitive predication. 
Of ignoble race — Prepositional phrase. 
A part escaped unhurt — Intransitive post-adjective predica- 
tion. 

Of the passengers — Prepositional phrase. 

The lad received the parcel — Transitive predication. 

Of a stranger — Prepositional phrase. 



136 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

From. 
All men have sprung- from Adam. 
Light proceeds from luminous bodies. 
Rain falls from the clouds. 
The sheep will be separated from the goats. 
Albany is one hundred and fifty miles from New York. 
The attorney elicited the facts from the witness. 
We draw conclusions from premises. 
We may draw wine from a pipe. 
The teacher has drawn his rules from experience. 
From this jury a candid investigation is expected. 

After. 
" After supper he took the cup." 
This event occurred after that time. 
After the regular troops came the militia. 
" Ye shall not go after other gods." 
The gentleman will soon be here after his daughter. 
Do not walk after the flesh. 
The machine has been built after the model. 
Your friend inquired after your health. 

For. 
This merchant pays cash for country produce. 
The president was proxy for many stockholders. 
The administrator acted for the heirs. 
Several missionaries lately sailed for China. 
Do you receive such absurd accounts for truth 1 
He was born for great achievements. 
Strong fortresses have been built for general defense. 
The medicine is good for the bronchitis. 
The whole assembly wept for joy. 
I can not attend to the affair for want of time. 
The nation was agitated for many months. 
The young man was sent abroad for an education. 
The measure was reserved for a future occasion. 
We should be prepared for every emergency. 
He has an inclination for strong drink. 



THE PREPOSITION, 137 

We are all for a republican government. 
He was condemned for a malefactor. 

Before. 
The little boy may ride before me. 
" Wherewithal shall I come before the Lord." 
The case was brought before the Supreme Court. 
" The world was all before them." 
A beautiful tree stood before the house. 
This vessel sails well before the wind. 
We shall probably reach home before night. 

Behind. 
The lad rode behind his father. 
The weary traveler lagged behind his companions. 
The steed left his rider behind him. 
Many of our school-books are behind the age. 
The sun was concealed behind a cloud. 
" They cast thy law behind their backs." 
Paul was not behind any other apostle. 

Above. 
The birds skim along above the tall grass. 
" I saw a light above the brightness of the sun." 
That exalted station is above my reach. 
The water rose above twenty feet. 
The huge animal weighs above a ton. 
" The serpent is cursed above all cattle." 
The subject is above my comprehension. 
A noble mind is ever above mean designs. 

On and upon. 
The hardy soldier sometimes sleeps on the ground. 
Rain falls on the thirsty earth. 
This musician plays skilfully on the harp. 
Troy is situated on the eastern bank of the Hudson. 
The vessel is on the shore. 
The fleet is on the American coast. 



138 

We will surrender the fortress on honorable conditions. 
We should abstain from labor on the Sabbath. 
On that occasion he displayed great presence of mind. 
He then left the city on urgent business. 
He made the declaration on his honor. 
The lady relied implicitly on the pledge. 
Upon has the meaning and application of on, and its use might be 
dispensed with. 

Over. 

The gulls were flying about over the lake. 

The deer leaped beautifully over the fence. 

These beings wander to and fro over the earth. 

His tender mercies are over all his works. 

The good lady prepared breakfast over night. 

The water has come up over the bank. 

The orphan asylum is situated over the way. 

That persecuted man has finally triumphed over his foes. 

How did you get over that difficulty ? 

Below. 
We dwell below the skies. 
The money of that bank is below par. 
These men are below the common stature. 
Their propositions are below consideration. 

Under. 
The people stood under their umbrellas. 
The province has been under foreign governors. 
We can see the objects under the clear water. 
The goods will be sold under the regular price. 
Your mind lies under false impressions. 
The crime was forbidden under severe penalties. 
The senate has the subject under consideration. 
We live under the gospel dispensation. 
The young man is under age. 
We now do business under another firm. 
He has left evidence under his own hand. 
The vessel will soon be under way. 



THE PREPOSITION. 139 

Beneath and underneath. 
Beneath the ice flows a crystal stream. 
The camel rose beneath a heavy burden. 
The people are groaning beneath oppression. 
Such petty machinations are beneath your station. 
Underneath this stone lie his remains. 
The mole makes his way underneath the surface. 
There is something mysterious underneath this covering. 
We may sleep comfortably underneath these blankets. 

In. 
The governor resides in this house. 
This gentleman is sojourning in Philadelphia. 
Will you have more cream in your coffee ? 
I found my friends in great perplexity. 
The emigrants were in good spirits. 
Clothe your ideas in more appropriate words. 
I will consent to any thing in reason. 
Not one person in ten could endure such exertions. 
We can not answer for one sin in a thousand. 
We ask blessings in the name of the great Mediator. 
These grievances have been set forth in the name of the people. 
Vast treasures lie hid in these mountains. 
There is much excellent land in these valleys. 
Your letter was received in due time. 
The young farmers attend school in the winter. 

Into. 
The governor has just gone into this house. 
Shall I pour more cream into your coffee ? 
In sadness we gazed into the prisoner's cell. 
That creek flows into a larger stream. 
Infuse sympathetic feeling into your oratory. 
Put your ideas into more appropriate words. 
Ice may be easily converted into water. 
The tract may be divided into several farms. 
We are all liable to be seduced into error. 
The two brothers have gone into business together. 



140 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

At. 

There is a stranger at the front door. 

The proposition was made at our first interview. 

At all events, you should be there at the proper time. 

My neighbor sold his farm at a great sacrifice. 

The rifle company were shooting at a mark. 

This gentleman lives at his ease in the State of Ohio. 

The estate can be turned into cash at will. 

The banker will pay the draft at sight. 

Belligerent nations are nations at war. 

This farmer has means at command. 

This brave man deserves well at our hands. 

My brother is good at husbandry. 

By- 

The company were seated by a warm fire. 

The wild beast passed by the sheep-fold in the night. 

The thief crept stealthily by the sleepy watchman. 

The hunting party could find their way by moonlight. 

The body was not stolen away by night. 

Many fortunes have been gained by speculation. 

This mechanic acquired a competency by industry. 

This merchant sends tobacco to Bremen by the ship-load. 

How came this man by that fine plantation? 

By this time, the ship may have arrived. 

Woven fabrics are generally sold by the yard. 

Southern planters sell corn by the barrel. 

The defendant appeared by attorney. 

My stock is represented by proxy. 

With. 

The lady writes beautifully with a metallic pen. 

I have been afflicted with intense pain in the side. 

I am much pleased with my rustic cane. 

We have struggled long with adversity. 

The missionary gave to me a Bible with good advice. 

This gentleman traveled with me from New York. 



THE PREPOSITION. 141 

The lady has intrusted me with the secret. 

His present testimony agrees with his former statements. 

You may share the apples with the rest of the children. 

Without. 
How can we mow grass without a scythe ? 
Some persons subsist without apparent means. 
Idle people sometimes live without labor. 
The two animals are lying without the gate. 
You can not leave home without damage. 

Within. 
The noble lord keeps his deer within his park. 
A large ship is within sight. 
Those events are not within my recollection. 
The city is within a league of this place. 
I may be in Philadelphia within a month. 
We must keep our expenses within our income. 

Through. 
The carpenter bored through the plank. 
The company passed through the gate into the pajrk. 
The birds flit beautifully through the air. 
Vast sums of money have passed through these fingers. 
We gain a knowledge of material things through the senses. 
The cowardly thief trembled through fear. 
" Sanctify them through thy truth." 

Throughout. 
These principles prevail throughout Europe. 
Throughout these proceedings tyranny is manifest. 
This company served throughout the war. 
He was confined to his room throughout the winter. 

To and unto. 
The family are going to church. 
The line of the lot extends to the water's edge. 
The widow bound her son to a good trade. 



142 



These letters were addressed to a friend. 

This occupation is suited to his taste. 

Add to you faith virtue. 

We may keep this information to ourselves. 

The Christian is not deaf to the cries of distress. 

The youth was lured to his ruin. 

The gentleman was painted to the life. 

Unto Thee will I direct my prayer. 

The Lord Jesus said unto them. 

Ye are come unto Mount Sion. 

Against. 
" His hand will be against every man." 
The decree is against national law. 
There are ten in favor of the measure for one against it. 
The boat made slow progress against the tide. 
The court decided against the plaintiff. 
The bee lays up honey against winter. 

Toward and towards. 
" He set his face toward the wilderness." 
" His eye shall be evil toward his brother." 
The family remained there toward fifteen years. 
The horses made their way towards home. 

About. 
The surgeon wound a bandage about the limb. 
The guests sat about a blazing fire. 
The tree will measure three feet about the trunk. 
The colts capered about the pasture. 
" I must be about my Father's business." 
He has lately sold about five^hundred acres of wild land. 

Round and around. 
The teacher boarded round the district. 
The sun gives light around the earth. 
The sailors wound the cable round the windlass. 
The citizens gathered around the traveler. 
The senator got round his opponent in the debate. 



THE PREPOSITION. 143 

Beside. 
The young Indian stood beside his father. 
We sat together beside a purling stream. 
The poor man is beside himself. 

Besides. 
" There was a famine in the land besides the first famine." 
No individual was there besides this man. 
The drover owes the bank a large debt besides this sum. 

Amid and amidst. 
The eagle soars amidst the clouds. 
The apples hang thick amidst the leaves. 
This clergyman lives happily amidst his people. 
Amid the waves the vessel glides. 

Amid is used chiefly in poetry. 

Among and amongst. 
Slim saplings grow amongst lofty trees. 
Among all his foes this man was the most inveterate. 
This artist spent many years amongst the savages. 
This man is one among a thousand. 

Across and athwart. 
Across the street you may find a magistrate. 
A high fence had been built across the road. 
A meteor shot across the heavens. 
A piratical vessel came athwart our course. 

Beyond. 
The town is situated beyond the prairie. 
The subject is not beyond comprehension. 
Your estimate is beyond the mark. 
These facts have been established beyond doubt. 
The boy has worked beyond division. 

Along. 
The animals were passing along the road. 
The troops marched along the bank of the river. 



144 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Along the sky the meteor glides. 
Inhabitants were seen along the shore. 

Past. 
It is now past twelve o'clock. 
The disease is past cure. 
We have gone past the boundary. 
The excitement is past all precedence. 

Between and betwixt. 
A state lies between the two cities. 
The monument stands betwixt two stately oaks. 
Much good land lies between the two mountains. 
A quarrel took place betwixt the two men. 

Up. 

The procession went' up Broadway. 
The steamboat is forced up the stream. 
The bear has gone up a hemlock tree. 
Can this team draw the load up the hill ? 

Down. 
The lady fell headlong down the precipice. 
The rafts float down the stream. 
We are passing down the current of life. 
The army has gone down the country. 

Off. 

The Indians were caught off their guard. 
I have not been off my horse for several hours. 
The family reside somewhere off this lake. 
The landlord warned his tenant off the premises. 

Since, till, and until. 
I have not been in this city since January. 
Since that time, I have enjoyed good health. 
" He shall be unclean till evening." 
I waited at the hotel till twelve o'clock. 



ADVERBS AND PREPOSITIONS. 145 

I will remain at home until noon. 

They will remain at Washington until the inauguration. 

But, during, and concerning. 

Who can it be but that mischievous boy ? 

The soldiers have all gone but one regiment. 

I have sold my whole stock of cattle but one cow. 

These people serve in bondage during life. 

We expect affliction during our earthly pilgrimage. 

I speak concerning virtue. 

My son wrote to me concerning the purchase of a farm. 

By some grammarians, except, excepting, pending, respecting, and 
touching, are classified with the prepositions ; but except can always 
be parsed as a verb in the imperative mode, and the other words can 
always be treated as participles. Notwithstanding must be regarded 
a preposition when placed before a pronoun in the objective case. In 
other cases it is a participle, not being taken as if separated from it. 

ADVERBS AND PREPOSITIONS. 

Several words are adverbs or prepositions according 
to their application ; as, 

This measure has been frequently spoken of. 
This ingenious device had not been thought of. 
This statesman has frequently spoken of the measure. 
Mechanics had not thought of this ingenious device. 

It was about the space of three hours after. 

It was about the space of three hours after that time. 

This work might have been done before. 

The children went on before. 

This work might have been done before this time. 

The children went on before us. 

The lad came along behind. 

There is some evidence yet behind. 

The lad came along behind the rest of the company. 

There is yet some evidence behind the curtain. 



146 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Did you meet a schooner above? 

The gentlemen are above at supper. 

Did you meet a schooner above this place ? 

The gentlemen are above stairs at supper. 

The stranger had no coat on. 

The stranger had no coat on his person. 

The boat is safe over. 

They gathered nothing over. 

The boat is safe over the ferry. 

They gathered nothing over their need. 

The cavalcade is close by. 

The cavalcade is close by us. 

The project might be carried through. 

The project might be carried through all obstacles. 

The cloth is uniformly good throughout. 

The cloth is uniformly good throughout the piece. 

The gipsies are strolling about. 

The gipsies are strolling about the country. 

The menagerie passed along yesterday. 

The menagerie passed along this road yesterday. 

The steamboat has gone up. 

The steamboat has gone up the river. 

The steamboat has gone down. 

The steamboat has gone down the river. 

I have not seen the gentleman since. 

I have not seen the gentleman since that time. 

COMPLEX ADVERBS. 

A complex adverb is composed of two or more ad 
verbs which unitedly qualify the same word. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

This doctrine came from above. 

This merchandise came from afar. 

The stealthv Indian attacked us from behind. 



THE PREPOSITION. 147 

We have just received information from below. 

Evil thoughts proceed from within. 

Stand from under. 

The treasures of the good man are laid up on high. 

COMPLEX PREPOSITIONS. 

A complex preposition is composed of two or more 
prepositions which unitedly govern the same word. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The ore is brought from beneath those hills. 

The mountain rose from amidst the plain. 

The birds issued from amidst the bushes. 

The thief took my watch from beneath my pillow. 

We have just obtained the news from beyond Cayuga bridge. 

The child fell from out the window. 

The dog was driven from under the bed. 

The visitors came from over the mountain. 

The voice issued from between the cherubims. 

The wood was brought from off the mountain. 

The parsonage stands over against the church. 

Plants grow out of the earth. 

The goods were taken out of the house by night. 

Compliance with your wishes is out of my power. 

The book may soon go out of use. 

The seed was sown out of season. 

Many proofs were cited out of the Scriptures. 

The pianoforte is out of tune. 

They shall be delivered out of all their troubles. 

The gentleman is out of order. 

The hounds have gone out of sight. 

We ran ourselves out of breath. 

He granted the favor out of good nature. 

The best paper is made out of linen rags. 

This young man has lately come out of the woods. 

His mind is not in doubt as to this particular fact. 



148 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

THE PARTICIPLE. 

A participle is a word that partakes of the nature 
of a verb and an adjective. 

Participles are derived from verbs. Each complete 
verb supplies three participles ; viz., the present, the 
perfect, and the prior perfect. 

Intransitive verbs and their participles. 

Verb. Pros. part. Perf. part. Prior perf. part. 

Go, going, gone, having gone. 

Skulk, skulking, skulked, having skulked. 

Exclaim, exclaiming, exclaimed, having exclaimed. 

Domineer, domineering, domineered, having domineered. 

Transitive verbs and their participles. 

Verb. Pres. part. Perf. part. Prior perf. part. 

Heed, heeding, heeded, • having heeded. 

Love, loving, loved, having loved. 

Bake, baking, baked, having baked. 

Read, reading, read, having read. 

Passive verbs and their participles. 

Verb. Pres. part. Perf. part. Prior perf. part. 

Am heeded, being heeded, heeded, having been heeded. 

Am loved, being loved, loved, having been loved. 

Is baked, being baked, baked, having been baked. 

Is read, being read, read, having been read. 

THE PARTICIPIAL PREDICATES. 
A participial predicate is a single participle, or an 
association of words in which a participle is an essential 
element. 

classification of participial predicates. 
The participial predicates are divided into intran- 
sitive, transitive, passive, intransitive post-adjective, in- 
transitive post-substantive, passive post-adjective, and 
passive post-substantive. 



THE PARTICIPIAL PREDICATES. 



149 



FORMATION OF THE PARTICIPIAL PREDICATES. 

The participial predicates are formed from the predi- 
cations by dropping the nominative case, and changing 
the verb to a participle ; as, 



PREDICATIONS. 
In transitive predication. 

The invalid walked. 

The debtor has absconded. 

Transitive predication. 

These Indians catch beaver. 



PARTICIPIAL PREDICATES. 

Intransitive participial predicate. 

Walking. 

Having absconded. 

Transitive participial predicate. 

Catching beaver. 



The society built a church. Having built a church. 

Passive predication. 

He is suspected. 

The pupils were instructed. 

A wolf has been seen. 

Intransitive post-adjective predication. 

I am cautious. 

The boys were studious. 

Intransitive post-SHbstantive predication. 

He was a gardener. 
He became a great man. 

Passive post-adjective predication. 

The notes are thought good. 
He was accounted worthy. 

Passive post-substantive predication. 



He was made a judge. 

He will be chosen president. 



participial predicate. 

Being suspected. 
Instructed. 
Having been seen. 

Intransitive post-adjective participial predicate. 

Being cautious. 
Having been studious. 

Intransitive post-substantive participial predicate. 

Being a gardener. 

Having become a great man. 

Passive post-substantive participial predicate. 

Being thought good. 
Accounted worthy. 

Passive post-adjective participial predicate. 

Being made a judge. 

Having been chosen president. 



RULES OF SYNTAX. 



Participles belong to nouns and pronouns. 
Transitive participles govern the objective case. 
The participles of those verbs which admit the same 
case to them and after them, retain the latter. 



150 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

THE INTRANSITIVE PARTICIPIAL PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological element of the intransitive 
participial predicate, is an intransitive participle. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Present participle. 
The lads found the horses peaceably grazing. 
I have often seen the gentleman walking. 
The militia advancing, met the Indians retreating. 
Here is a workman sleeping soundly. 
There is a plant blossoming beautifully. 
A king ruling prudently, may be popular. 
The landlord blustering pompously, entered the room. 

Prior perfect participle. 
Having been there, he knew the condition of things. 
Having dined, the gentleman pursued his journey. 
The lady having been to church, is very serious. 
The invalid having walked too far, retired early. 
Having spoken too long, the orator was much fatigued. 
The patient having rested well, felt much better. 
The Indians having retreated to a wood, awaited our approach. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The lads found the horses peaceably grazing. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
Peaceably is an adverb, and qualifies grazing. Rule. — 
Adverbs qualify participles. 

Grazing is a present participle, intransitive, and belongs to 
horses. Rule. — Participles belong to nouns. 
Logical synthesis. 
The lads found the horses — Transitive predication. 
Peaceably grazing. — Intransitive participial predicate. 
Having been there — Intransitive participial predicate. 
He knew the condition — Transitive predication. 
Of things — Prepositional phrase. 



THE PARTICIPIAL PREDICATES. 151 

THE TRANSITIVE PARTICIPIAL PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological elements of the transitive 
participial predicate, are a transitive participle and an 
objective case. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Present participle. 
We saw some people catching fish. 
The planter caught a servant purloining bacon. 
The gentleman found his son prosecuting his studies. 
The hen seeing a hawk, apprehends danger. 
The aged sailor viewing a ship, recalls former scenes. 
A youth avoiding evil associates, may escape vice. 
We left the club discussing the question. 

Prior perfect participle. 

The patient having learned his condition, submitted to his 
fate with becoming fortitude. 

This man having stifled his convictions, returned to his 
former vices. 

Charles having mortgaged his estate, engaged in uncertain 
speculations. 

The apostles having preached the gospel to the Jews, turned 
to the Gentiles. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

We saw some people catching fish. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
Catching is a present participle, transitive, and belongs to 

le. Rule. — Participles belong to nouns. 
Fish is a common noun, neuter gender, plural number, 
third person, objective case, and is governed by catching. 
Rule. — Transitive participles govern the objective case. 
Logical synthesis. 
We saw some people — Transitive predication. 
Catching fish — Transitive participial predicate. 



152 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR, 

THE PASSIVE PARTICIPIAL PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological element of the passive 
participial predicate's a passive participle. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Present participle. 

The stranger being suspected, was arrested. 

A fish being securely hooked, may be pulled out of the 
water. 

The officer being reproached with cowardice, could not brook 
the insult. 

The student being too much engaged in study, does not take 
sufficient exercise. 

The people being engrossed by party politics, do not study 
the science of politics. 

Perfect participle. 

The old gentleman wronged out of his property, was sud- 
denly reduced from affluence to poverty. 

Wronged out of his property, the old gentleman was sud- 
denly reduced from affluence to poverty. 

A ship navigated by skilful seamen, will probably reach her 
destination. 

A crime mitigated by such circumstances, should be visited 
with a moderate punishment. 

The people deceived by fair promises, voted for the can- 
didates proposed by the party. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The stranger being suspected, was arrested. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
Being suspected is a present participle, passive, and belongs 
to stranger. Rule. — Participles belong to nouns. 
Logical synthesis. 
The stranger was arrested — Passive predication. 
Being suspected — Passive participial predicate. 



THE PARTICIPIAL PREDICATES. 153 

Prior perfect participle. 

The subject having been ably discussed, was* decided on its 
merits. 

Moneys having been appropriated by Congress, can be drawn 
from the treasury. 

The deed having been executed, was handed to its proper 
owner. 

The little army having been enticed into an ambush, was 
suddenly attacked by a large body of Indians. 

THE INTRANSITIVE POST-ADJECTIVE PARTICIPIAL 
PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological elements of the intran- 
sitive post-adjective participial predicate, are an intran- 
sitive participle and an adjective. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The present participle. 
The traveler being hungry, called at an inn for dinner. 
Being very poor, he gains a livelihood by dadly labor. 
The stranger being angry, acted improperly. 
Being industrious, he will soon acquire a competency. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The traveler being hungry, called at an inn for dinner. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

Being is a present participle, intransitive, and belongs to 
traveler. Rule. — Participles belong to nouns. 

Hungry is an adjective, and belongs to traveler. Rule. — 
Adjectives belong to nouns. 

Logical synthesis. 

The traveler called — Intransitive predication. 

Being hungry — Intransitive post-adjective participial predi- 
cate. 

At an inn — Prepositional phrase. 

For dinner — Prepositional phrase. 
7* 



154 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

The young man being conceited, overrated his own talents. 
Being beautiful, she may become presumptuous. 
Being obnoxious to the government, he left the country. 
The pupil being idle, will not improve. 

The prior perfect participle. 

The contractor having been sick for some time, did not 
fulfil his engagements. 

The young man having been idle in college, left it with a 
poor education. 

Having been benevolent in prosperity, the gentleman was 
pitied in adversity. 

Having been frugal, he left his family in comfortable cir- 
cumstances. 

The parents having been improvident, left their children 
destitute. 

The officer having been cowardly in battle, was cashiered. 

The preacher having been zealous, left the station in a pros- 
perous condition. 

The teacher having been faithful to his pupils, was unpopu- 
lar with the parents. 

THE INTRANSITIVE POST-SUBSTANTIVE PARTICIPIAL 
PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological elements of the intran- 
sitive post-substantive participial predicate, are an in- 
transitive participle and a nominative case after. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The present participle. 
Being a correct writer, he did not fear criticism. 
Being a good mechanic, he can find employment. 
Being a skilful physician, he understood the disease. 
The horse being a vicious animal, threw his rider. 
This clergyman being an eloquent speaker, always com- 
mands a large audience. 



THE PARTICIPIAL PREDICATES. 155 

Being a rich man, he might give liberally. 
This farmer being a thrifty manager, will gain a competency. 
The captain being a skilful navigator, knew the exact posi- 
tion of his vessel. 

The prior perfect participle. 

This divine having been a faithful Christian, did not fear 
death. 

Having long been a member of Congress, he understands 
parliamentary usage. 

Having been a public officer for many years, he is unfit for 
ordinary business. 

Having been an invalid, she cannot expect a speedy re- 
covery. 

Having been a politician for many years, he is well versed 
in party chicanery. 

Having been a bad youth, he could never gain the confi- 
dence of the people. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

Being a correct writer, he did not fear criticism. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

Being is a present participle, intransitive, and belongs to he. 
Rule. — Participles belong to pronouns. 

Writer is a common noun, masculine gender, singular num- 
ber, third person, and nominative case after being. Rule. — 
The participles of those verbs which admit the same case to 
them and after them, retain the latter. 

Logical synthesis. 

Being a correct writer — Intransitive post-substantive par- 
ticipial predicate. 

He did not fear criticism — Transitive predication. 

This divine did not fear death — Transitive predication. 

Having been a faithful Christian — Intransitive post-sub- 
stantive participial predicate. 



156 



THE PASSIVE POST-ADJECTIVE PARTICIPIAL PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological elements of the passive 
post-adjective participial predicate, are a passive par- 
ticiple and an adjective. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The goods being regarded cheap, can be sold without diffi- 
culty. 

The project being accounted feasible, may be undertaken 
with spirit. 

The teacher being considered partial to certain pupils, is un- 
popular with the rest of the school. 

A condition deemed so unreasonable by impartial umpires, 
can not be insisted on by a reasonable man. 

The contract having been pronounced fraudulent, was an- 
nulled by the court. 

Having been born rich, the young man does not know the 
value of money. 

Having been made sick already by too much exertion, he 
relinquished the proposed journey. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The goods being regarded cheap, were sold without difficulty. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

Being regarded is a present participle, passive, and belongs 
to goods. Rule. — Participles belong to nouns. 

Cheap is an adjective, and belongs to goods. Rule. — Ad- 
jectives belong to nouns. 

Logical synthesis. 

The goods were sold — Passive predication. 
Being regarded cheap — Passive post-adjective participial 
predicate. 

Without difficulty — Prepositional phrase. 



THE PARTICIPIAL PREDICATES. 157 

THE PASSIVE POST-SUBSTANTIVE PARTICIPIAL PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological elements of the passive 
post-substantive participial predicate, are a passive par- 
ticiple and a nominative case after. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

These mechanics being called good workmen, are well sus- 
tained in their business. 

The young lady being considered an able teacher, has been 
engaged by the trustees. 

Our senator being accounted an interesting debater, always 
commands attention. 

The note being regarded a counterfeit, was not received by 
the bank. 

Our candidate elected vice-president, may succeed to the 
presidency. 

Having been born a lord, he has become a legislator without 
the formalities of an election. 

This politician having been elected vice-president, aspires 
to the presidency. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

These mechanics being called good workmen, are well sus- 
tained in their business. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
Being called is a present participle, passive, and belongs to 
mechanics. Rule. — Participles belong to nouns. 

Workmen is a common noun, masculine gender, plural num- 
ber, third person, and nominative case after being called. 
Rule. — The participles of those verbs which admit the same 
case to them and after them retain the latter. 
Logical synthesis. 
These mechanics are well sustained — Passive predication. 
Being called good workmen — Passive post-substantive par- 
ticipial predicate. 

In their business — Prepositional phrase. 



158 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

THE INTERJECTION. 

An interjection is a word used without syntactical 
connection with other words, to express sudden passion 
or emotion. 

LIST OF THE INTERJECTIONS. 

1. Of joy; eigh ! hey! io ! 

2. Of sorrow ; oh ! ah ! alas ! alack ! hoo ! welladay ! 

3. Of wonder ; heigh ! ha ! indeed ! whew ! egad ! 

4. Of wishing or earnestness ; O ! 

5. Of pain or fear ; oh ! O dear ! ah ! eh ! 

6. Of contempt ; fudge ! pugh ! poh ! pshaw ! pish ! tush ! 
tut ! hump ! 

7. Of aversion ; foh ! faugh ! fie ! fy ! whew ! 

8. Of calling aloud ; ho ! soho ! hollo ! halloo ! hoy ! ahoy ! 

9. Of exultation ; ah ! aha ! huzza! hurrah ! hey ! heyday ! 

10. Of laughter ; ha, ha, ha ! he, he, he ! 

11. Of salutation ; hail! all-hail! 

12. Of calling to attention ; ho ! Io ! la ! law ! 

13. Of commanding to silence ; hush ! hist! whist ! 

14. Of surprise or horror ; oh ! ha ! hah ! 

15. Of languor ; heigh-ho ! 

16. Of stopping ; avast ! whoh ! 

17. Of knowing or detecting ; oho ! ahah ! ay-ay ! 

18. Of interrogation ; eh? ha? hay? 

Words belonging to other parts of speech are sometimes 
uttered after the manner of interjections ; but the expressions 
are, in most cases, elliptical, and can be disposed of in solu- 
tion, without resorting to this part of speech. 

RULE OF SYNTAX. 

Interjections are independent of other words in con- 
struction. 

OBSERVATIONS. 
Interjections are used to express sudden impulse of feeling. They 
are, therefore, not used in unimpassioned writings. They should be 
sparingly employed even in conversation, as their frequent use in- 
dicates thoughtlessness, and paucity of language. 



THE INTERJECTION. 159 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Eigh ! you are here in good time. 

Hey ! haste to the wedding. 

Ah ! how low have we fallen ! 

" I have been occupied, alas ! with trifles." 

"Ah, no ! Achilles meets a shameful fate, 

Oh ! how unworthy of the brave and great." 

Heigh ! how came you here so early ? 

Whew ! how the wind whistles ! 

Egad ! I am in a sad predicament. 

Oh ! I have done mischief. 

O dear ! how sick I feel ! 

Poh ! how can you entertain such an opinion ! 

Pshaw ! I will hear no fulsome flattery. 

Foh ! I do not believe a word of it. 

Soho ! come to breakfast. 

Hush ! the least noise may betray us. 

Ah ! we shall soon have you. 

Ay-ay ! the dog will be after you. 

Oh ! I meant no harm. 

Heigh-ho ! how slowly the day passes ! 

Oho ! I see. I understand it. 

" O for a glance of heavenly day !" 

Alas for Hungary ! Hurrah for Jackson ! 

Ah me ! I have come too late. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

Eigh ! you are here in good time. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
Eigh is an interjection expressing joy, and is used inde- 
pendently. Rule. — Interjections are independent of other words 
in construction. 

Logical synthesis. 

Eigh — I nterj ection . 

You are here — Intransitive predication. 

In good time — Prepositional phrase. 



160 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

THE INDEPENDENT CASE. 

The independent case denotes that the noun or the 
pronoun is free from constructive dependence. 

RULE OF SYNTAX. 

When a noun or a pronoun is free from constructive 
dependence, it is in the independent case. 

A noun or a pronoun is in the independent case, 
1. When used in direct address; as, 

Charles, you should retire early. 

Where are your garden implements, my son 1 

Daughter, have you been studious to-day 1 

Brother, father has purchased a fine horse. 

Mr. Editor, has any late news been received ? 

He speaks to thee, O man ! 

" He will deliver us out of thy hand, O king." 

Eigh ! have you come, my boy ? 

Alas ! my brother, must you leave us ? 

Forbid it, O father of mercy ! 

Ho ! John, come to dinner. 

Indeed ! Susan, do you believe these absurd stories? 

Ship, ahoy ! Land, ho ! 

Oh ! I did not know you, Jane. 

O ye of little faith ! Jerusalem ! Jerusalem ! 

"Arise, O Lord ; God, lift up thy hand." 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

Charles, you should retire early. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

Charles is a proper noun, masculine gender, singular num- - 

ber, second person, and independent case. Rule. — When a 

noun or a pronoun is free from constructive dependence, it is 

in the independent case. 

Logical analysis. 
Charles — Independent case. 
You should retire early — Intransitive predication. 



THE INDEPENEENT CASE. 161 

2. When used in simple exclamation ; as, 

shameful treatment ! happy we ! 

Oh ! the intolerably hard times ! 

Ah ! the excruciating pain ! 

Alas ! the poor Indian ! 

" Alas ! alas ! that great city." 

3. When introduced abruptly and emphatically by a 
figure of speech called pleonasm ; as, 

Our fathers, where are they? 

The prophets, do they live forever 1 ? 

My friends, they have deserted me. 

The clergy, may they be holy men. 

The sword, may it become a ploughshare. 

4. When used independently with a participial predi- 

CuLB 1 clS. 

The officers having fallen, the soldiers gave way. 

The shepherd played for some time on his pipe, his flock in 
the mean while feeding about him. 

The company having dined, the ladies withdrew. 

A learned jurist being there at the time, the case in dispute 
was left to his decision. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The officers having fallen, the soldiers gave way. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

Officers is a common noun, masculine gender, plural number, 
third person, and independent case. Rule. — When a noun or 
a pronoun is free from constructive dependence, it is in the 
independent case. 

Having fallen is a prior perfect participle, intransitive, and 
belongs to officers. Rule. — Participles belong to nouns. 
Logical synthesis. 

The officers — Independent case. 

Having fallen — Intransitive participial predicate. 

The soldiers gave way — Transitive predication. 



162 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

The captain seeing a storm approaching, all hands were call- 
ed to their posts. 

This farmer's fodder will fail hefore spring, he having too 
much stock. 

The ship having sprung a leak, the captain made for the 
nearest port. 

The old gentleman having finished the kite, the boys were 
greatly delighted. 

The payment having been pledged by competent security, 
the money may be expected at the maturity of the bond. 

The letter having been intercepted, the whole plot transpired. 

The estate having been sold under a mortgage, the family 
were suddenly thrown on their personal resources. 

The dog being rabid, his owner shot him. 

The horse being restive, the lady would not ride him. 

The young man having been sick for a long time, his friends 
despair of his recovery. 

The candidate having become unpopular, the people withheld 
their support. 

The traveler being urgent for dinner, the landlady hurried 
the cook. 

That clergyman being a good preacher, his congregation pay 
their subscriptions cheerfully. 

Authors being generally necessitous persons, publishers fre- 
quently obtain their productions for a small pittance. 

This philanthropist having been a warm friend to sailors, 
they regret his death. 

This politician having become a violent partisan, good men 
of all parties lost their respect for him. 

The farm was sold without difficulty, the soil being accounted 
excellent in quality. 

The prince having been crowned emperor, the nation meek- 
ly submitted to his authority. 



APPOSITION. 163 

APPOSITION. 

Apposition is the relation of a noun or a pronoun, 
added to an other noun or pronoun by way of explana- 
tion or emphasis. 

RULE OF SYNTAX. 

A noun or a pronoun added to an other noun or pro- 
noun by way of explanation or emphasis, is in the same 
case by apposition. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Adam, the first man, committed the original sin. 
Eve, the first woman, must have been exceedingly beautiful. 
Abraham, the Patriarch, is called the father of the faithful. 
Moses, the Jewish lawgiver, was a meek man. 
David the Psalmist, was king of Israel. 
The prophet Elijah was translated. 
John the Baptist, was the harbinger of Christ. 
Peter, the hermit, preached the first crusade. 
Paul the Apostle was a native of Tarsus, a city of Cilicia. 
Luther, the reformer, was a monk of the order of St. 
Augustine. 

Cato, the censor, was a strict supervisor of morals. 
" Hope, the star of life, never sets." 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

Adam, the first man, committed the original sin. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
Man is a common noun, masculine gender, singular number, 
third person, nominative case, and is in apposition with Adam. 
Rule. — A noun or a pronoun, added to an other noun or pro- 
noun by way of explanation or emphasis, is in the same case 
by apposition. 

Logical synthesis. 
Adam committed the original sin — Transitive predication. 
The first man — Apposition. 



164 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



" I John saw these things." 
" I Paul myself beseech you." 

" I, thy father-in-law Jethro, have come unto thee." 
" And Ezra, the scribe, stood upon a pulpit of wood." 
Edward took care of the stock himself. 
This was the opinion of Daniel Webster, the American 
statesman. 
" Hail ! Columbia, happy land !" 
It is all a dream, an empty dream. 
" His praise, ye brooks, attune." 

" They have forsaken me, the fountain of living waters." 
The ship Nancy foundered at sea. 
King Solomon was a wise man. 
Lake Superior is a vast body of clear water. 
" I, even I only, am left." 

" O my son Absalom ! O Absalom, my son, my son !" 
" Go ye, every man unto his city." 
" They reap vanity, every one with his neighbor." 
" We have turned every one to his own way." 
" Little children, love one an other." 

Logical synthesis. 

It is all a dream — Intransitive post-substantive predication. 
All — Apposition. An empty dream — Apposition. 

His praise attune — Transitive predication. Ye — Independ- 
ent case. Brooks — Apposition. 

The ship Nancy foundered — Intransitive predication. Nan- 
cy — Apposition. 

King Solomon was a tvise man — Intransitive post-substan- 
tive predication. Solomon — Apposition. 

Lake Superior is a vast body — Intransitive post-substantive 
pred ication. Superior — Apposition. 

Obs. — In the three last examples, the noun in the nominative case 
to the verb, and. the noun in apposition, are read together on account 
of their intimate connection. In such cases either noun may be taken 
as the principal or leading term. 



APPOSITION. 165 

" Be ye helpers one of an other." 

" Ye are one an other's joy." 

They love each other ardently. 

In this matter we have all been at fault. 

I will examine the book page by page. 

They named the child John. 

" Give me here John the baptist's head." 

For David, my servant's sake. 

Paul the Apostle's advice. 

For Herodias' sake his brother Philip's wife. 

For the sake of Herodias, the wife of Philip his brother. 

Go ye — Intransitive predication. Every man — Apposition. 

Little children — Independent case. Love one an other — 
Transitive predication. One — Apposition with ye understood. 

Be ye helpers — Intransitive post-substantive predication. 
One — Apposition with ye. 

Ye are one an others joy — Intransitive post-substantive 
predication. One — Apposition with ye. 

They love each other ardently — Transitive predication. 
Each — Apposition with they. 

In this matter — Atfault — Prepositional phrases. We have 
all been — Intransitive predication. All — Apposition with we. 

I ivill examine the book — Transitive predication. Page — 
Apposition with book. r. 

They named the child — Transitive predication. John — Ap- 
position. 

Give John the baptisfs head — Transitive predication. Me — 
Prepositional phrase, to being understood. The baptisfs — Ap- 
position with John, which is in the possessive case without 
the usual form. 

In the next line, David is in the possessive case. 

For Herodias'' sake — Prepositional phrase. His brother 
Philip's wife — Apposition. Wife, without the usual form of 
the possessive case, is in apposition with Herodias'' ; and bro- 
ther is in apposition with Philip. 



160 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

THE GERUNDIVE. 

A gerundive is a word that partakes of the nature 
of a verb and a noun. 

Gerundives are derived from verbs. Each complete 
verb supplies two gerundives ; viz., the present and 
the prior perfect. 

Intransitive verbs and their gerundives. 

Verb. Pres. gerundive. Prior perf. gerundive. 

Go, going? having gone. 

Skulk, skulking, having skulked. 

Exclaim, exclaiming, having exclaimed. 

Domineer, domineering, having domineered. 

Transitive verbs and their gerundives. 

Verb. Pres. gerundive. Prior perf. gerundive. 

Heed, heeding, having heeded. 

Love, loving, having loved. 

Bake, baking, having baked. 

Read, reading, having read. 

Passive verbs and their gerundives. 

Verb. Pres. gerundive. Prior perf. gerundive. 

Am heeded, being heeded, having been heeded. 

Am loved, being loved, having been loved. 

Is baked, being baked, having been baked. 

Is read, being read, having been read. 

THE GERUNDIVE PREDICATES. 
A gerundive predicate is a single gerundive, or an 
association of words in which a gerundive is an essen- 
tial element. 

CLASSIFICATION OF GERUNDIVE PREDICATES. 

The gerundive predicates are divided into intran- 
sitive, transitive, passive, intransitive post-adjective, in- 
transitive post-substantive, passive post-adjective, and 
passive post-substantive. 



THE GERUNDIVE PREDICATES. 



167 



FORMATION OF THE GERUNDIVE PREDICATES. 

The gerundive predicates are formed from the predi- 
cations by dropping the nominative case, and changing 
the verb to a gerundive ; as, 



PREDICATIONS. 

Intransitive predication. 

The invalid walked. 

The debtor has absconded. 

Transitive predication. 

These Indians catch beaver. 
The society built a church. 

Passive predication. 

He is suspected. 

A wolf has been seen. 

Intransitive post-adjective predication. 

I am cautious. 

The boys were studious. 

Intransitive post-substantive predication. 

He was a gardener. 
He became a great man. 

Passive post-adjective predication. 

The notes are thought good. 
He was accounted worthy. 

Passive post-substantive predication. 

He was made a judge. 

He will be chosen president. 



GERUNDIVE PREDICATES. 

Intransitive gerundive predicate. 

Walking. 

Having absconded. 

Transitive gerundive predicate. 

Catching beaver. 
Having built a church. 

Passive gerundive predicate. 

Being suspected. 
Having been seen. 

Intransitive post^adjective gerundive predicate. 

Being cautious. 
Having been studious. 

Intransitive post-substantive gerundive predicate. 

Being a gardener. 

Having become a great man. 

Passive post-adjective gerundive predicate. 

Being thought good. 
Being accounted worthy. 

Passive post-substantive gerundive predicate. 

Being made a judge. 

Having been chosen president. 



RULES OF SYNTAX. 

Articles belong to gerundives. 
Adjectives belong to gerundives. 
Adjective pronouns belong to gerundives. 
Adverbs qualify gerundives. 
Transitive gerundives govern the objective case. 
The gerundives of those verbs which admit the same 
case to them and after them, retain the latter. 



168 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

THE INTRANSITIVE GERUNDIVE PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological element of the intransitive 
gerundive predicate, is an in intransitive gerundive. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Walking is a healthful exercise. 

Sleeping too much is injurious to health. 

Eating immoderately is imprudent. 

His coming was announced in the papers. 

Swearing to facts in a court of justice is not profane swearing. 

The mixing of so many ingredients makes a jumble. 

The preaching of a hypocrite is an abomination. 

His running away was a strong proof of guilt. 

Good financiering is necessary in business. 

Fishing is the chief employment of the inhabitants. 

Bathing in cool water is agreeable in warm weather. 

Riding in a carriage is pleasing to children. 

Ploughing in stony ground is hard work. 

Going to the falls would consume too much time. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

Walking is a healthful exercise. 
Sleeping too much is injurious to health. 
The law of God forbids, lying. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

Walking is a present gerundive, intransitive, neuter gender, 
singular number, third person, and nominative case to is. 
Rule. — The nominative case is the agent or the subject of the 
verb. 

Much is an abverb, and qualifies sleeping. Rule. — Adverbs 
qualify gerundives. 

Lying is a present gerundive, intransitive, neuter gender, 
singular number, third person, objective case, and is governed 
by forbids. Rule. — Transitive verbs govern the objective case. 



THE TRANSITIVE GERUNDIVE PREDICATE. 169 

The law of God forbids lying. 

The physician may recommend blistering. 

The rules of the school forbid whispering. 

The young man denied having been in bad company. 

Talking of one's own abilities is commonly evidence of con- 
ceitedness. 

Lounging in places of public resort is ruinous to a man's 
reputation. 

Boasting of great physical strength is proof of intellectual 
weakness. 

Logical synthesis. 

Walking — Intransitive gerundive predicate. 

Walking is a healthful exercise — Intransitive post-substan- 
tive predication. 

Sleeping too much — Intransitive gerundive predicate. 

Sleeping too much is injurious — Intransitive post-adjective 
predication. 

To health — Prepositional phrase. 

The law forbids lying — Transitive predication. 

Of God — Prepositional phrase. 

Lying — Intransitive gerundive predicate. 

THE TRANSITIVE GERUNDIVE PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological elements of the transitive 
gerundive predicate, are a transitive gerundive and an 
objective case. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Turning a grindstone is uninteresting work. 
The army regretted losing their best officers. 
Cutting wood is an invigorating labor. 
Teaching idle children is irksome business. 
The trustees recommended chastising refractory pupils. 
Catching beaver is the employment of some savages in the 
winter. 

8 



170 HAZEn's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

There is no withstanding such entreaties. 

Cramming students for public examination, is a common 
practice in popular schools. 

Writing examples in imitation of correct models, is an im- 
proving exercise. 

Reading instructive books should occupy a due proportion 
of our time. 

Dressing dolls is a pleasing amusement for little girls. 

His having relieved many persons in distress, was a source 
of much satisfaction to him in his old age. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

Turning a grindstone is uninteresting work. 

The army regretted losing their best officers. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

Turning is a present gerundive, transitive, neuter gender, 
singular number, third person, and nominative case to is. 
Rule. — The nominative case is the agent or the subject of the 
verb. 

Grindstone is a common noun, neuter gender, singular num- 
ber, third person, objective case, and is governed by turning. 
Rule. — Transitive gerundives govern the objective case. 

Losing is a present gerundive, transitive, neuter gender, 
singular number, third person, objective case, and is governed by 
regretted. Rule. — Transitive verbs govern the objective case. 

Officers is a common noun, masculine gender, plural number, 
third person, objective case, and is governed by losing. Rule. — 
Transitive gerundives govern the objective case. 

Logical analysis. 

Turning a grindstone — Transitive gerundive predicate. 

Turning a grindstone is uninteresting work — Intransitive 
post-substantive predication. 

The army regretted losing their best officers — Transitive 
predication. 

Losing their best officers — Transitive gerundive predicate. 



THE GERUNDIVE PREDICATES. 171 

THE PASSIVE GERUNDIVE PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological element of the passive 
gerundive predicate, is a passive gerundive. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The former viciousness of that man caused his being sus- 
pected of this crime. 

Our being habituated to wealthy circumstances renders pov- 
erty more annoying. 

We cannot avoid being distressed at the misfortunes of our 
friends. 

His being well known in the Atlantic cities was a ready in- 
troduction to business in the western states. 

The cunningly devised story of the boys did not prevent 
their being punished with just severity. 

His being traduced by political enemies is a matter of course. 

The youth regrets having been seen in bad company. 

The lads barely escaped being drowned. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The former viciousness of that man caused his being sus- 
pected of this crime. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

His is a personal pronoun, masculine gender, singular num- 
ber, third person, possessive case, and is governed by being 
suspected. Rule. — Gerundives govern the possessive case. 

Being suspected is a present gerundive, passive, neuter gen- 
der, singular number, third person, objective case, and is 
governed by caused. Rule. —Transitive verbs govern the ob- 
jective case. 

Logical analysis. 

The former viciousness caused, his being suspected — Transi- 
tive predication. 

His being suspected — Passive gerundive predicate. 

Of that man — Of this crime — Prepositional phrases. 



172 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

THE INTRANSITIVE POST-ADJECTIVE GERUNDIVE 
PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological elements of the intran- 
sitive post-adjective gerundive predicate, are an intran- 
sitive gerundive and an adjective. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

His being idle in summer has brought a winter of poverty. 
We regret his becoming so impatient. 
That enterprising student anticipates being learned. 
The being unhappy in confinement is not surprising. 
His being sick was injurious to his business. 
My being cautious has often saved my life. 
We should avoid becoming miserly. 

Their having been free renders their present subjection more 
galling. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

His being idle in summer has brought a winter of poverty. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

His is a personal pronoun, masculine gender, singular num- 
ber, third person, possessive case, and is governed by being. 
Rule. — Gerundives govern the possessive case. 

Being is a present gerundive, intransitive, neuter gender, 
singular number, third person, and nominative case to has 
brought. Rule. — The numinative case is the agent or the 
subject of the verb. 

Idle is a common adjective, and belongs to being. Rule. — 
Adjectives belong to gerundives. 

Logical synthesis. 

His being idle — Intransitive post-adjective gerundive pred- 
icate. 

His being idle has brought a winter — Transitive predication. 
In summer — Of poverty — Prepositional phrases. 



THE GERUNDIVE PREDICATES. 173 

THE INTRANSITIVE POST-SUBSTANTIVE GERUNDIVE 
PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological elements of the intran- 
sitive post-substantive gerundive predicate, are an in- 
transitive gerundive and a nominative case after. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

This youth anticipates becoming a soldier. 

The stranger did not deny being a Christian. 

My friends did not favor my becoming an author. 

His becoming a governor had not been expected by his 
friends. 

His being a rich man's son was the cause of his unjust ac- 
quittal by the jury. 

Their being thorough scholars has been proved by a rigid 
examination. 

We do not doubt his having been a soldier. 

His having been a sailor is known from his sea-phrases. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

This youth anticipates becoming a soldier. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

Becoming is present gerundive, intransitive, neuter gender, 
singular number, third person, objective case, and is governed 
by anticipates. Rule. — Transitive verbs govern the objective 
case. 

Soldier is a common noun, masculine gender, singular num- 
ber, third person, and nominative case after becoming. Rule. — 
The gerundives of those verbs which admit the same case to 
them and after them, retain the latter. 

Logical synthesis. 

This youth anticipates becoming a soldier — Transitive pred- 
ication. 

Becoming a soldier — Intransitive post-substantive gerundive 
predicate. 



174 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

THE PASSIVE POST-ADJECTIVE GERUNDIVE PREDICATE, 

The essential etymological elements of the passive 
post-adjective gerundive predicate, are a passive gerun- 
dive and an adjective. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

His being made sick by hard labor is evident. 

The youth regretted being accounted idle. 

Our being regarded poor is no great calamity, even in this 
money-getting age. 

Its being thought cheap caused a ready sale of it for cash in 
hand. 

His being considered talented by the professors, arose from 
his indomitable perseverance in study. 

My being made good for the loss of my ship, will depend 
upon the favorable decision of the court. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

His being made sick by hard labor is evident. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

Being made is a present gerundive, passive, neuter gender, 

singular number, third person, and nominative case to is. 

Rule. — The nominative case is the agent or the subject of the 

verb. 

Sick is a common adjective, and belongs to being made. 
Rule. — Adjectives belong to gerundives. 

Evident is a common adjective, and belongs to being made. 
Rule. — Adjectives belong to gerundives. 

Logical synthesis. 

His being made sick — Passive post-adjective gerundive pred- 
icate. 

His being made sick is evident— Intransitive post-adjective 
predication. 

By hard labor — Prepositional phrase. 



THE PEEPOSITIONAL GERUNDIVE PREDICATES. 175 
THE PASSIVE POST-SUBSTANTIVE GERUNDIVE PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological elements of the passive 
post-substantive gerundive predicate, are a passive gerun- 
dive and a nominative case after. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

His being chosen a judge was surprising to his former 
friends. 

His being elected vice-president may secure to him the 
presidency. 

His being accounted an expert surgeon secured to him a 
lucrative appointment in the army. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

His being chosen a judge was surprising to his former 
friends. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

Judge is a common noun, masculine gender, singular num- 
ber, third person, and nominative case after being chosen. 
Rule. — The gerundives of those verbs which admit the same 
case to them and after them, retain the latter. 

, Logical synthesis. 

His being chosen a judge — Passive post-substantive gerun- 
dive predicate. 

His being chosen a judge was surprising — Intransitive post- 
adjective predication. 

To his former friends — Prepositional phrase. 

THE PREPOSITIONAL GERUNDIVE 
PREDICATES. 

A PREPOSITIONAL GERUNDIVE PREDICATE is ail aSSOCi- 

ation of words, in which a preposition and a gerundive 
are essential elements. 



176 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

CLASSIFICATION OF THE PREPOSITIONAL GERUNDIVE 
PREDICATES. 

The prepositional gerundive predicates are divided 
into intransitive, transitive, passive, intransitive post- 
adjective,' intransitive post-substantive, passive post- 
adjective, and passive post-substantive. 

FORMATION OF THE PREPOSITIONAL GERUNDIVE PREDICATES. 

The prepositional gerundive predicates are formed 
from the predications by dropping the nominative case, 
changing the verb to the gerundive, and prefixing a prep- 
osition. 

PREDICATIONS. PREPOSITIONAL GERUNDIVE PREDICATES. 

Intransitive predication. Intransitive prepositional gerundive predicate. 

The invalid walked. By walking. 

The debtor has absconded. By absconding. 

Transitive predication. Transitive prepositional gerundive predicate. 

These Indians hunt beaver. In hunting beaver. 

The society built a church. Without having built a church. 

Passive predication. Passive prepositional gerundive predicate. 

He is suspected. Above being suspected. 

A wolf has been seen. At having been seen. 

Intransitive post-adjective predication. Intrans. post-adjective prep, gerundive predicate. 

I am cautious. By being cautious. 

The boys were studious. For having been studious. 

Intransitive post-substantive predication. Intrans. post-substantive prep, gerundive predicate. 

He was a gardener. Against being a gardener* 

He became a great man. At having become a great man. 



post-adjective predication. Passive post-adjective prep, gerundive predicate. 

The notes are thought good. By being thought good. 
He was accounted worthy. Of being accounted worthy. 

Passive post-substantive predication. Passive post-substantive prep, gerundive predicate. 

He was made a judge. To being made a judge. 

He will be chosen president. By having been chosen president. 



THE PREPOSITIONAL GERUNDIVE PREDICATES. 177 
THE INTRANSITIVE PREPOSITIONAL GERUNDIVE PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological elements of the intransitive 
prepositional gerundive predicate, are a preposition and 
an intransitive gerundive. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

This monk is earnestly engaged in reading. 

We should ever be temperate in eating. 

We should be candid in judging of the conduct of others. 

Grammatic accuracy is essential to good speaking. 

Your mother will be alarmed at our staying away so long. 

My father cautioned me against confiding too much in 
strangers. 

My brother is delighted with wandering in the fields. 

Our minister will chide us for not having come to church. 

You will be sorry for not having attended more diligently 
to your studies. 

Our pastor is celebrated for speaking in a sympathetic style. 

The unfortunate debtor avoided arrest by absconding. 

The company were fatigued by walking too far. 

The American people venerate the patriots of the revolution 
for having contended valiantly for liberty. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

This monk is earnestly engaged in reading. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
In is a preposition, and connects the prepositional gerundive 
predicate In reading, to is engaged. Rule. — Prepositions con- 
nect prepositional structures to words on which they depend. 

Reading is a present gerundive, intransitive, neuter gender, 
singular number, third person, objective case, and is governed 
by in: Rule. — Prepositions govern the objective case. 

Logical synthesis. 
This monk is earnestly engaged — Passive predication. 
In reading — Intransitive prepositional gerundive predicate. 

8* 



178 



THE TRANSITIVE PREPOSITIONAL GERUNDIVE PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological elements of the transitive 
prepositional gerundive predicate, are a preposition, a 
transitive gerundive, and a noun or a pronoun in the ob- 
jective case. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The traveler rewarded the lad for watering his horse. 

The boys were punished for robbing a bird's nest. 

This mechanic invented a machine for planing boards. 

Men are honored for having performed noble deeds for the 
benefit of their species. 

The senator commended the secretary for having managed 
his department with distinguished ability. 

The jury is censurable for not having decided the case ac- 
cording to fact. 

My time is chiefly occupied in composing a history of my 
native county. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The traveler rewarded the lad for watering his horse. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

For is jl preposition, and connects the prepositional gerundive 
predicate For watering his horse, to rewarded. Rule* — Prep- 
ositions connect prepositional structures to words on which 
they depend. 

Watering is a present gerundive, transitive, neuter gender, 
singular number, third person, objective case, and is governed 
by for. Rule. — Prepositions govern the objective case. 

Horse is a common noun, masculine gender, singular number, 
third person, objective case, and is governed by watering. 
Rule. — Transitive gerundives govern the objective case. 
Logical synthesis. 

The traveler rewarded the lad — Transitive predication. 

For watering his horse — Transitive prepositional gerundive 
predicate. 



THE PREPOSITIONAL GERUNDIVE PREDICATES. 179 

Slanderous persons delight in traducing their neighbors. 

This farmer is punctual in fulfilling his contracts. 

The landlord was rigid in exacting payment to the last far- 
thing. 

The pupils are all engaged in hearing a lecture from a dis- 
tinguished professor. 

This writer is very exact in constructing his sentences. 

Much has been written on educating the rising generation. 

William's restoration to my favor depends on his making 
reparation for past injustice. 

Aged persons are pleased with reviewing former scenes. 

Few persons are capable of acquiring a complete education. 

The art of staining glass is now practiced with success. 

My friend Watson entertains some thoughts of publishing 
an English grammar. 

The state secured prosperity by establishing judicious laws. 

The society has done something towards building a church. 

The lady devotes much time to doing good. 

These savages spend the winter in hunting beaver. 

THE PASSIVE PREPOSITIONAL GERUNDIVE PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological elements of the passive 
prepositional gerundive predicate, are a preposition and 
a passive gerundive. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Vain persons are fond of being flattered. 

The lady weeps at the thought of being separated from her 
family. 

A man may be justly suspected of dishonesty, on account 
of his being associated with dishonest men. 

This generous woman was not ashamed of being found re- 
lieving human woe. 

My father journeyed pleasantly on account of having been 
known to many of his fellow travelers. 



180 HAZEn's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Some animals are pleased with being caressed. 

The boys gained access to the garden without being discov- 
ered by the owner. 

The emperor traveled through his dominions without being 
recognized by any of his subjects. 

We arrived at our place of destination without having been 
delayed by accident. 

The people met without having been especially called by the 
committee. 

The honest fellow was amazed at being charged with crime. 

The young man, upon being introduced, will be cordially 
received. 

Much depends on the rule's being observed. 

The cold weather did not prevent the excursion from being 
enjoyed. 

In the opinion of some persons, there is great dignity in 
being waited for. 

The character of this man is above being suspected. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

Vain persons are fond of being flattered. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

Of is a preposition, and connects the prepositional gerundive 
predicate Of being flattered, to fond. Rule. — Prepositions 
connect prepositional structures to words on which they 
depend. 

Being flattered is a present gerundive, passive, neuter gen- 
der, singular number, third person, objective case, and is 
governed by of Rule. — Prepositions govern the objective 
case. 

Logical synthesis. 

Vain persons are fond — Intransitive post-adjective predi- 
cation. 

Of being flattered — Passive prepositional gerundive predi- 
cate. 



THE PREPOSITIONAL GERUNDIVE PREDICATES. 181 

THE INTRANSITIVE POST-ADJECTIVE PREPOSITIONAL 
GERUNDIVE PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological elements of the intransitive 
post-adjective prepositional gerundive predicate, are a 
preposition, an intransitive gerundive, and an adjective. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Being rich is no good reason for being impudent. 
Rich men are seldom neglected for having been poor. 
The students were commended for having been studious. 
This individual took delight in being odd. 
In growing fat the animal will improve in beauty. 
These merchants should be above being dishonorable. 
Many men would prefer death to being false. 
We pity this man on account of his being blind. 
An honest man is conscious of being just. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

Being rich is no good reason for being impudent. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

For is a preposition, and connects the prepositional gerundive 
predicate For being impudent, to reason. Rule. — Preposi- 
tions connect prepositional structures to words on which they 
depend. 

Being is a present gerundive, intransitive, neuter gender, sin- 
gular number, third person, objective case, and is governed by 
for. Rule. — Prepositions govern the objective case. 

Impudent is a common adjective, and belongs to being. 
Rule. — Adjectives belong to gerundives. 

Logical synthesis. 

Being rich — Intransitive post-adjective gerundive predicate. 

Being rich is no good reason — Intransitive post-substantive 
predication. 

For being impudent — Intransitive post-adjective prepositional 
gerundive predicate. 



182 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

There is no doubt of its being lawful. 

Being witty out of season is one way of being foolish. 

They were displeased on account of our being so formal. 

Many things are opposed on account of their being new. 

Its being new is nothing against its being valuable. 

I see nothing against the note's being genuine. 

We wonder at his being so unkind to his family. 

My father rejoiced at having become pious in early life. 

THE INTRANSITIVE POST-SUBSTANTIVE PREPOSITIONAL 
GERUNDIVE PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological elements of the intran- 
sitive post-substantive prepositional gerundive predicate, 
are a preposition, an intransitive gerundive, and a nomi- 
native case after. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The young man recoiled from becoming a missionary. 
Charles is deterred by diffidence from becoming a physician. 
My son is delighted with the prospect of becoming a farmer. 
This banker has not yet despaired of becoming a rich man. 
I have some doubt of that politician's being an honest man. 
The apostles showed their sincerity by dying martyrs. 
The lad was pleased with being monitor. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The young man recoiled from becoming a missionary. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

Missionary is a common noun, masculine gender, singular 

number, third person, and nominative case after becoming. 

Rule. — The gerundives of those verbs which admit the same 

case to them and after them, retain the latter. 

Logical synthesis. 

The young man recoiled — Intransitive predication. 
From becoming a missionary — Intransitive post-substantive 
prepositional gerundive predicate. 



PREPOSITIONAL GERUNDIVE PREDICATES. 183 

The general charged the prisoner with being a spy. 
This captain was cashiered for being a coward. 
The gentleman will be pleased at his son's becoming the 
chum of this clever rustic. 

THE PASSIVE POST-ADJECTIVE PREPOSITIONAL 
GERUNDIVE PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological elements of the passive 
post-adjective prepositional gerundive predicate, are a 
preposition, a passive gerundive, and an adjective. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The goods were easily sold on account of their being re- 
garded cheap. 

The contract was annulled by being pronounced fraudulent. 
I have some doubt of his having been called generous. 
We pity this lad for having been born blind. 
I do not doubt the fact of his being thought strictly honest. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The goods were easily sold on account of their being re- 
garded cheap. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

Of is a preposition, and connects the phrase ' of their being 
regarded cheap? to account. Rule. — Prepositions connect 
prepositional structures to words on which they depend. 

Being regarded is a present gerundive, passive, neuter gen- 
der, singular number, third person, objective case, and is 
governed by of. Rule. — Prepositions govern the objective 
case. 

Cheap is an adjective, and belongs to being regarded. 
Rule. — Adjectives belong to gerundives. 

Logical synthesis. 

The goods were easily sold — Passive predication. 
Of their being regarded cheap — Passive post-adjective prep- 
ositional gerundive predicate. 



184 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

THE PASSIVE POST-SUBSTANTIVE PREPOSITIONAL 
GERUNDIVE PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological elements of the passive 
post-substantive prepositional gerundive predicate, are a 
preposition, a passive gerundive, and a nominative case 
after. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

This politician offers no objections to being made a judge 
of the supreme court. 

The ambition of the tyrant has been gratified by being 
crowned emperor. 

She was prevented from relying on her personal resources 
by being born an heiress. 

By having been chosen president he became the leader of 
a powerful party. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

This politician offers no objections to being made a judge 
of the supreme court. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

To is a preposition, and connects the prepositional gerundive 
predicate To being made a judge, to offers. Rule. — Prep- 
ositions connect prepositional structures to words on which 
they depend. 

Being made is a present gerundive, passive, neuter gender, 
singular number, third person, objective case, and is governed 
by to. Rule. — Prepositions govern the objective case. 

Judge is a common noun, masculine gender, singular number, 
third person, and nominative case after being made. Rule. — 
The gerundives of those verbs which admit the same case to 
them and after them, retain the latter. 

Logical synthesis. 

This politician offers no objections — Transitive predication. 

To being made a judge — Passive post- substantive prepo- 
sitional gerundive predicate. 



THE INFINITIVE PREDICATES. 



185 



THE VERB IN THE INFINITIVE MODE. 

Each complete verb supplies two forms in the infini- 
tive mode ; viz., the present and the present perfect ; as, 

Intransitive verbs. 



icative mode. 


Infinitive mode. 


Present tease. 


Present tense. 


Present perfect tense. 


Go, 


to go, 


to have gone. 


Skulk, 


to skulk, 


to have skulked. 


Exclaim, 


to exclaim, 


to have exclaimed. 


Domineer, 


to domineer, 


to have domineered. 




Transitive 


verbs. 


Heed, 


to heed, 


to have heeded. 


Love, 


to love, 


to have loved. 


Bake, 


to bake, 


to have baked. 


Read, 


to read, 


to have read. 




Passive verbs. 


Am heeded, 


to be heeded. 


i to have been heeded. 


Am loved, 


to be loved, 


to have been loved. 


Is baked, 


to be baked, 


to have been baked. 


Is read, 


to be read, 


to have been read. 



THE INFINITIVE PREDICATES. 

An infinitive predicate is a single verb in the in- 
finitive mode, or an association of words in which a verb 
in the infinitive mode is an essential element. 



CLASSIFICATION OF THE INFINITIVE PREDICATES. 

The infinitive predicates are divided into intransi- 
tive, transitive, passive, intransitive post-adjective, in- 
transitive post-substantive, passive post-adjective, and 
passive post-substantive. 



186 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

FORMATION OF THE INFINITIVE PREDICATES. 

The infinitive predicates are formed from the predica- 
tions by dropping the nominative case, and changing 
the verb from the finite modes to the infinitive ; as, 

PREDICATIONS. INFINITIVE PREDICATES. 

Intransitive predication. Intransitive infinitive predicate. 

The invalid walked. To walk. 

The debtor has absconded. To have absconded. 

Transitive predication. Transitive infinitive predicate. 

These Indians hunt beaver. To hunt beaver. 

The society built a church. To have built a church. 

Passive predication. Passive infinitive predicate. 

He is suspected. To be suspected. 

A wolf has been seen. To have been seen. 

Intransitive post-adjective predication. Intransitive post-adjective infinitive predicate. 

I am cautious. To be cautious. 

The boys were studious. To have been studious. 

Intransitive post-substantive predication. Intrans. post-substantive infinitive predicate. 

He was a gardener. To be a gardener. 

He became a great man. To have become a great man. 

Passive post-adjective predication. Passive post-adjective infinitive predicate. 

The notes are thought good. To be thought good. 

He was accounted worthy. To have been accounted worthy. 

Passive post-substantive predication. Passive post-substantive infinitive predicate. 

He was made a judge. To be made a judge. 

He will be chosen president. To have been chosen president. 

RULES OF SYNTAX. 

Adjectives belong to verbs in the infinitive mode. 

Verbs in the infinitive mode belong to nouns and pro- 
nouns. 

The infinitives of those verbs which admit the same 
case to them and after them, retain the latter. 

A verb in the infinitive mode having no dependent 
construction, is independent. 



THE INFINITIVE PREDICATES. 187 

The infinitive predicates are introduced, 

1. After verbs : 7. After about: 

2. After participles : 8. After so — as commonly 

3. After gerundives : combined with an adjec- 

4. After nouns and pronouns ; tive : 

5. After adjectives : 9. After than combined with 

6. After enough preceded by an adjective in the com- 
an adjective : parative degree. 

THE INTRANSITIVE INFINITIVE PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological element of the intransitive 
infinitive predicate, is an intransitive verb in the infinitive 
mode. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

This steamboat is to ply on the Hudson. 

This farmer has determined to remove to Oregon. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

This steamboat is to ply on the Hudson. 
This farmer has determined to remove to Oregon. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
To ply is a regular, intransitive verb, infinitive mode, present 
tense, and belongs to steamboat. Rule. — Verbs in the infini- 
tive mode belong to nouns and pronouns. 

To remove is a regular, intransitive verb, infinitive mode, 
present tense, neuter gender, singular number, third person, 
objective case, and is governed by has determined. Rule. — 
Transitive verbs govern the objective case. 

Logical synthesis. 

This steamboat is — Intransitive predication. 
To ply — Intransitive infinitive predicate. 
This farmer has determined to remove — Transitive pred- 
ication. 

To remove — Intransitive infinitive predicate. 



188 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

The citizens have met, to confer on political matters. 

The pupils ought to have come earlier. 

The obstinate child was compelled to submit. 

These horses are to run in the race. 

I saw some cattle trying to get into a cornfield. 

The animal having tried, in vain, to escape from the inclo- 
sure, became peaceable. 

This simpleton broke his leg in attempting to fly with arti- 
ficial wings. 

The debtor is said to have absconded. 

The youth urged his friend to go to school. 

" It is time to awake out of sleep." 

Obs. There are some difficulties in analyzing and synthetizipg the 
verb in the infinitive mode : a few hints are, therefore, necessary in 
addition to the preceding formulas. 

Trying to get — Transitive participial predicate. To get — 
Intransitive infinitive predicate. To get is an irregular, in- 
transitive verb, neuter gender, singular number, third person, 
objective case, and is governed by trying. Rule. — Transitive, 
participles govern the objective case. 

In attempting to fly — Transitive prepositional gerundive 
predicate. To fly — Intransitive infinitive predicate. To fly 
is an irregular, intransitive verb, infinitive mode, present tense, 
neuter gender, singular number, third person, objective case, 
and is governed by attempting. Rule. — Transitive gerundives 
govern the objective case. 

The youth urged his friend — Transitive predication. To 
go — Intransitive infinitive predicate. To go is an irregular, 
intransitive verb, infinitive mode, present tense, and belongs to 
friend. Rule. — Verbs in the infinitive mode belong to nouns 
and pronouns. 

It is time — Intransitive post-substantive predication. To 
awake — Intransitive infinitive predicate. To awake is an 
irregular, intransitive verb, infinitive mode, present tense, and 
belongs to you in the phrase For you understood. 



THE INFINITIVE PREDICATES. 189 

She shall rejoice in time to come. 

It is sometimes pleasant to ride on horseback. 

The patient is not well enough to ride out. 

This devotee is stupid enough to go on a pilgrimage to 
Mecca. 

My neighbor is about to go to market. 

It is often better to submit to injustice than to resort to ju- 
dicial proceedings. 

To have lived up to the dignity of human nature during a 
long life, must afford great satisfaction to aged persons. 

It is sometimes pleasant — Intransitive post-adjective predi- 
cation. To ride — Intransitive infinitive predicate. To ride 
is an irregular, intransitive verb, infinitive mode, present tense, 
and belongs to us in the phrase For us understood after 
pleasant. 

The patient is not well enough — Intransitive post-adjective 
predication. To ride — Intransitive infinitive predicate. To 
ride is an irregular, intransitive verb, infinitive mode, present 
tense, and belongs to patient. Rule. — Verbs in the infinitive 
mode belong to nouns and pronouns. 

My neighbor is about — Intransitive predication. To go — In- 
transitive infinitive predicate. To go is an irregular, intransi- 
tive verb, infinitive mode, present tense, and belongs to neighbor. 
Rule. — Verbs in the infinitive mode belong to nouns and 
pronouns. 

To have lived up — Intransitive infinitive predicate. To have 
lived up must afford great satisfaction — Transitive predication. 
To have lived is a regular, intransitive verb, infinitive mode, 
present perfect tense, neuter gender, singular number, third 
person, and nominative case to must afford. Rule. — The 
nominative case is the agent or the subject of the verb. 

Obs. When the verb in the infinitive mode refers to a noun or a 
pronoun, it is similar in nature to the participle ; and when it is the 
agent or the subject of a verb, or is governed by a transitive word, 
it is similar in nature to the gerundive. 



190 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

THE TRANSITIVE INFINITIVE PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological elements of the transitive 
infinitive predicate, are a transitive verb in the infini- 
tive mode, and an objective case. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 
The congregation have met, to worship God. 
Parents sometimes send young children to school, to get 
them out of the way. 

The secretary is presumed to have influenced the president. 

These Indians have gone off, to hunt beaver. 

The nation ought to have preferred peace to war. 

" Then Peter began to rebuke him." 

We rejoiced to hear the glad tidings. 

In trying to please every body we can please no body. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The congregation have met, to worship God. 
" To confess the truth, I was in fault." 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
To worship is a regular, transitive verb, infinitive mode, 
present tense, and belongs to congregation. Rule. — Verbs in 
the infinitive mode belong to nouns and pronouns. 

God is a proper noun, masculine gender, singular number, 
third person, objective case, and is governed by worship. 
Rule. — Transitive verbs govern the objective case. 

To confess is a regular, transitive verb, infinitive mode, 
present tense, and is independent. Rule. — A verb in the in- 
finitive mode having no constructive dependence, is indepen- 
dent. 

Logical synthesis. 
The congregation have met — Intransitive predication. 
To worship God — Transitive infinitive predicate. 
To confess the truth — Transitive infinitive predicate. 
/ was — Intransitive predication. 



THE INFINITIVE PREDICATES. 191 

The driver hoping to arrest the flight of his horses, held on 
to the reins. 

This noble young man risked his life in endeavoring to save 
a stranger from drowning. 

The professor urged the students to make thorough prepar- 
ation for the class-room. 

" Starve not yourselves, to feed lackeys." 

This citizen is anxious to amass wealth. 

John, will you be so good as to build a fire 1 

Isaac, will you be good enough to bring a pail of water? 

" It costs more to revenge injuries than to bear them." 

It is better to suffer wrong than to do wrong. 

" To confess the truth, I was in fault." 

To have done right during a long life must afford great 
satisfaction to aged persons. 

THE PASSIVE INFINITIVE PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological element of the passive in- 
finitive predicate, is a passive verb in the infinitive mode. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The stranger rose, to be presented to the company. 

These animals ought to be kindly treated. 

" The Lord's name is to be praised." 

These ladies expected to be invited to the party. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The stranger rose, to be presented to the company. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
To be presented is a regular, passive verb, infinitive mode, 
present tense, and belongs to stranger. Rule. — Verbs in the 
infinitive mode belong to nouns and pronouns. 

Logical synthesis. 

The stranger rose — Intransitive predication. 
To be presented — Passive infinitive predicate. 



192 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

That soldier is known to have been slain. 

The president is supposed to have been influenced by the 
secretary. 

The report was ordered to be printed for the use of the senate. 

The bill was laid on the table, to be called up on a future day. 

To die is to cease to live. 

Public speakers wishing to be heard distinctly, often pitch 
their voices on too high a ke) r . 

A laborer having called on his employer to be paid for past 
services, was put off to another day. 

The traveler ordered his horse to be brought instantly. 

The broker offered a note to be discounted. 

God is worthy to be adored by all rational beings. 

The ground is dry enough to be ploughed. 

My farm is about to be sold at auction. 

A wolf is said to have been seen yesterday on Laurel Hill. 

In the sentence — ' To die is to cease to live. 1 
To die is nominative case to is, and to cease is nominative 
case after is. 

THE INTRANSITIVE POST- ADJECTIVE INFINITIVE 
PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological elements of the intransitive 
post-adjective infinitive predicate, are an intransitive verb 
in the infinitive mode, and an adjective. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

We should all endeavor to be useful. 
This preacher is ever aiming to be eloquent. 
This countryman is said to be meanly parsimonious. 
We were advised to be cautious in our approaches. 
The ride ought not to seem long. 
The young ladies ought to have been more diligent. 
The doctor found his patient trying to be cheerful. 
Having purposed to become rich, he could not sustain losses 
with patience. 



THE INFINITIVE PREDICATES. 193 

This good man secured the approbation of his own heart by 
endeavoring- to be just. 

The teacher induced his pupils to be studious. 

The father encouraged his so#to be industrious. 

The poor bird is anxious to be free. 

My hopeful friend is always about to be successful. 

Will you be so good as to be silent for a while 1 

The horses ought to have been fed, so as to have been ready 
for starting in proper time. 

It is better to be studious than to be idle. 

It is better to remain poor than to be finally condemned for 
injustice. 

It is less painful to learn in youth than to be ignorant in 
mature age. 

To have been calm under such provocations was a proof of re- 
markable self-control. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 
We should all endeavor to be useful. 
To have been calm under such provocations was a 'proof of 
remarkable self-control. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
To be is an irregular, intransitive verb, infinitive mode, 
present tense, and belongs to we. Rule.— Verbs in the infini- 
tive mode belong to nouns and pronouns. 

Useful is a common adjective, and belongs to we. Rule.— 
Adjectives belong to nouns and pronouns. 

Calm is an adjective, and belongs to to have been. Rule. 

Adjectives belong to verbs in the infinitive mode. 
Logical synthesis. 
We should all endeavor — Intransitive predication. 
To be useful — Intransitive post-adjective infinitive predicate. 
To have been calm— Intransitive post-adjective infinitive 
predicate. 

To have been calm was a proof— Intransitive post-substantive 
predication. 

9 



194 HAZEn's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

THE INTRANSITIVE POST-SUBSTANTIVE INFINITIVE 
PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological elements of the intran- 
sitive post-substantive infinitive predicate, are an in- 
transitive verb in the infinitive mode, and a nominative 
or an objective case after. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The youth concluded to be a printer. 

This republic is destined to become a great nation. 

The president is declared to have been a friend to this 
measure. 

Having determined to become a scholar, he prepared for 
college. 

A passenger aiming to be the foremost man on the wharf, fell 
into the dock, 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 
The youth concluded to he a printer. 
We know the animal to have been a monster. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
Printer is a common noun, masculine gender, singular num- 
ber, third person, and nominative case after to be. Rule. — 
The infinitives of those verbs which admit the same case to 
them and after them, retain the latter. 

Monster is a common noun, masculine gender, singular num- 
ber, third person, and objective case after to be. Rule. — The 
infinitives of those verbs which admit the same case to them 
and after them, retain the latter. 

Logical synthesis. 
The youth concluded to be a printer — Transitive predication. 
To be a printer — Intransitive post-substantive infinitive pred- 
icate. 

We know the animal — Transitive predication. 
To have been a monster — Intransitive post- substantive infin- 
itive predicate. 



THE INFINITIVE PREDICATES. 195 

This backwoodsman is said to be a good shot. 
We know the animal to have been a monster from his bones. 
The lady urged her son to become a clergyman. 
The young man is about to become a clergyman. 
My imprudent friend urged me to become an author. 
It is much better to be studious than to remain an ignoramus. 
Moses showed his faith by refusing to become the son of 
Pharaoh's daughter. 

This honest clerk was unwilling to become a partner in such 
a concern. 

THE PASSIVE POST-ADJECTIVE INFINITIVE PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological elements of the passive 
post-adjective infinitive predicate, are a passive verb in 
the infinitive mode, and an adjective. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The deficiency ought to be made good. 
The orator was anxious to be thought eloquent. 
This alderman was anxious to be accounted honest. 
My visionary friend expects to be made rich by some sudden 
turn of fortune. 
This poor fellow is said to have been born blind. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The deficiency ought to be made good. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
To be made is an irregular, passive verb, infinitive mode, 
present tense, and belongs to deficiency. Rule.— Verbs in the 
infinitive mode belong to nouns and pronouns. 

Good is a common adjective, and belongs to deficiency. 
Kule.— adjectives belong to nouns. 

Logical synthesis. 
The deficiency might— intransitive predication. 
To be made good— Passive post-adjective infinitive pred- 
icate. 



196 HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

THE PASSIVE POST-SUBSTANTIVE INFINITIVE PREDICATE. 

The essential etymological elements of the passive 
post-substantive infinitive predicate, are a passive verb 
in the infinitive mode, and a nominative or an objective 
case after. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

This great statesmen ought to have been chosen president. 

That enthusiast expects to be accounted righteous, without 
being habitually righteous in his conduct. 

This superficial scholar is anxious to be regarded a prodigy 
of learning. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

This great statesman ought to have been chosen president. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

To have been chosen is an irregular, passive verb, infinitive 
mode, present perfect tense, and belongs to statesman. Rule. — 
Verbs in the infinitive mode belong to nouns and pronouns. 

President is a common noun, masculine gender, singular 
number, third person, and nominative case after to have been 
chosen. Rule. — The infinitives of those verbs which admit the 
same case to them and after them, retain the latter. 

Logical synthesis. 

This great statesman ought — Intransitive predication. 
To have been chosen president — Passive post-substantive in- 
finitive predicate. 

THE USE AND OMISSION OF to AND to he IN INFINITIVE 
PREDICATES AFTER CERTAIN VERBS. 

To is commonly omitted in infinitive predicates after 
the transitive verbs make, see, hear, feel, and let, and 
after their participles and gerundives. 

To be is commonly omitted in infinitive predicates 



THE INFINITIVE PREDICATES. 197 

after the transitive verbs make, see, hear, and feel, and 
after their participles and gerundives. 

Make. 

When the infinitive denotes the effect of making, to is gen- 
erally omitted. 

When the infinitive denotes the purpose of the maker, to is 
not omitted. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The rider made the horse run at the top of his speed. 

I made a whistle, to please my son. 

The servant made the fire burn briskly. 

The travelers made a fire, to keep off the wild beasts. 

Throwing grass only made the youngster laugh. 

The preacher made a few additional remarks, to impress the 
subject on the minds of his audience. 

This gentleman is trying to make his idle son a scholar. 

The teacher having made his pupils write carefully after the 
copies, is not ashamed of their penmanship. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The rider made the horse run at the top of his speed. 
I made a whistle, to please my son. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
Run is an irregular, intransitive verb, infinitive mode, present 
tense, and belongs to horse. Rule. — Verbs in the infinitive 
mode belong to nouns and pronouns. 

To please is a regular, transitive verb, infinitive mode, present 
tense, and belongs to i". Rule. — Verbs in the infinitive mode 
belong to nouns and pronouns. 

Logical synthesis. 

The rider made the horse — Transitive predication. 

Run — Intransitive infinitive predicate. 

I made a ivhistle — Transitive predication. 

To please my son — Transitive infinitive predicate. 



198 HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

This farmer, having made a large shed to protect his cattle 
from inclement weather, expects to winter them without loss. 

This merchant avoids some expense, by making his son per- 
form the duties of a clerk. 

The citizens may prevent periodical inundations by making 
a levee, to keep the water in the ordinary channel. 

Parents have a right to make their children obey them. 

I have determined to make better fences, to keep my neigh- 
bors' cattle off my premises. 

Sick children are often made to take nauseating medicine. 

" Man was made to mourn." 

The lad was made to ask the teacher's pardon for having 
been indecorous towards him. 

See. 

How can you see to read in so dim a light ? 

I saw the boy throw the stone. 

A great number of barbarous people were present, to see the 
bullies fight. 

The little boy was delighted to see the dog carry the basket. 

The youth was determined to see his parents comfortable. 

"We sometimes see bad men honored." 

The bystanders were sorry to see the beast cruelly treated. 

We saw the battle fought. 

This sportsman having repeatedly seen the horses run to- 
gether, knows their relative speed. 

We know the deleterious effects of alcohol by having seen 
many persons ruined by it. 

A lad was seen to fall into the dock. 

By the aid of a microscope, blood may be seen to circulate 
in the web of a frog's foot. 

Having been seen to pass through the turnpike gate, the 
animal is presumed to be in that direction. 

He is known to be able to write by having been seen to write. 

Obs. To is sometimes omitted in the infinitive predicates, after oe- 
Jiold, view, marie, observe, watch, and spy. After these words, however, 
the participial structures are generally preferable to the infinitive. 



THE INFINITIVE PREDICATES. 199 

Hear. 

I have often heard the lark sing. 

We have never heard the bishop preach. 

I have heard my uncle relate many amusing incidents of 
travel. 

We have frequently heard this clergyman read prayers. 

The people assembled in great numbers, to hear the candi- 
dates speak. 

This miser has often been heard to reproach niggardly men. 

Having heard the letter read, I approved its contents. 

Your taste in elocution will be improved by hearing this 
orator speak. 

Feel. 

When feel is used transitively to express bodily perception, 
the infinitive predicate that follows should be used without to 
or to be ; but when it expresses a mental affection, or is used 
intransitively, to or to be should be expressed. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

" I felt something sting me." 
The boy felt a cold snake touch his foot. 
" I feel a desire to excel." 
The lady felt the remark to be severe. 
The guardian felt the responsibility to be a burden. 
Feeling the heat oppressive in the city, they hastened to the 
country. 

I feel sorry to hear you make such a remark. 
" I felt about to find the door." 
He feels bound to comply with his contract. 
The exile feels anxious to visit his native land. 

Let. 
Father, will you let me ride in the carriage 1 
" Let every mortal ear attend." 

" Come, let us sing unto the Lord, let us heartily rejoice in 
the strength of our salvation." 



200 

" O worship the Lord in the beauty of holiness ; let the 
whole earth stand in awe of him." 

Let us be moderate in our expectations of the enjoyment of 
earthly good. 

Candid men are willing to let others enjoy their own opinions. 

The owner of this plantation is obliged to let it be sold under 
a mortgage. 

The teacher having let his pupils have their own way for 
some time, found it difficult to reduce them to order. 

I have regretted letting my son leave home so early. 

This benevolent planter has determined on letting his slaves 
go to Liberia immediately. 

The plantation was let out to be cultivated. 

The rope was let go too soon. 

Bid. 
When bid commands an action, to in the infinitive predicate 
that follows, should commonly be omitted ; but, when it means 
to promise or to offer, to should be inserted. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

" His mercy bids me come." 

Henry, bid your dog chase the fowls from the garden. 

The servant was bidden to bring a pail of water. 

The lady, in bidding her daughter to study her lesson, acted 
from the kindest motives. 

This young artist bids fair to excel in statuary. 

This publisher bids high, to gain patronage for his series of 
school books. 

Have, help, and find. 

To is sometimes omitted in infinitive predicates after have 
and help ; but, in nearly all cases, it is best to insert it. 

To be is sometimes omitted in infinitive predicates after have 
and find. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The nation has to pay the interest on an immense debt. 



THE INFINITIVE PREDICATES. 201 

We shall have to go home in a storm. 

When will you have me let go the rope % 

I had to use all my dexterity in swimming, to save my friend 
from drowning. 

This politic man loves to have his name appear in print. 

We must have our wool spun on a mule. 

This publisher has all his books printed on a power-press. 

The best teachers will have their pupils study the best text- 
books. 

This intelligent farmer will have his grounds cultivated in 
the best manner. 

Brother, will you help me work this problem 1 

" Help us, O Lord, thy yoke to wear." 

The carpenter must have ten men, to help him raise the 
frame of a barn. 

I would have my son obedient to his teacher. 

Politicians would have the people submissive to party dic- 
tation. 

The professor would have every lesson recited in an elegant 
manner. 

You will find the buildings in a dilapidated condition. 

The party found the lost child concealed in a hollow tree. 

I have always found this man a fast friend. 
Dare, durst. 

When dare is used in the sense of to venture and without a 
personal inflection, to may be generally omitted in the infinitive 
predicate that follows. 

When dare is used in the sense of to venture without a per- 
sonal inflection, with an auxiliary, or as a regular verb in the 
sense of to provoke or to challenge, to should be inserted in 
the infinitive predicate which may follow. 

Durst is used as an auxiliary without personal inflection in 
the indicative mode, indefinite perfect tense. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

I dare say you have seen such things before. 
9* 



202 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



We dare not pass that bridge in the night. 
This invalid dare not sleep with the window open. 
The pupils dare nut transgress the rules. 
The boys do not dare to trespass on my grounds. 
The enemy will not dare to attack us in our strong position. 
The lady dare not be electrified. 
This independent man dares to be singular. 
The applicant for the school durst not be examined. 
The laborers durst not be tardy in coming to their work. 
We should ever dare to perform our duty. 
" Peradventure for a good man some would even dare to die." 
The young man dared to make propositions. 
This quarrelsome fellow dared any one of us to fight. 
Let not a layman dare to oppose this rule. 
A pugnacious boy living in a village, dared a peaceable lad 
living in the country, to knock a chip from his shoulder. 
Need. 

When need is used with an other verb without the interven- 
tion of to, it may be regarded an auxiliary. As such it is used 
in the present and present perfect tenses of the potential 
mode. 

When need is transitive, it is regular in its principal parts 
and personal inflections. 

When used as a principal verb, to in the infinitive predicate 
which may follow, should be expressed. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

I need not assign a reason for my conduct. 

The hucksters need not be in market much before daylight. 

You need not have walked so far. 

The names of the persons composing this large convention, 
need not be recorded. 

Nothing more need be said on the subject. 

He need not have been apprehensive of failure in such an 
enterprise. 

This youth needs to be urged forward in his studies. 



CONSTRUCTIVE EQUIVALENTS. 203 

The animals need to be fed regularly. 

The subject needs to be more fully illustrated. 

The buildings will need to be thoroughly repaired in a few- 
years. 

Can argument be needed, to prove so plain a point ? 

Moral instruction needs to have a prominent place in edu- 
cation. 

My daughter need not study grammar. 

The young man needs to be instructed in the catechism. 

My daughter needs not to study grammar. 

His conduct needs not to be repented of. 

You need not be ashamed of your calling. 

The lad needs to be admonished for improper conduct. 

The church may need repairs. 

The oxen need shoeing immediately. 

My ward will need funds, to pay current expenses at college. 

SYNOPSIS OF THE STRUCTURES. 

The structures of the language having been discussed in de- 
tail, they will be presented in a synopsis on the two pages im- 
mediately following. 

The general names of the predicative structures are predi- 
cation, participial predicate, gerundive predicate, prepositional 
gerundive predicate, and infinitive predicate. These are divi- 
ded into intransitive, transitive, passive, intransitive post adjec- 
tive, intransitive post-substantive, passive post-adjective, and 
passive post substantive. The whole number of the predica- 
tive structures is thirty-five, the nomenclature of which is 
formed by a combination of twelve terms. 

The predications are the leading structures from which the 
rest are formed, as indicated by preceding rules and illustra- 
tions. The latter associations are distinguished in the synopsis 
by Italic letters. 

An expert grammarian of the old school, can learn all the 
structures of the language by name and characteristic, in one 
hour. 



. 5- 



^ 






T3 



I a £ 

£ © 

.3 ^ 



ilS 



J © "§ 



"^ © 

§ 3 



H <1 



I 1 



t3 ^q 



* • J 



© 

as s 

P< cD © 

i &i 






I f 






.2 C 3 

1 a f 



© 5 s 

*1 H 



£ a 



g £ 



•2 5 



T3 r^J 
'£ © 



2.1 , 






S I § § 

sa <D ^ ^- 

Us 2 S S 

« <5 *§ O 

| f § - 

o C5 <r> 

« . : £ * P 






s, s 



.-i <» .. 



■8 J& - s . * . S 



o 1 






1 S 
& '2h 

5 a 

;g © 
§ © 



ill 5 

» a ^ 
1 § 1 

C Si 5 s 



© 

a 



1 *£ 






£ 5 g j 









"9 -. 3 

I ^ 

'S H) s> 

I" 5 & 

■t 9 ?> 

a '"* ^ 

1^ § 



« o 53 



2 r^ 



i" so 






2 I 



5?i © 






'i ^ 

1^ 



M 5 l-> 






W <1 



I '-3 



•| 8 £ 

l a © 

I 5 rG 

■fl w H 



a I 



I a - 



o5 &i 



'"S * 

J © 

I -§ 

I a 



© ^ -5 ^ 



Sh 



206 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

GERUNDIVE AND INFINITIVE PREDICATES AND SUBSTANTIVE 

EQUIVALENTS COMPARED. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Seeing the sun is pleasant. 
To see the sun is pleasant. 
It is pleasant to see the sun. 

Sleeping too much is injurious to health. 

Too much sleep is injurious to health. 

It is injurious to health, to sleep too much. 

His coming was announced in the papers. 
His arrival was announced in the papers. 

The mixing of so many ingredients makes a jumble. 
The mixture of so many ingredients makes a jumble. 
It makes a jumble, to mix so many ingredients. 

Bathing in cool water is agreeable in warm weather. 
A bath in cool water is agreeable in warm weather. 
It is agreeable, to bathe in cool water in warm weather. 

Ploughing in stony ground is hard work. 
It is hard work, to plough in stony ground. 

Going to the falls would consume too much time. 
A journey to the falls would consume too much time; 
It would consume too much time, to go to the falls. 

Talking of one's own abilities is commonly evidence of con- 
ceitedness. 

It is commonly evidence of conceitedness, to talk of one's 
own abilities. 

Lounging in places of public resort, is ruinous to a man's 
reputation. 

It is ruinous to a man's reputation, to lounge in places of 
public resort. 

Riding on horseback is exhilarating. 

A ride on horseback would be exhilarating. 

It would be exhilarating, to ride on horseback. 



CONSTRUCTIVE EQUIVALENTS. 207 

Dying is ceasing to live. 
To die is to cease to live. 
Death is ceasing to live. 

Submission to injustice is sometimes better than resort to 
judicial proceedings. 

It is sometimes better to submit to injustice than to resort to 
judicial proceedings. 

The people have met for consulting on local matters. 

The people have met for consultation on local matters. 

The people have met, to consult on local matters. 

This mechanic has determined on settling in Nebraska. 
This mechanic has determined on settlement in Nebraska. 
This mechanic has determined to settle in Nebraska. 

We should always be candid in judging of the conduct of 
others. 

We should always be candid in our judgment of the conduct 
of others. 

Your mother will be alarmed at our delaying so long. 

Your mother will be alarmed at our long delay. 

Turning a grindstone is uninteresting work. 
It is uninteresting work, to turn a grindstone. 

The army regretted losing their best officers. 
The army regretted the loss of their best officers. 

Teaching idle children is irksome business. 
It is irksome business, to teach idle children. 

Cramming students for public examination, is a common 
practice in popular schools. 

It is a common practice in popular schools, to cram students 
for public examination. 

Doing right affords much satisfaction to a just man. 
It affords much satisfaction to a just man, to do right. 

Parents sometimes send young children to school, for the 
purpose of getting them out of the way. 



208 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Parents sometimes send young children to school, to get 
them out of the way. 

We rejoiced at hearing the glad tidings. 

We rejoiced to hear the glad tidings. 

His having relieved many persons in distress, was a source 
of much satisfaction to him in old age. 

It was a source of much satisfaction to him in old age, to 
have relieved many persons in distress. 

The boys were punished for robbing a bird's nest. 

The boys were punished for the robbery of a bird's nest. 

Men are honored for having performed noble deeds for the 
benefit of their species. 

Men are honored for the performance of noble deeds for the 
benefit of their species. 

My time is chiefly occupied in composing a history of my 
native county. 

My time is chiefly occupied in the composition of a history 
of my native county. 

This writer is very exact in constructing his sentences. 

This writer is very exact in the construction of his sentences, 

This farmer is punctual in fulfilling his contracts. 

This farmer is punctual in the fulfilment of his contracts. 

Much has been written on educating the rising generation. 

Much has been written on the education of the rising gen- 
eration. 

William's restoration to my favor depends on his making 
reparation for past injustice. 

William's restoration to my favor depends on a reparation 
for past injustice. 

Aged persons are pleased with reviewing former scenes. 

Aged persons are pleased with a review of former scenes. 

The state secured prosperity by establishing judicious laws. 
The state secured prosperity by the establishment of ju- 
dicious laws. 



CONSTRUCTIVE EQUIVALENTS. 209 

God is worthy of adoration by all rational beings. 
God is worthy to be adored by all rational beings. 

The former viciousness of this man caused his being sus- 
pected of this crime. 

The former viciousness of this man caused him to be sus- 
pected of this crime. 

The cold weather did not prevent the excursion from being 
enjoyed. 

The cold weather did not prevent the enjoyment of the ex- 
cursion. 

His being traduced by political enemies is a matter of course. 

To be traduced by political enemies is a matter of course. 

It is a matter of course, to be traduced by political enemies. 

The ground is dry enough for ploughing. 

The ground is dry enough to be ploughed. 

The ground is dry enough for the plough. 

Vain persons are fond of being flattered. 

Vain persons are fond of flattery. 

A man may be justly suspected of being dishonest, on ac- 
count of his being associated with dishonest men. 

A man may be justly suspected of dishonesty, on account 
of his association with dishonest men. 

The boys gained access to the garden without being discov- 
ered by the owner. 

The boys gained access to the garden without discovery by 
the owner. 

The emperor traveled through his dominions without being 
recognized by any of his subjects. 

The emperor traveled through his dominions without recog- 
nition by any of his subjects. 

We arrived at our place of destination without having been 
delayed by accident. 

We arrived at our place of destination without delay by 
accident. 



210 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Much depends upon the rule's being observed. 
Much depends upon the observance of the rule. 

His being idle in summer has brought a winter of poverty. 
His idleness in summer has brought a winter of poverty. 
We regret his being impatient. 
We regret his impatience. 

Being humble before the great Creator is ever appropriate. 

Humility before the great Creator is ever appropriate. 

It is ever appropriate,to be humble before the great Creator. 

The being unhappy in confinement is not surprising. 

Unhappiness in confinement is not surprising. 

It is not surprising for one to be unhappy in confinement. 

His being sick was injurious to his business. 

His sickness was injurious to his business. 

It was injurious to his business, to be sick. 

My being cautious has often saved my life. 

My innate caution has often saved my life. 

The being lavish in the use of money often brings people to 
poverty. 

Lavishness in the use of money often brings people to pov- 
erty. 

His being diligent in study secured the favor of the pro- 
fessors. 

His habitual diligence in study secured the favor of the pro- 
fessors. 

Their having been free renders present subjection naore 
galling. 

Their former freedom renders present subjection more 
galling 

The poor bird is anxious for freedom. 

The poor bird is anxious to be free. 

Wealth affords no sufficient ground for being impudent. 

Wealth affords no sufficient ground for impudence. 



THE INFINITIVE PREDICATES. 211 

His being calm under such provocations is a proof of remark- 
able self-control. 

Calmness under such provocations is a proof of remarkable 
self-control. 

To have been calm under such provocations is a proof of 
remarkable self-control. 

It is a proof of remarkable self-control, to have been calm 
under such provocations. . 

Rich men are seldom neglected for having been poor. 
Rich men are seldom neglected on account of former poverty. 

This individual took delight in being odd. 

This individual took delight in his own oddities. 

These merchants should be above being dishonorable. 
These merchants should be above dishonor. 

We pity this man on account of his being blind. 
We pity this man on account of his blindness. 

An honest man is conscious of being upright. 
An honest man is conscious of uprightness. 

There is no doubt of its being lawful. 
There is no doubt of its lawfulness. 

They were displeased on account of our being so formal. 
They were displeased on account of our precise formality. 

Its being new is .nothing against its being valuable. 
Its being new is nothing against its great value. 

I see nothing against the note's being genuine. 
I see nothing against the genuineness of the note. 

The present high price of these goods arises from their 
being scarce. 

The present high price of these goods arises from their 
scarcity. 

The stranger did not deny being a Christian. 
The stranger did not deny his Christian faith. 



212 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

We should avoid being parsimonious. 
We should avoid parsimoniousness. 

My friend did not advise my becoming an author. 
My friend did not advise me to become an author. 

His becoming a governor had not been expected by his 
friends. 

His friends had not expected him to become a governor. 

His being an honest man has been proved by a long life of 
fair dealing. 

His innate honesty has been proved by a long life of fair 
dealing. 

This man has been proved to be innately honest, by a long 
life of fair dealing. 

His having been a sailor is known by his sea-phrases. 
He is known to have been a sailor from his sea-phrases. 

The youth concluded on being a printer. 
The youth concluded to be a printer. 

A passenger, aiming at being the foremost man on the wharf, 
fell into the dock. 

A passenger, aiming to be the foremost man on the wharf, 
fell into the dock. 

I have some doubt of that politician's being honest. 
I have some doubt of the honesty of that politician. 

His being made sick by hard labor is known with certainty. 
He is certainly known to have been made sick by hard labor. 



THE END OF THE SECOND PART. 



THE 



ANALYTIC AND SYNTHETIC 
ENGLISH GRAMMAR 

PART THIRD. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 

Conjunctions connect similar parts of speech, similar 
predicates, predications, predications and insentensic 
predicates, and prepositional structures. 

CLASSIFICATION OF CONJUNCTIONS. 

Conjunctions are divided into nine classes ; namely : 

1. Additive : 4. Adversative : 7. Adverbial : 

2. Alternative : 5. Causative : 8. Comparative adverbial : 

3. Correspondive : 6. Inferential : 9. Conditional. 

1. THE ADDITIVE CONJUNCTIONS. 

An additive conjunction implies an addition to a word 
or a structure. The words of this class are, 

And, likewise, farther, besides, 

as well as, too, further, nay, 

also, that, furthermore, moreover. 



214 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

2. THE ALTERNATIVE CONJUNCTIONS. 

An alternative conjunction expresses an alternative of 
two or more words or structures. The words of this 
class are, 

Or, nor, else, otherwise. 

3. THE CORRESPONDIVE CONJUNCTIONS. 

A correspondive conjunction is used with some other 
conjunction placed after it. The words of this class, and 
the conjunctions with which they correspond, are, 

Both and ; as as ; 

either ) _ _ as so ; 

whether ) so as ; 

neither nor ; so that ; 

not only but ; if then. 

though yet ; 

And, or, nor, and as well as, connecting nouns and 
pronouns, 
rule of syntax. 
And, or, nor, and as well as, connect similar parts of 
speech. 

In arranging personal nouns connected by and, or, or nor, 
they should be placed in the order in which they are regarded 
or honored, the most worthy being placed first. 

In arranging pronouns, or nouns and pronouns, the first per- 
son should be placed last, unless the superior position, or the 
confessional nature of the expression, should warrant a pre- 
cedence. 

And. 
A general principle. 
Two or more nouns or pronouns, or a single noun or pro- 
noun or more, connected by and, are equivalent in construction 
to a noun or a pronoun in the plural number ; and concordant 



THE CONJUNCTION. 215 

words agree with them jointly. Such words are thus construed 
also, when and is understood. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Charles and William are at work in the garden. They are 
quite diligent. 

Jane and Susan have gone to church. 

Idleness and ignorance are the chief causes of vice and ab- 
ject poverty. 

" Thou art my hiding place and my shield." 

Six and four are ten. 

Wheat, coal, and iron, are the staple commodities of Penn- 
sylvania. 

" Learning and ignorance, wisdom and folly, were strangely 
combined in this celebrated man." 

He and I are about equal in age and acquirements. 

James and I are about to make an excursion in the country. 

My father and I have just purchased one horse, two cows, 
five hogs, and twenty sheep. They are all in good condition. 

This learned clergyman and his pious deacon agree remark- 
ably in their religious opinions. They spend much time in 
conversation. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

Charles and William, are at work in the garden. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
And is an additive conjunction, and connects Charles and 
William. Rule. — And, or, nor, and as well as, connect similar 
parts of speech. 

Are is an irregular, intransitive verb, indicative mode, pres- 
ent tense, plural number, third person, and agrees with Charles 
and William. Rule. — The verb must agree with its nomina- 
tive case in number and person. 

Logical synthesis. 
Charles and William are — Intransitive predication. 
At work — In the garden — Prepositional phrases. 



216 HAZEn's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Some apples and peaches have been sent to our city friends. 

Many citizens and a few strangers were present at the bar- 
becue. 

" Honor thy father and thy mother." 

The teacher has sent home Isaac's and Benjamin's books. 

This Virginian graduated at William and Mary's college. 

I went to Baltimore in John and Henry's clipper. 

The world has often been scourged by war, pestilence, and 
famine. 

" There is a natural difference between merit and demerit, 
virtue and vice, wisdom and folly." 

Cultivate your intellectual faculties by study and reflection. 

Saints Peter and Paul were eminent apostles. 

My son and daughter, having been carefully educated, may 
be left, with confidence, to their personal resources. 

Having purchased a horse and buggy, the gentleman antici- 
pates many a pleasant drive. 

In prohibiting obscenity and profane language, the professors 
have a special regard to the dignity and morals of the students. 

This enterprising planter, having determined on removing 
to Texas, is about to sell his lands, goods, and chattels at public 
sale. 

The first exception to the general principle. 

Two or more nouns in the singular number connected by 
and, and serving to describe one person, are equivalent in con- 
struction to a noun in the singular number. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

" This philosopher and poet was banished from his country. 

" The hue and cry of the country pursues him." 

" Flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee." 

This orator and patriot is known throughout the civilized 

world. 

Such a saviour and redeemer has been provided. 

That great general and statesman is entitled to the gratitude 

of his countrymen. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 217 

My friend and patron has been very liberal. 

Why is dust and ashes proud ? 

The second exception to the general principle. 

Two or more nouns in the singular number, connected by 
and, and preceded by each, every, or no, are equivalent in con- 
struction to a noun or a pronoun in the singular number in the 
same sentence : in a following sentence, they may be repre- 
sented jointly by a noun or a pronoun in the plural number. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Each man and each woman carries in the hand an evergreen 
branch. 

Every limb and every feature has been portrayed with sur- 
prising accuracy 

Every man, woman, and child in the settlement, was slain 
by the savage foe. They were butchered in a ruthless manner. 

No ill-will and no revenge is indulged in a Christian heart. 

" Each worm and each insect is a marvel of creative power." 

No wife, no mother, no child, soothes his cares. 

" Every mountain and every island was moved out of its 
place." 

The third exception to the general principle. 

A noun or a pronoun connected to an other noun or pronoun 
by and, and emphatically distinguished by such words as not, 
also, likewise, too, perhaps, and consequently, is in the same 
case by addition. 

A noun or a pronoun, thus connected and distinguished, does 
not affect the accidents of other words in the same sentence ; 
but the leading and the added word in the singular number, may 
be represented jointly, in the following sentence, by a noun or 
a pronoun in the plural number. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

John, and not Charles, has gone to the gold region. 
John, and also Charles, has gone to the gold region. 
Benevolence, not ostentation, has prompted these charities. 
10 



218 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



" Love, and love only, is the loan for love." 

He, and "not we, is responsible in this contract. 

He, and he only, deserves censure. 

My son, and also my daughter, has gone to France. They 
went together in the same packet. 

" The good man, and the sinner too, shall have his reward." 

My father, and consequently his family, was reduced to pov- 
erty by the injustice of this avaricious man. 

Sickness, and perhaps death, may be the consequence of 
this exposure. 

The young man sought profitable employment, and not 
pleasure and amusements. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

John, and not Charles, has gone to the gold region. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

And is an additive conjunction, and connects Charles to 
John. Rule. — And, or, nor, and as well as, connect similar 
parts of speech. 

Not is a negative adverb, and emphatically distinguishes 
Charles from John. 

Charles is a proper noun, masculine gender, singular num- 
ber, third person, and is in the same case with John by addition. 
Rule. — A noun or a pronoun connected to an other noun or 
pronoun by and, and emphatically distinguished by such words 
as not, also, likewise, too, perhaps, and consequently, is in the 
same case by addition. 

Has gone is an irregular, intransitive verb, indicative mode, 
present perfect tense, singular number, third person, and agrees 
with John. Rule. — The verb must agree with its nominative 
case in number and person. 

Logical synthesis. 
John has gone — Intransitive predication. 
And — Additive conjunction. 
Not Charles— Addition. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 219 

This ingenuous man labors to acquire reputation, not wealth. 
They are both within his reach. 

As well as. 

RULE OF SYNTAX. 

A noun or a pronoun connected to an other noun or 
pronoun by as well as, is in the same case by addition. 

A noun or a pronoun connected to an other noun or pronoun 
by as well as, does not affect the accidents of other words in 
the same sentence ; but the leading and the added word in the 
singular number, may be represented jointly in the following 
sentence by a noun or a pronoun in the plural number. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Edward, as well as Horatio, might go. 
Hatred, as well as love, is extinguished by absence. 
Paul was an eminent apostle, as well as Peter. 
Pride, as well as vanity, is conspicuous in his conduct. Both 
of these traits are prominent in his character. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

Edward, as well as Horatio, might go. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
As well as is an additive conjunction, and connects Horatio 
to Edward. Rule. — And, or, nor, and as well as, connect simi- 
lar parts of speech. 

Horatio is a proper noun, masculine gender, singular num- 
ber, third person, and is in the same case with Edward by 
addition. Rule. — A noun or a pronoun connected to an other 
noun or pronoun by as well as, is in the same case by addition. 

Logical synthesis. 

Edward might go — Intransitive predication. 
As well as — Additive conjunction. 
Horatio — Addition. 



220 HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

The witness, as well as the culprit, was confined in jail until 
the day of trial. 

Common sense, as well as learning, is necessary to make 
an efficient preacher of the gospel. These qualifications are 
not always united in the same individual. 

The agriculturist, as well as the manufacturer, needs pro- 
tection from foreign competition. 

In this author's style there is much strength, as well as 
great elegance. 

Study mankind, as well as books. 

On this project I lost time, as well as money and health. 

Many staunch friends of temperance eschew cider and wine, 
as well as ardent spirits. 

I am anxious to visit the continent, as well as my native 
country. 
And and as well as connecting pronouns, and nouns 

AND PRONOUNS, OF DIFFERENT PERSONS. 

When two or more pronouns, or two or more nouns and 
pronouns of different persons, are connected by and or as well as, 
the pronoun which may represent them, must agree in person 
with the first person in preference to the second or third, and 
with the second in preference to the third. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

You, and your brother, and I, are nearly equal in our attain- 
ments. 

You and my uncles appear to agree in your political opinions. 

My brother and I have just finished our professional studies. 
We are about to commence practice in your city. 

My brother and I, assisted by our dog Lion, have caught a 
hare We enjoyed the sport amazingly. 

You and your sister, as well as several other pupils, have 
made great progress in your studies. You have done honor 
to our institution. 

I and my brother committed the error. We were careless 
in making the estimate. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 221 

I saw you or your brother yesterday. You look much alike. 

" Thou and thy sons with thee, shall bear the iniquity of 
your priesthood." 

Both, either, and neither. 

Both, either, and neither, are adjective pronouns, when used 
simply to point out a noun, or to represent a noun or a pronoun. 
When loth is used with and, either with or, or neither with 
nor, and, as a pronoun, represents a substantive word, it par- 
takes of the nature of an adjective pronoun and a conjunction. 
Hence, in parsing these words thus applied, they may be ap- 
propriately denominated pronominal conjunctions. 
Both and. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Both my son and daughter have gone to France. 

My son and daughter have both gone to France. 

Both he and I have come at the time appointed. 

Both mind and heart should be enlisted in benevolent under- 
takings. 

Some physicians love both the study and the practice of 
medicine. 

Both the culprit and the witness were confined in prison to 
the day of trial. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

Both my son and daughter have gone to France. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
Both is a pronominal correspondive conjunction. As a pro- 
noun, it is masculine and feminine gender, plural number, third 
person, nominative case, and is in apposition with son and 
daughter. Rule. — A noun or a pronoun added to an other noun 
or pronoun by way of explanation or emphasis, is in the same 
case by apposition. As a conjunction, it corresponds with and. 
Logical synthesis. 
Both my son and daughter have gone — Intransitive predi- 
cation. 



222 HAZEn's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Knowing both the author and the publisher of the book, I 
may be prejudiced in its favor through personal friendship. 

Having been both a practical lawyer and a distinguished 
judge, he is- certainly competent to manage difficult cases of 
law and equity. 

This broker has an office in both New York and Baltimore 

This was the opinion of both the attorney and the judge. 

This was the opinion of the attorney and the judge both. 

" God hath made that same Jesus both Lord and Christ." 

It would be well for your clerks to understand both French 
and German. 

We need both the physician's and the surgeon's advice. 

Or and nor ; Either or ; neither nor. 

A general principle. 
Two or more nouns or pronouns, or a single noun and pro- 
noun or more in the singular number, connected by or or nor, 
are equivalent in construction to a noun or a pronoun in the 
singular number ; and concordant words in the same sentence 
agree with them individually : in a sentence immediately fol- 
lowing, the words may be represented individually in the singu- 
lar number, or jointly in the plural. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Either Charles or William must work in the garden. 

Neither Jane nOr Susan has gone to church. Neither of 
them was able to go. 

Francis or Emeline should become a teacher. They are 
both competent to teach. 

Either the boy or the man can harness the horses. They 
have nothing else to do. 

No man or woman of spirit would submit to such indignities. 

Either this lad or that youth did the mischief. They were 
both on the spot at the time. 

Either his courage or his credit has failed. They have both 
been on the wane for some time. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 223 

" Neither the intellect nor the heart can be driven." 

Neither Joseph nor Benjamin was a son of Leah. They 
were the sons of Rachel. 

I shall study neither law nor medicine. 

This young- scholar will be neither a divine nor a physi- 
cian. 

I hope to learn French or German. 

I have not time to study either Spanish or Italian. 

This was not the opinion of either the judge or the jury. 

This temperate youth could be persuaded to drink neither 
wine nor ale. 

This doctrine was not countenanced by Martin Luther or 
John Calvin. 

Neither the president nor the senate would approve such an 
item in the treaty. 

The executor regarded neither John's nor Mary's rights. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

Either Charles or William must work in the garden. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

Either is a pronominal correspondive conjunction. As a 
pronoun, it is masculine gender, singular number, third person, 
nominative case, and is in apposition with Charles and Wil- 
liam. Rule. — A noun or a pronoun added to an other noun or 
pronoun by way of explanation or emphasis, is in the same 
case by apposition. As a conjunction, it corresponds with or. 

Must work is a regular, intransitive verb, potential mode, 
present tense, singular number, third person, and agrees with 
Charles or William. Rule. — The verb must agree with its 
nominative case in number and person. 

Logical synthesis. 

Either Charles or William must work — Intransitive, predi- 
cation. 

In the garden — Prepositional phrase. 



224 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Or and nor connecting nominatives of different 

NUMBERS AND PERSONS. 

When two or more nominatives of different numbers or per- 
sons are connected by or or nor, the verb must agree with that 
placed next to it, unless an other nominative is manifestly the 
leading- term. When convenient or practicable, the plural 
nominative should be placed next to the verb. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Either I or the clerk has committed this blunder. We must 
have been very careless. 

Neither I nor my son is in fault in this matter. 

He or thou art the author of this mischief. 

Either you or he is to be the representative of this county. 

John, Mary, or I, am to spend the winter in Washington and 
Baltimore. 

Neither he nor you were justly treated. 

John, Harriet, or you, are to go to the academy. 

You, John, or Harriet, is to go to the academy. 

My cousin or I shall obtain the premium at our examination. 

My father or I am to go to Washington, to obtain a patent 
for his new machine. 

Neither I nor my sister was invited to the party. We were 
not anxious to be there. 

Neither the captain nor the sailors were lost in this dis- 
astrous shipwreck. 

Were the passengers or the driver injured by this accident? 

The general himself or two subordinate officers are to in- 
spect our regiment in a few days. 

Neither the president nor his supporters can adduce satis- 
factory reasons for so many removals from office. 

Neither their destination nor their numbers were known. 

" Neither riches nor fame renders a man happy." 

Were the clerks or the merchant himself guilty of wronging 
this simple countryman'? 



THE CONJUNCTION. 225 

And, or, nor, and as well as, connecting nouns accom- 
panied BY A PREPOSITIONAL PHRASE OR 
AN INSENTENSIC PREDICATE. 
SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

A merchant from Virginia, and a lawyer from Massachusetts, 
falling in company, began a conversation on politics. 

A gentleman on horseback, and a lady and several children 
in a carriage, have just rode up to the hotel. 

" Diligence is the parent of science, and the dispenser of 
excellence." 

Caution in buying goods, and promptitude in paying for them, 
are commendable traits in a country merchant. 

A politician without popularity, a lawyer without clients, a 
physician without patients, and an author without patronage, 
may each be in a deplorable condition. 

" Take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the spirit." 

" Apply thy heart unto instruction, and thine ears unto the 
words of knowledge." 

God made the sun to shine by day, and the moon to give 
light by night. 

The governor, and several members of the legislature, are 
said to be in secret conclave, in the council chamber. 

We saw, at the party, some beautiful ladies, and several 
gentlemen of fine appearance. 

In our excursion, we shall need fishing tackle, and a bag to 
hold fish. 

This prodigy of learning, this scholar, critic, and antiquary, 
was entirely destitute of good breeding and civility. 

Every leaf, every twig, and every drop of water, teems with 
life. 

Sterling integrity, as well as a profound knowledge of law, 
is indispensable in a judge of the supreme court. 

God created the beasts of the field, the fowls of the air, and 
the fishes of the sea, as well as every creeping thing. 

Get a quarter of lamb, or a pair of fowls. 
10* 



226 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. . 



.The house and lot in the village, or the farm, ought to be 
sold. 

John O'Neil, as well as several other farmers in his neigh- 
borhood, is about to emigrate to America. They have already 
made their arrangements to go. 

Neither inclination to favor, nor ability to assist, is wanting 
in my friend. 

I could procure for dinner neither a round of beef, nor a leg 
of mutton. Beef and mutton must have been scarce in the 
market. 

A yoke of oxen, or a pair of horses, is indispensable in cul- 
tivating even a small farm. 

The proper cultivation of his plantation, and not the culti- 
vation of his own faculties, was the chief object of his care. 
They both needed improvement. 

The friends of the unfortunate man, or the governor, has 
offered a reward for the apprehension of the villain. 

The teacher permitted the girls to read, and the boys to 
declaim. 

COLLECTIVE NOUNS. 

Two general principles. 

1. A collective noun in the singular number, so combined 
with other words that the objects composing the collection are 
referred to collectively, is equivalent in construction to a com- 
mon noun in a singular number, and concordant words agree 
with it in the singular number. 

2. A collective noun in the singular number, so combined 
with other words that the objects composing the collection are 
referred to individually, is equivalent in construction to a com- 
mon noun in a plural number, and concordant words agree with 
it in the plural number. 

Obs. It is sometimes difficult to determine whether the collective 
noun should be taken individually or collectively. In such cases the 
singular or the plural use of the concordant word or words gives a 
singular or a plural turn to the noun. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 227 



SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 



The mob is composed of fellows of the baser sort. 

The mob were alarmed at the assault of the soldiers. 

Some people have no opinion of their own. 

The multitude is very great. 

The multitude are in want of food. Send them away to get 
victuals. 

The crew of the vessel was a very good one. 

The crew were invited into the cabin, to hear preaching. 

The regiment consists of a thousand men. 

" My people are foolish ; they have not known me." 

The British parliament is composed of the house of lords, 
and the house of commons. 

The American congress consists of a senate and a house of 
representatives. 

The senate were divided in their opinions. 

Never was any other nation so much disturbed by factions. 

"The noble army of martyrs praise thee." 

" The holy church, throughout all the world, doth acknowl- 
edge thee." 

The church has no right to inflict corporal punishments. 

The jury have not yet agreed in a decision. 

This powerful party is divided into many factions. 

The public have been warned against taking these notes. 

A part of the ship's cargo was preserved by an other vessel. 

All the world are spectators of your conduct. 

In France, the peasantry commonly go barefoot. 

The army has been defeated with great slaughter. 

There is a flock of wild geese. One of their number con- 
ducts the rest on their journey. 

The public have been duly notified of the meeting to be 
held, at the Tabernacle, on Thursday evening. 

The community have not, thus far, acted harmoniously. 
Several of the leading members are obstinate in pushing for- 
ward favorite measures of their own. 



228 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

And, or, nor, and as ivell as, connecting adjectives. 

RULE OF SYNTAX. 

And, or, nor, and as well as, connect similar parts of 
speech. * 

And. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Industrious and economical persons are likely to obtain a 
competence. 

Kind and generous men will be esteemed. 

We should venerate wise and good men. 

He prudently avoided idle and vicious persons. 

The butcher has some good and some indifferent beef. 

This farmer and grazier owns two large and three small 
farms. 

We will sing the first and second verses of the nineteenth 
psalm. 

You must buy five or six oranges for the children. 

This loafer is idle and miserably poor. 

" I am a plain, blunt man." 

Alfred was a brave, wise, and virtuous prince. 

Truth is fair and artless, simple and sincere, uniform and 
consistent. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

Industrious and economical persons are likely to obtain 
a competence. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
And is an additive conjunction, and connects industrious and 
economical. Rule. — And, or, nor, and as well as, connect simi- 
lar parts of speech. 

Logical synthesis. 
Industrious and economical persons are likely — Intransitive 
post-adjective predication. 

To obtain a competence — Transitive infinitive predicate. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 229 

Our clergyman is a good and faithful preacher. 

A being, infinitely wise and good, will not unnecessarily afflict 
his creatures. 

We arrived at our homes, wet, weary, and hungry. 

Having become old and infirm, they determined .to reside 
with a son or a daughter. 

The youth escaped many snares by avoiding dissipated and 
vicious company. 

This diligent and abstemious student determined to become 
le.arned and honorable. 

Revenge is the luxury of a weak and pitiful mind. 

The laborer is sick, and not indolent. 

The pleurisy is a severe, and also a dangerous disease. 

This merchant is solvent, and perhaps rich. 

The conduct of this man appears to be evil, and only evil. 

This benevolent man labors to be useful, and not wealthy. 

" Liberal, not lavish, is kind nature's hand." 

As well as. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Our representative in congress is honest, as well as able. 

The apprentice being vicious, as well as idle, was sent home 
to his parents. 

The president's cabinet is able, as well as harmonious. 

Boys should endeavor to become good, as well as wise men. 

A preacher of the gospel might well aim to be sympathetic, 
as well as elegant and argumentative. A cold, didactic man- 
ner is am imposition on the sympathetic nature of man. 
Both — and ; or and nor. Either — or ; neither — nor. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The stranger is both lame and blind. 

The stranger is lame and blind both. 

The stranger is either lame or blind. 

The stranger is neither lame nor blind. 

The style of this author is both correct and beautiful. 

The style of this author is neither correct nor beautiful. 



230 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

A man neither lame nor blind, old nor decrepit, sits begging 
by the wayside. 

A man both lame and blind, old and decrepit, sits begging by 
the wayside. 

The class being neither studious nor orderly, made but little 
improvement. 

My class deserves praise for being both studious and orderly. 

And, or, nor, and as well as, connecting adjectives, one 

OR MORE OF WHICH IS ACCOMPANIED BY A PREPOSITIONAL 

PHRASE OR AN INSENTENSIC PREDICATE. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Men are wicked by nature, and corrupt in practice. 

This railroad is convenient to the public, and profitable to 
the stockholders. 

Your horse is beautiful in form and color, as well as fast and 
easy in his gaits. 

Our physician is easy in his manners, as well as skilful in 
his profession. 

The professor is indefatigable in teaching, and likewise strict 
in discipline. 

This officer was wise and prudent in council, as well as 
brave and skilful in action. 

This officer was neither wise and prudent in council, nor 
brave and skilful in action. 

The apples are large and fair, as well as excellent in flavor. 

This speculator was prudent in buying property, and lucky 
in selling it. 

My agent is diligent in collecting moneys, and prompt in 
paying them over. 

Refined persons are pleasant and agreeable at home, and 
affable in company. 

Logical synthesis. 

Men are wicked and corrupt — Intransitive post-adjective 
predication. 
By nature — In practice — Prepositional phrases. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 231 

Our pastor being deficient in literature, and dull in his man- 
ner of preaching, is not acceptable to the congregation. 

To censorious persons, strangers are generally ugly or in- 
significant in aspect, or uncouth or haughty in manner. 

And, or, nor, and as well as, connecting verbs. 

RULE OF SYNTAX. 

And, or, nor, and as well as, connect similar parts of 
speech. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

William can write and cipher. 
The lad can hop, skip, and jump. 
Jesse caught and saddled the pony. 
Will you read and spell your lesson ? 
I can spell and read, write and cipher. 
This broker buys and sells bank notes, as well as coin. 
The patient rests and sleeps quietly. 
How the ship rises and sinks with the waves ! 
The fat man puffed and blowed like a porpoise. 
We can walk and ride by turns. 
You can go and come at pleasure. 
The lady plays and sings with taste. 
Hope cheers and animates the heart. 
Enterprising men encounter and surmount difficulties. 
The tide ebbs and flows at regular periods. 
We fear and tremble for their safety. 
The company is armed and equipped for active service. 
Animals grow and fatten by good feeding. 
The plot was discovered and disclosed. 
The pupil of the eye dilates and contracts under the influ- 
ence of various degrees of light. 
The clouds thicken and lower. 
William can read and write, as well as cipher. 

Logical synthesis. 
William can write and cypher — Intransitive predication. 



232 HAZELS ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

William can both write and cipher. 

You can walk or ride. 

I shall neither walk nor ride. I can not go. 

Your horse can both pace and rack. 

The lad neither equivocates nor evades. 

I must either buy or borrow a plough. 

The finder neither deserved nor obtained a reward. 

This gentleman neither edits nor publishes a paper. 

You must either reject or admit these principles. 

I neither reject nor admit these principles. I view them 
with indifference. 

This independent student neither expected nor desired assist- 
ance from friends. 

Children should both reverence and obey their parents. 

The senator either proposed or advocated the measure. 

You have neither learned nor recited a lesson to-day. 

I have both learned and recited a lesson to-day. 

A?id, or, nor, and as well as, connecting adverbs. 

RULE OF SYNTAX. 

And, or, nor, and as well as, connect similar parts of 
speech. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The yacht sails beautifully and rapidly. 

Your horse moves easily and gracefully. 

Your work shall be well and expeditiously done. 

Having diligently and carefully examined the subject, my 
opinion in regard to it will be likely to remain unchanged. 

The heat became more and more intense. 

My daughter has been long and dangerously ill. 

The insects moved up and down, hither and thither. 

Having slowly and cautiously approached the flower, he 
placed his hat over the butterfly. 

Logical synthesis. 

The yacht sails beautifully and rapidly — Intransitive predi- 
cation. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 233 

We can accomplish the work by laboring diligently and per- 
severingly. 

Drive the horses moderately and carefully, and not so dash- 
ingly. 

The surgeon performed the operation dexterously, as well as 
skilfully. 

Will the journal be published weekly or semi- weekly ? 

The journal will be published both weekly and semi-weekly. 

The printing was neither neatly nor expeditiously done. 

The payments may be made annually or semi-annually. 

The doctrine is deleterious, viewed either religiously or 
morally. 
And, or, nor, and as well as, connecting prepositions. 

RULE OF SYNTAX. 

And, or, nor, and as well as, connect similar parts of 
speech. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

This subject was fully discussed in and about Boston. 

That youth can swim under, as well as upon, the water. 

Over and above these claims, I hold a note against him, 
amounting to five hundred dollars. 

The senator advanced an argument for, and not against, the 
measure. 

Many persons in and also out of the church, hold these 
erroneous opinions. 

Many persons in and likewise out of the church, hold these 
erroneous opinions. 

Many persons in and out of the church too, hold these erro- 
neous opinions. 

Few persons either in or out of the church hold these erro- 
neous opinions. 

The goods will be sold at or below the regular price. 

They left the city on or about the 15th of August. 
Logical synthesis. 

In and about Boston — Prepositional phrase. 



234 HAZEn's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

My friend resides neither at nor below Annapolis. 
The water is deep both above and below the rapids. 

And, or, nor, and as well as, connecting sentensic 

PREDICATES. 

SYNTHETIC examples. 

Charles reads well, and writes legibly. 

Charles reads well, and writes a good hand. 

Andrew ploughed the field, as well as sowed the grain. 

I ploughed the field yesterday, and will sow the grain to-day. 

We should do justly, love mercy, and walk humbly with God. 

The farmer prepares his ground, and plants his corn in the 
spring, and harvests the crop in the fall.- 

This gentleman sold his farm, and purchased real estate in 
the city. 

This merchant resides in New Jersey, and carries on busi- 
ness in New York. 

Our professors love learning, and infuse the love of learning 
into their pupils. 

I will write a letter immediately, and dispatch it to my 
friend. 

I saw one man driving cattle, and heard an other calling 
hogs. 

We may sympathize with persons in distress, and rejoice 
with them in prosperity. 

The family must rent a farm, or remove to a new country. 

The poor fellow could neither pay the fine, nor give security 
for its payment. 

We will either ride to the city, or walk to the village. 

Logical synthesis. 

Charles reads ivell, and writes legibly — Intransitive predi- 
cation. 

Charles reads well, and writes a good hand — Intransitive 
and transitive predication. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 235 

And, or, nor, and as well as, connecting- 
prepositional PHRASES. 

RULE OF SYNTAX. 

And, or, nor, and as well as, connect similar structures. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

This station is above my reach and beyond my deserts. 

The goods will be sold below the regular price and, it may 
be, at considerable sacrifice. 

I saw this man at the church, at the hotel, and at the theatre. 

We were confounded by his volubility, and not by his strong 
reasons. 

The witness saw the prisoner at the grocery, and also at 
the market. 

Candles are made of tallow and spermaceti, and likewise 
of beeswax. 

In him, and in him only, we have life. 

You can repose confidence in John, and in Charles too. 

From this measure, benefits will accrue to the merchant, 
and perhaps to the manufacturer. 

Facts may be transmitted by tradition, as well as by history. 

The lad is fond of books, as well as of sport. 

" Unto us was the gospel preached, as well as unto them." 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

This station is above my reach and beyond my deserts. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
And is an additive conjunction, and connects Above my reach 
and Beyond my deserts. Rule. — And, or, nor, and as well as 
connect similar structures. 

Logical synthesis. 
This station is — Intransitive predication. 
Above my reach — Prepositional phrase. 
And — Additive conjunction. 
Beyond my deserts — Prepositional phrase. 



236 



HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



In this work, the language is discussed both by parts of speech 
and by structures. 

I shall make my journey by stage or on horseback. 

This merchant will purchase goods neither in New York nor 
in Boston. 

We were charmed with the beauty of the country, and with 
the music of the birds. 

The lady will accomplish the journey in company with her 
brother, or under the protection of a trusty friend. 

My son is unwilling to pursue his studies either at this acad- 
emy, or at any other school deficient in good government. 

" I am a debtor both to the Greeks and to the Barbarians, 
both to the wise and to the unwise." 

And, or, nor, and as well as, connecting adverbs 

AND PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES. 
RULE OF SYNTAX. 

And, or, nor, and as well as, connect adverbs and 
prepositional phrases. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The community are laboring industriously and in commenda- 
ble harmony. 

The preacher spoke eloquently and with apparent sincerity. 

Proceed on your way circumspectly and with careful step. 

The bill was carried through the several formalities of legis- 
lation deliberately, and not with unbecoming haste. 

A speaker should utter words distinctly, and likewise with 
correct quantity and proper intonation. 

The merchant sold his stock of goods readily, and perhaps 
to responsible customers. 

Logical synthesis. 
The community are laboring industriously — Intransitive 
predication. 

And — Additive conjunction. 

In commendable harmony — Prepositional phrase. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 237 

The travelers will spend some time here, as well as at Sara- 
toga Springs. 

This author composes correctly, as well as with surprising 
facility. 

The result of the contest is uncertain both here and in 
some other states. 

I will meet you there or on 'Change. 

The job was not executed properly, nor within the time 
specified in the contract. 

And, or, no?', and as well as, connecting participial 

PREDICATES. 
RULE OF SYNTAX. 

And, or, nor, and as ivell as, connect similar structures. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

I heard a lady crying and lamenting. 

The lads came along hopping, skipping, and jumping. 

Praising and rejoicing, they spent the day. 

This gentleman having settled his affairs and visited his 
aged parents, left his country for a distant clime. 

The oxen being fully grown, and being well broken, ought 
to command a high price. 

Having been faithful, and being innately righteous, they 
stand accepted. 

I have seen this sprig of the aristocracy carousing with low 
associates, as well as playing at billiards with men of high 
standing. 

In that day, carnally minded men will be found scheming 
for transitory good, and not looking for the kingdom come. 

Being a good mechanic, and being also a skilful manager, 
he can hardly fail to accumulate property. 

The horse being beautiful in form and color, and being like- 
wise remarkable for fast trotting, was sold, in Boston, for a 
great price. 

A boy rambling in the meadow in search of wild flowers, 



■i 



238 HAZEn's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

and perhaps humming a tune with a merry heart, trod on a 
serpent concealed in the grass. 

My son being skilful in husbandry, and being likewise in- 
dustrious and economical, you need not fear to sell him a tract 
of land on credit. 

Having a good intellect, and being also studious and regular 
in his habits, he is certain to become a respectable scholar. 

Having paid the debt or secured its payment, he was releas- 
ed from durance. 

This preacher's converts appear to be indifferent Christians, 
neither seeking good ardently, nor avoiding evil carefully. 

And, or, nor, and as well as, connecting gerundive 

PREDICATES, AND NOUNS AND GERUNDIVE 

PREDICATES. 

RULES OF SYNTAX. 

And, or, nor, and as well as, connect similar structures. 
And, or nor and as well as, connect nouns and gerun- 
dive predicates. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Walking and riding are healthful exercises. 

Sleeping too much and working too little are faults of per- 
sons called indolent. 

Praying sincerely and swearing profanely cannot be praticed 
by the same individual. 

Preaching the gospel and practicing law are thought, by 
some, to be incompatible employments. 

The one's being taken and the other's being left will arise 
from the difference in the moral conditions of the two. 

His being sick and his being friendless originated alike from 
dissipated habits. 

His being a farmer and my being a physician need not pre- 
vent our mutual friendship. 

Close thinking, as well as much reading, is necessary in 
searching for religious truth. 



CONSTRUCTIVE EQUIVALENTS. 239 

The law of God forbids lying and profane swearing, as well 
as bearing false witness, and disobedience to parents. 

Exposure to rain, and sleeping in damp sheets, were the 
causes of my indisposition. 

The traveler was careful to avoid getting wet, and sleeping 
in damp sheets. 

Reading, and not spelling, is our next exercise. 

Shall fishing or hunting be the order of the day 1 

Neither editing a paper nor practicing surgery is adapted 
to a man of timid heart. 

Exposure to rain, or sleeping in damp sheets, was the cause 
of my indisposition. 

Neither exposure to rain, nor sleeping in damp sheets, was 
the cause of my indisposition. 

And, or, nor, and as well as, connecting prepo- 
sitional GERUNDIVE PREDICATES. 

RULE OF SYNTAX. 

And, or, nor, and as well as, connect similar structures. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

These savages live by fishing and by hunting beaver. 

The students were admonished for going so far from the 
academy, and for making too much noise. 

During our voyage, we whiled away our time in reading, in 
writing a journal, and in studying navigation. 

The old gentleman amused the children by recounting his 
adventures, as well as by telling stories. 

This young man took delight in being odd and in teasing 
his companions. 

The lads gained access to the garden without being injured 
by accident, and without being seen by the gardener. 

This young scholar recoiled from becoming a physician, and 
especially from becoming a surgeon. 

My friend gained his estate neither by grinding the faces of 
the poor, nor by dealing in contraband goods. 



240 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

I can raise the proposed amount by selling a farm or by 
mortgaging some city property. 

Some persons expect to gain the favor of God by observing 
external ordinances, and not chiefly by heartily obeying his 
commandments. 

The hands may spend the day either in making fence or in 
planting potatoes. 

And, or, nor, and as well as, connecting prepo- 
sitional PHRASES AND PREPOSITIONAL 
GERUNDIVE PREDICATES. 

RULE OF SYNTAX. 

And, or, nor, and as well as, connect prepositional 
phrases and prepositional gerundive predicates. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The pupil was punished for idleness and for whispering. 

This broker accumulated a large fortune by shaving notes 
and by speculation. 

The emperor traveled through his dominions without a guard, 
and without being recognized by any of his subjects. 

Our teacher is censurable for being late at school, and for 
negligence in dress. 

The bishop cautioned the preachers against being slack in 
administering the discipline, as well as against negligence in 
preparing their sermons. 

The culprit was condemned both for theft, and for being con- 
cerned in a rebellion. 

A clerk deserves to be discharged from employment for 
habitual inattention to business, or for being impudent to cus- 
tomers. 

This excellent youth fvas never censured at school for vio- 
lating a rule, nor for negligence in study. 

This politician has gained his reputation neither by courting 
popular favor, nor by dishonorable submission to men in 
authority. 



THE CONJUNCTION, 241 

And, or, no?', and as well as, connecting infinitive 

PREDICATES. 
RULE OF SYNTAX. 

And, or, nor, and as tvell as, connect similar structures. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Charles is able to read, write, and cipher. 

I have determined to sell my farm, and purchase a steam- 
boat. 

The teacher, at length, induced his refractory pupil to sub- 
mit to the discipline of the school, and to attend to his studies. 

For so gross a violation of order, the student ought to be 
reprimanded by the president, and be expelled from the insti- 
tution. 

Will you be so good as to be silent, and hear me read a 
chapter? 

The Lord Jesus Christ commanded his disciples to tarry at 
Jerusalem, and wait for the promise of the Father. 

The young man resolved to acquire knowledge, and to be- 
come a useful citizen. 

The stranger was impelled by hunger to call at a farmhouse, 
and beg for something to eat. 

The youth has come to work, and not to play. 

Benevolent persons visit the poor, to aid them in distress, 
and also to condole with them in their bereavements. 

The villagers went to the donation party, to enjoy a social 
meeting, as well as to aid the clergyman. 

" Thou art worthy to take the book, and to open the seals 
thereof." 

I am unable to walk to the village, or to ride to the city. 

The young man has no decision. He cannot make up his 
mind to advance nor to retreat. 

To go and come would occupy two days. 

It would occupy two days to go and come. 

To see the falls, and not to partake of a dinner at the hotel, 
is the object of my excursion. 



242 HAZESTS ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

To love God, and to do good to men, are the leading pur- 
poses of every Christian. 

To purchase a tolerable farm, or to build a comfortable house, 
requires a considerable amount of money. 

To write a good hand, to spell well, and to construct sen- 
tences accurately, should be the aim of every student. 

To teach young pupils skilfully, and to govern them judicious- 
ly, is a difficult task. 

To do good, and to eschew evil, should be the endeavor of 
every moral agent. 

Obs. General usage sanctions the use of aim, task, and endeavor in 
the singular number, when applied as in the last three examples. 
The verb agrees in number and person, not with the united nomina- 
tive which precedes, but with the nominative after it. 

And, or, nor, neither, else, and otherwise, connecting 

PREDICATIONS. 
RULE OF SYNTAX. 

And, or, nor, neither, else, and otherwise, connect pred- 
ications. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

" Praise waiteth for thee, O God, in Zion, and unto thee shall 

the vow be performed.' 1 

" Purge me with hyssop, and I shall be clean." 

" The heavens declare the glory of God ; and the firmament 

showeth his handiwork." 
" O Lord my God, I cried unto thee, and thou hast healed me.' 
" Deliver me out of the mire, and let me not sink." 
" Thy kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and thy dominion 

endureth throughout all generations." 

His sentiments are sublime, and his words are beautiful. 
"Young heads are giddy, and young hearts are warm." 
We must study diligently ; or we shall disappoint our parents 

in their reasonable expectations. 

The ladies would not drink wine ; nor would the gentlemen 

drink brandy. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 243 

" Let not your heart be troubled ; neither let it be afraid." 

" Our heart is not turned back ; neither have our steps de- 
clined from the way." 

" Be not thou envious against evil men ; neither desire to 
be with them." 

I must have my father's consent ; else we cannot proceed. 

" Repent ; or else I will come quickly, and will fight against 
them with the sword of my mouth." 

I have not the means ; otherwise I would assist you. 

Obs. Neither is used for nor, and else and othenvise for or, or in con- 
junction with or, in connecting predications. 

THE ALTERNATIVE CORRESPONDIVE CONJUNCTION whether. 

The alternative correspondive conjuntion whether ex- 
presses an alternative of whatever may be connected by 
or, with which it corresponds. 

RULES OF SYNTAX. 

Whether connects predications. 

Whether connects insentensic predicates and predi- 
cations. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

I cannot tell whether I shall go or not. 

Whether I shall remove to the western country, or remain 
permanently in my native state, I have not yet determined. 

I do not know whether the soil is adapted to grain or to 
grass. 

The students have not been able to determine whether their 
new professor is strict or slack in discipline. 

I hope to learn soon whether I am to complete my classical 
studies, or go into business. 

The lad burned his fingers, in determining whether the iron 
was hot or cold. 

Not being certain whether he should take the left or the 
right hand road, he went to a farmhouse near by to inquire. 



244 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Further, furthermore* moreover, also, likewise, besides, 
again, and more, connecting predications, or 

CONTINUING THE SUBJECT. 

These, conjunctions, except more, are used with or without 
and, to connect predications, or to continue the subject. And 
is also used simply to continue a subject. 

RULE OF SYNTAX. 

Further, furthermore, moreover, also, likewise, besides, 
and again, connect predications, or continue the subject. 

Obs. Also, likewise, and too, have already been illustrated under 
preceding heads, in their application with and to the parts of speech, 
and to the several classes of predicates. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

I shall proceed, further, to advance a few reasons in support 
of this view of the subject. 

And further, let us consider the probable event. 

" Furthermore, we have had fathers of the flesh, and we 
gave them reverence." 

He agreed positively to purchase my farm ; and further- 
more, he bargained for my stock and surplus produce. 

" Moreover, the word of the Lord came to Jeremiah." 

" The judgments of the Lord are true and righteous alto- 
gether ; moreover, by them is thy servant warned." 

" Moreover, he sprinkled likewise with blood both the tab- 
ernacle, and all the vessels of the sanctuary." 

" And God made two great lights ; the greater light to rule 
the day, and the lesser light to rule the night : he made the 
stars also." 

" Wise men die ; likewise the fool and the brutish man 
perish." 

Besides, the demand is unjust ; and more, you know it to 
be so. 

Besides, you do not know the fate of your friend. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 245 

I have not visited my native country for twenty years ; be- 
sides, I never expect to see it again. 

" And again, I will put my trust in him." 
" Again, he limiteth a certain day." 

THE ADDITIVE CONJUNCTION that. 

That is an adjective pronoun, when used simply to point out 
a noun, or to represent a noun or a pronoun. When that is 
used to represent a part of a sentence that follows, and at the 
same time serves as a connective, it is a pronominal additive 
conjunction, and bears syntactical relations accordingly. 

RULES OF SYNTAX. 

That connects predications. 

That connects insentensic predicates and predications. 

That connects prepositional phrases and predications. 

Obs. That is sometimes omitted in composition ; but, in nearly all 
cases, it is better to express it. 

That CONNECTING PREDICATIONS. 
SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

I go to school, that I may acquire an education. 

I stopped a moment, that my brother might tie my shoestring. 

I hate deception so heartily, that I cannot respect a decep- 
tious person. 

My friend has met with such success in several speculations, 
that he has determined to risk his whole fortune on a new ad- 
venture. 

That we may please God s and respect ourselves, we should 
do right. 

That we may not want bread in old age, we should be in- 
dustrious and economical in the prime of life. 

We should be industrious and economical in the prime of 
life, that we may not want bread in old age. 

Some of my pupils are so inconsiderate, that they will not 
study. 



246 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

" No man was so poor that he could not make restitution." 

The difference is such that you need not fail to perceive it. 

" So run that ye may obtain." 

" My son, be wise, and make my heart glad, that I may an- 
swer him that reproacheth me." 

The teachers hoped that their pupils would bear a thorough 
examination. 

The young gentleman feared that you were displeased at his 
remarks. 

The chairman of the committee said that the report would 
soon be ready. 

" Master, we know that thou art true, and teachest the way 
of God in truth ; neither carest thou for any man." 

" And Abraham said unto God, ' O that Ishmael might live 
before thee !' " 

Obs. In the last sentence, I pray thee, is understood after 0. 

That CONNECTING INSENTENSIC PREDICATES AND 

PREDICATIONS. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Having formed the opinion that a particular course of con- 
duct is wrong, we should not be induced to pursue it. 

The captain fearing that a storm was approaching, took in 
sail, that he might be prepared for the worst. 

My son being so sick that we could not pursue our journey, 
we turned aside to a farmhouse. 

This broker being such a sharper that we cannot safely deal 
with him, we shall do well by shunning his office. 

His being obsequious that he might gain the favor of his 
superior officers, excited their contempt. 

The preacher cautioned his hearers against complaining that 
the dispensations of Providence are too severe. 

The youth was encouraged to read good books,that he might 
acquire knowledge, and fortify his morals against evil example. 

The president having declared that he would serve but one 
term, declined being a candidate for re-election. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 247 

This unfortunate man was sustained in his afflictions, by be- 
lieving that happiness awaited him in a future state. 

We have reason to fear that some disaster has befallen the 
travelers. 

That CONNECTING PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES AND 

PREDICATIONS. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

We submit philosophically to present adversity, in the hope 
that better circumstances await us. 

The Jews were rendered more observant of hospitality, by 
the circumstance that Abraham entertained angels unawares. 

The general left his family with a vague apprehension that 
he should never return. 

Many persons are deterred from attempting much in life, by 
the fear that they may fail of success. 

4. THE ADVERSITIVE CONJUNCTIONS. 

An adversitive conjunction is used to introduce a senti- 
ment, a fact, or a word, in opposition to what has pre- 
ceded. The words of this class are, 

But, notwithstanding, howbeit, 

yet, still, yea, 

nevertheless, however, nay. 

Yet is sometimes used with and or nor, to continue a subject, 
or to connect predications, or similar parts of speech. 

RULE OF SYNTAX. 

Adversitive conjunctions connect predications, or con- 
tinue the subject. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

I will call ; but I cannnot stay to dine. 

I will call ; yet I cannot stay to dine. 

I will call ; nevertheless, I cannot stay to dine. 

I will call ; howbeit, I cannot stay to dine. 

I will call ; I can not, however, stay to dine. 



248 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

I am displeased with his treatment ; still I am unwilling to 
renounce his friendship. 

" Riches profit not in the day of wrath ; but righteousness 
delivereth from death." 

" All the brethren of the poor do hate him : how much more 
do his friends go far from him 1 he pursueth them with words ; 
yet they are wanting to him." 

The lad is ignorant ; nevertheless, he avoids instruction. 

I have hoed my garden several times ; notwithstanding, it is 
full of weeds. 

I traveled extensively in search of a place for a permanent 
residence ; I could not, however, light on a desirable spot. 

You have so high an opinion of your plantation, I fear that 
you will ask too much for it; I will, nevertheless, call and 
view it in a few days. 

The people were not pleased with the preacher ; they, not- 
withstanding, paid him the salary according to agreement. 

" Behold, 1 show you a mystery : ' We shall not all sleep ; 
but we shall all be changed.' " 

" Be not overcome of evil ; but overcome evil with good." 

" I am crucified with Christ : nevertheless I live ; yet not I, 
but Christ liveth in me." 

He requested an answer ; nay, he urged it. 

The robber asked me for my purse ; nay, he demanded it. 

" Therein do I rejoice ; yea, and therein will I rejoice." 

" And others had trial of cruel mockings and scourgings ; 
yea, moreover, of bonds and imprisonments." 

" A wise man is strong ; yea, a man of knowledge increas- 
eth strength." 

" Do we then make void the law through faith 1 God forbid ; 
yea, we establish the law." 

" Yea, young children despised me ; I arose, and they spake 
against me." 

" We may be playful, and yet innocent ; grave, and yet 
corrupt." 



THE CONJUNCTION. 249 

ADDITIONAL PRINCIPLES RELATING TO but. 

But is used alone or in conjunction with not, not only, not 
merely, even, also, or likewise, to connect similar parts of 
speech, nouns and gerundive predicates, prepositional phrases, 
prepositional phrases and prepositional gerundive predicates, 
similar insentensic predicates, and predications. 

RULES OF SYNTAX. 

But connects similar parts of speech. 
But connects nouns and gerundive predicates. 
But connects prepositional phrases. 
But connects adverbs and prepositional phrases. 
But connects prepositional phrases and prepositional 
gerundive predicates. 

But CONNECTING SIMILAR PARTS OF SPEECH. 
SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

My son, but not my daughter, has gone to France. 

Not my son, but my daughter has gone to France. 

We need a pair of horses, but not a yoke oxen. 

We need not only a pair of horses, but also a yoke of oxen. 

We need not merely a pair of horses, but also a yoke of 
oxen. 

Some physicians dislike the study, but not the practice, of 
medicine. 

Disliking not only the study, but the practice, of medicine, he 
relinquished the profession, and turned his attention to law and 
politics. 

He demanded not merely an adjustment of our accounts, but 
also immediate payment of the balance against me. 

Some diseases are severe, but not immediately dangerous. 

Some diseases are not only severe, but also dangerous. 

This stranger is ugly in person, but elegant in manners. 

This infamous traffic was deemed not only excusable, but 

even honorable. 

11* 



250 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Enterprising men not only encounter, but overcome, diffi- 
culties. 

The boat moves beautifully, but not rapidly. 
. The patient convalesces slowly, but surely. 

Many persons not only in, but also out of the church, hold 
these erroneous opinions. 

The water is deep not above, but below, the bridge. 

The water is deep not only above, but also below, the bridge. 

But CONNECTING PREPOSITIONAL STRUCTURES, AND 
ADVERBS AND PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

I saw this Spaniard not at the church, but at the theatre. 

I saw this Spaniard not only at the church, but also at the 
theatre. 

We can travel not only in the day, but also in the night. 

" Jesus answered and said, ' This voice came not because 
of me, but for your sakes.' '•' 

Having failed not only in business, but likewise in resolu- 
tion, he lost all interest in terrestrial affairs, and gave himself 
up to despair. 

He was a friend not in word merely, but also in deed. 

This is a question not of doctrine merely, but of morals also. 

The orator spoke not only eloquently, but also with com- 
mendable brevity. 

The preacher was censured not only for being slack in ad- 
ministering the discipline, but also for negligence in preparing 
for the pulpit. 

This company is engaged not only in trade, but likewise in 
manufacturing railroad iron. 

The prodigal son was received not only with kindness, but 
even with cordiality and joy. 

" And my speech and my preaching was not with enticing 
words of man's wisdom, but in demonstration of the Spirit and 
of power." 



THE CONJUNCTION. 251 

But CONNECTING SIMILAR INSENTENSIC PREDICATES, 

AND NOUNS AND GERUNDIVE PREDICATES. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The professor recommended not only much reading, but also 
close thinking. 

My companion in travel suggested not only taking notes, but 
likewise their preparation for the press. 

I have determined not only to sell my plantation, but also to 
remove to Texas. 

My father advised me not only to avoid bad associates, but 
also to consort with persons of high and noble aim. 

The rules of the society forbid not only the use of tobacco 
and alcoholic drinks, but gambling of every description. 

I have determined not only to go to Australia, but even to 
go immediately. 

The class determined not merely to avoid censure from the 
examining committee, but to command their highest encomiums. 

Obs. The participial predicates are not connected by but, inasmuch 
as two opposite conditions or actions, expressed in this form, can not 
be made to refer to the same person or thing. 

But CONNECTING PREDICATIONS. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

This benevolent man not only devised liberal plans for doing 
good ; but he also carried them into effect. 

That wicked man was not only indicted for arson by the 
grand jury ; but he was likewise proved to be guilty of the crime, 
in the subsequent trial. 

The bishop not only preaches evangelical doctrines, and a 
code of pure morals ; but he also lives in accordance with them. 

Our teacher not merely advises his pupils to be studious ; but 
he compels them to be so by severe tasking and exact reci- 
tation. 

My friend not only proffered aid ; but he even urged me to 
accept it. 



252 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

5. THE CAUSATIVE CONJUNCTIONS. 

A causative conjunction is used to introduce a predi- 
cation expressing a reason or a cause. The words of 
this class are, 

As, since inasmuch as, wherefore, 

because, for, forasmuch as, seeing that. 

RULES OF SYNTAX. 

Causative conjunctions connect predications, or con- 
tinue the subject. 

Because connects insentensic predicates and predi- 
cations. 

When predications are connected by that or by a causative, 
an adverbial, or a conditional conjunction, it is placed immedi- 
ately before the dependant predication, which may stand either 
as the former or the latter clause of the sentence. The con- 
junction connects the predications, whether it stands between 
them or before them both. 

CAUSATIVE CONJUNCTIONS CONNECTING PREDICATIONS. 
SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

We respect his opinions, as he is a wise and prudent man. 

As he is a wise and prudent man, we respect his opinions. 

We respect his opinions, because he is a wise and prudent 
man. 

Because he is a wise and prudent man, we respect his 
opinions. 

We respect his opinions, since he is a wise and prudent man. 

Since he is a wise and prudent man, we respect his opinions. 

We respect his opinions, inasmuch as he is a wise and pru- 
dent man. 

Inasmuch as he is a wise and prudent man, we respect his 
opinions. 

We respect his opinions ; for he is a wise and prudent man. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 253 

" Now faith is the substance of things hoped for, and the 
evidence of things not seen ; for by it the elders obtained a 
good report." 

" Pray for us ; for we trust we have a good conscience, in 
all things wishing to live honestly." 

" We love him, because he first loved us." 

Since you have come, you would do well to remain. 

" But this man, because he continueth ever, hath an un- 
changeable priesthood." 

" Because it is written, ' Be ye holy ; for I am holy.' " 

" Forasmuch then as Christ hath suffered for us in the flesh, 
arm yourselves likewise with the same mind." 

" Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your 
calling sure." 

" Wherefore I will not be negligent to put you always in re- 
membrance of these things." 

" Wherefore, beloved, seeing that ye look for such things, 
be diligent, that ye may be found of him in peace, without spot 
and blameless." 

" O give thanks unto the Lord ; for he is good : for his 
mercy endureth for ever." 

" But rejoice, inasmuch as ye are partakers of Christ's 
sufferings." 

Because connecting insentensic predicates 

AND PREDICATIONS. 
SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Having called at a gin-palace because an acquaintance urged 
him to stop, he took a little gin, because he was urged to do so. 

Paying one's debts because one can not help it, is no evidence 
of one's honesty. 

Doing good because one loves to do it, is a mark of innate 
benevolence. 

There is no pleasure in studying because one is compelled 
to study. 



254 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

6. THE INFERENTIAL CONJUNCTIONS. 

An Inferential conjunction is used to introduce a pred- 
ication expressing an inference. The words of this class 
are, 

Therefore, then, however, so. 

RULE OF SYNTAX. 

Inferential conjunctions connect predications, or con- 
tinue the subject. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Man is a sinner ; hence, he has need of a Saviour. 

Man is a sinner ; he has, therefore, need of a Saviour. 

You acknowledge that man is a sinner ; then, you must ad- 
mit that he has need of a Saviour. 

On the whole, I do not think that the measure is a good one ; 
hence, I cannot give it my sanction. 

On the whole, I do not think that the measure is a good one ; 
so, I cannot give it my sanction. 

The honest lawyer .said to his client, ' You admit that your 
cause is unjust ; then, why do you expect me to undertake it'?' 

I could not sell my tobacco for a good price last summer ; 
so, I kept it over. 

You know that alcohol will undermine your health, ruin 
your reputation, and beggar your family; why will you not, 
therefore, abandon its use 1 

Every human virtue should be cultivated with diligence : 
prudence is a human virtue ; therefore, prudence should be 
cultivated with diligence. 

" Therefore, leaving the principles of the doctrine of Christ, 
let us go on to perfection." 

" Seeing then that we have a great high priest, Jesus the 
Son of God, letTis hold fast our profession." 

" Wisdom is the principal thing ; therefore, get wisdom ; 
and with all thy gettings get understanding." 



THE CONJUNCTION. 255 

7. THE ADVERBIAL CONJUNCTIONS. 

Aii adverbial conjunction partakes of the nature of an 
adverb and a conjunction. As a conjunction, it connects 
structures, and as an adverb it qualifies the predicative 
words in the structures connected. The words of this 
class are, 

As, when, whence, 

before, whenever, whither, 

after, while, how, 

since, whilst, why, 

till, where, wherefore, 

until, wherever, whereby. 

After, before, when, till, or until, carries the mind back or 
forward to some point indicated by one of the members of the 
sentence. By their aid future time ma} r be expressed by a 
verb in the present tense; and prior-perfect time, by a verb in 
the indefinite perfect tense. 

RULES OF SYNTAX. 

Adverbs qualify verbs, participles, and gerundives. 

Adverbial conjunctions connect predications. 

Adverbial conjunctions connect insentensic predicates 
and predications. 

Adverbial conjunctions connect prepositional phrases 
and predications. 

Prepositional -phrases expressing time, place, or occasion, 
may be connected with predications by an adverbial conjunc- 
tion of like nature. In all such cases, however, the preposi- 
tional phrase combined with the conjunction, might appropri- 
ately be taken as the conjunction. A conjunction thus formed 
may connect predications, or insentensic predicates and predi- 
cations. If the prepositional phrase and the conjunction are 
thus taken together, the last rule of syntax is useless. 



256 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

ADVERBIAL CONJUNCTIONS CONNECTING PREDICATIONS. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

We had a fine prospect of the falls, as we were crossing the 
river below them. 

As we were crossing the river below the falls, we had a full 
view of them. 

As the queen was passing by, we had a full view of her 
person. 

Before I left England, I had some intimation of my father's 
purpose to remove to America. 

"Before we left this city, we purchased tickets for breakfast, 
to be had on the road after about two hours' ride. The agent 
sent forward 4>\ir several orders by telegraph ; and when we 
arrived, we found it filled to the letter. We were allowed 
twenty minutes for discussing the good things before us. 

After he had completed his collegiate course, he took charge 
of our academy, and commenced the study of divinity. 

After I came to this country, I began to hope for prosperity. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

We had a fine prospect of the falls, as we were crossing the 
river .below them. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
As is an adverbial conjunction. As an adverb, it qualifies 
had in the former predication, and were crossing in the latter. 
Rule. — Adverbs qualify verbs. As a conjunction, it connects 
predications. Rule. — Adverbial conjunctions connect predica- 
tions. 

Logical synthesis. 
We had a fine prospect — Transitive predication. 
Of the falls — Prepositional phrase. 
As — Adverbial conjunction. 

We were crossing the river — Transitive predication. 
Below them — Prepositional phrase. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 257 

These sections were added to the bill, after it had been re- 
ported to the house by the committee. 

" Now I tell you before it comes, that when it has come to 
pass, ye may believe that I am he." 

Since my son removed to that country, he has prospered 
beyond expectation. 

I have not seen an individual from my native state, since I 
left it. 

" All the days of my appointed time will I wait, till m^ 
change comes." 

" Verily, verily, I say unto thee, ' The cock shall not crow, 
till thou hast denied me thrice.' " 

" And he called his ten servants, and delivered them ten 
pounds, and said unto them, ' Occupy till I come.' " 

The Indians remained in ambush, until our little army came 
almost into their midst. 

" The sceptre shall not depart from Judah, until Shiloh 
comes." 

" In open prospect nothing bounds the eye, 
Until the earth seems joined unto the sky." 

" Where wast thou, when I laid the foundations of the 
earth ?" 

When he came, he made an apology for detaining us so long. 

I will mention this subject, when I write to him. 

" Her husband is known in the gates, when he sitteth among 
the elders of the land." 

"And they say unto her, 'Woman, why weepest thou?- 1 
She saith unto them, ' Because they have taken away my Lord, 
and I know not where they have laid him.' " 

" When I wake, I am still with thee." 

"I will sing praises unto my God, while I have any being." 

" She riseth also while it is yet night, and giveth meat to 
her household, and a portion to her maidens." 

While we study to gain knowledge, the mind improves in 
strength. 



258 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

" While ye have the light, believe in the light, that ye may 
be children of the light." 

Whilst the regiment was passing, we noticed the uniforms of 
each company. 

" Remember now thy creator in the days of thy youth, when 
the evil days come not, nor the years draw nigh, when thou 
shalt say, ' I have no pleasure in them.' " 

When he awoke in the morning, he could not tell where he 
was, until he recognized the servants. 

" And Abimelech said, ' Behold, my land is before thee, 
dwell where it pleaseth thee.' " 

This preacher is beloved wherever he travels. 

Wherever this epidemic prevails, it supersedes every other 
acute disease. 

" Whither I go ye know, and the way ye know." 

Have you learned whence the smoke proceeds 1 

How this farmer can pay his debts, his croaking neighbors 
can not imagine. 

Christian men learn from the revelation from God how they 
may please him, and attain to everlasting life. 

We can not imagine why he rejected so reasonable a propo- 
sition. 

Why Israel was rejected for a time, we may learn by con- 
sulting the writings of St. Paul. 

This ingenious mechanic made a valuable invention, and a 
kind friend furnished the means whereby a patent was secured. 

ADVERBIAL CONJUNCTIONS CONNECTING INSENTENSIC 

PREDICATES AND PREDICATIONS. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Having had a fine prospect of the falls as we were crossing 
the river below them, their aspect is still vivid in my recollec- 
tion. 

Improving the moments as they fly, is called taking time by 
the forelock. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 259 

In discharging all our obligations of duty as they rise, we 
live up to the dignity of human nature. 

We ought to improve the moments as they fly. 

Having arranged all my business before I left home, I can 
be absent for some time without anxiety. 

Calling upon people before they are up in the morning, is 
generally inexpedient. 

By eating melons before they are ripe, we incur some 
hazard. 

The practice of going to church after the service has com- 
menced, should be avoided. 

We were anxious to see certain friends' once more, before 
we left the country. 

My son having prospered in business since he went to that 
state, has acquired a considerable fortune. 

My father having waited for us till he could wait no longer, 
left us to. make the best of our way to the village alone. 

The savages having remained in ambush until our little army 
came almost into their midst, raised a hideous cry, and made 
on us a furious attack. 

My neighbor failed to make a good crop, through being sick 
until it was rather too late to sow and plant. 

The people having learned when the president would pass 
through the village, came in great numbers from the neighbor- 
ing country, to see him. 

Being displeased whenever this subject is mentioned, his 
friends forbear alluding to it even in the most distant manner. 

By attending to business while we are in the prime of life, 
we may secure a competence for old age. 

This gentleman was in the habit of visiting the places of 
public resort, while he remained in the city. 

The gentleman not being able to discover whence this ma- 
licious article proceeded, holds the editor responsible for its 
publication. 

"I know not whence ye are." 



260 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Abraham went out not knowing whither he went. 

Not knowing how he should conduct his affairs under these 
difficult circumstances, he applied to a friend for advice. 

We insisted upon his declaring why he entertained so un- 
favorable an opinion of this measure. 

The assembly was confused, the greater part not knowing 
wherefore they had come together. 

This young farmer was aiming to acquire the means where- 
by he might purchase a tract of land in some of the western 
states. 

To give the reasons why this course should be pursued, 
would occupy too much time. 

ADVERBIAL CONJUNCTIONS CONNECTING PREPOSITIONAL 
PHRASES AND PREDICATIONS. 
SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

On some occasion before we became particularly acquainted, 
I heard you say that you had practiced medicine. 

On some evening after you come, we will visit the museum. 

This great work was undertaken at a time when money 
could be borrowed in Europe. 

There is an eminent academy in the village where I reside. 

I am a proprietor in the office whence this paper is issued. 

It is probable that these people will return to the country 
whence they came. 

Residing in a neighborhood where religion was generally 
neglected, the family attended public worship in a village at 
an inconvenient distance. 

In all the places where I spoke on this subject, I frankly 
expressed my opinion. 

He was happy at having a prospect of that lovely land 
whither his steps were tending. 

" And behold, I am with thee, and will keep thee in all 
places whither thou goest, and will bring thee again into 
this land." 



THE CONJUNCTION. 261 

8. THE COMPARATIVE ADVERBIAL CONJUNCTIONS. 

A comparative adverbial conjunction partakes of the 
nature of an adverb and a conjunction, while it likewise 
expresses a comparison of actions, persons, or things. 
The conjunctions of this class are, 

As, as, so, than. 

As as, as, so, and so as, are used in pairs, the 

former word of each pair being a correspondive adverbial con- 
junction, corresponding with its fellow, and qualifying the ad- 
verb, the adjective, or the verb, falling between them. 

RULES OF SYNTAX. 

Adverbs qualify verbs, participles, and gerundives. 

Comparative adverbial conjunctions connect predi- 
cations. 

Comparative adverbial conjunctions connect insenten- 
sic predicates and predications. 

As, AS as, AS SO, AND SO as, CONNECTING 

PREDICATIONS. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

You must all do as I do. 
We will do as well as we can. 

When we can not do as we would, we must do as well as 
we can. 

We can easily obtain such specimens as these. 

I went to China, as supercargo. 

As a conjunction, it connects predications. 

The stranger offered himself, as a journeyman. 

I assume the statements, as facts. 

The young man served in our academy, as usher. 

Will God pardon such a sinner as 1 1 

" They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world." 



262 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

'' But there were false prophets also among- the people, even 
as there shall be false teachers among you." 

" Then I saw that wisdom excelleth folly, as far as light 
excelleth darkness." 

" As soon as they hear me, they will bless me." 

" I have rejoiced in the way of thy testimonies, as much as 
in all riches." 

" Hath the Lord as great delight in burnt-offerings and sac- 
rifices, as in obeying the voice of the Lord V." 

Philip is as tall as Henry or Augustus. 

A pupil may become as wise as his teacher 

My mother gave the poor blind boy as much as he. 

" Then said I in my heart, ' As it happeneth to a fool, so it 
happeneth even unto me.' " 

' And it shall be, as with the people, so with the priest ; as 
with the servant, so with the master." 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

When we can not do as we would, we must do as well as we can. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

As is a comparative adverbial conjunction. As an adverb 
it qualifies can do in the former predication, and would [do] in 
the latter. Rule. — Adverbs qualify verbs. As a conjunction 
it connects predications. Rule. — Comparative adverbial con- 
junctions connect predications. 

As is a correspondive adverbial conjunction. As a conjunc- 
tion, it corresponds with as. As an adverb, it qualifies well. 
Rule. — Adverbs qualify adverbs. 

Well is an adverb, and qualifies must do in the former predica- 
tion, and can [do] in the latter. Rule. — Adverbs qualify verbs. 

As is a comparative adverbial conjunction. As an adverb, 
it qualifies must do in the former predication, and can [do] in 
the latter. Rule. — Adverbs qualify verbs. As a conjunction, 
it connects predications. Rule. — Comparative adverbial con- 
junctions connect predications. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 263 

" As arrows are in the hand of a mighty man, so- are the 
children of the youth." 

" Thy shoes shall be iron and brass ; and as thy days, so 
shall thy strength be." 

''As the Father hath loved me, so have I loved you." 

" As the Father hath known me, even so know I the Father." 

" As thou hast sent me into the world, even so have I also 
sent them into the world." 

" As four are to eight, so are eight to sixteen." 

" As the heart panteth for the water brooks, so panteth my 
soul after thee, O God." 

" As far as the east is from the west, so far hath he removed 
our transgressions from us." 

" As the mountains are round about Jerusalem, so the Lord 
is round about his people from henceforth even for ever." 

John is not so studious as his brother. 

Hemlock is not so durable as pine. 

Logical synthesis. 
When — Adverbial conjunction. 
We can not do — Intransitive predication. 
As — Comparative adverbial conjunction. 
We would [do] — Intransitive predication. 
We must do as well — Intransitive predication. 
As — Comparative adverbial conjunction. 
We can [do] — Intransitive predication. 
We can easily obtain such specimens — Transitive predication. 
As — Comparative adverbial conjunction. 
These [are] — Intransitive predication. 
They will bless me as soon — Transitive predication. 
As — Comparative adverbial conjunction. 
They hear me — Transitive predication. 
I went — Intransitive predication. 
As — Comparative adverbial conjunction. 
Supercargo [goes] — Intransitive predication. 



264 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

As, as as, and so as, CONNECTING insentensic 

PREDICATES AND PREDICATIONS. 
SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Having done as all others had done in similar cases, he felt 
satisfied with his conduct. 

The captain having run his boat as long as the river was 
navigable, laid her up for the winter in safe quarters. 

He satisfied his conscience by doing as others had done in 
similar cases. 

John being as strong and hardy as his brother, can do as 
much work as he. 

This young man having become as learned as his old teacher, 
left his school, to obtain the instructions of a better scholar. 

" Yea, I think it meet, as long as I am in this tabernacle, 
to stir you up by putting you in remembrance ; knowing that 
shortly I must put off this tabernacle, even as our Lord Jesus 
Christ hath showed me." 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

Having done as all others had done in similar cases, he felt 
satisfied with his conduct. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
As is a comparative adverbial conjunction. As an adverb, 
it qualifies having done, and had done. Rule. — Adverbs quali- 
fy verbs and participles. As a conjunction, it connects the 
participial predicate and the predication. Rule. — Compara- 
tive adverbial conjunctions connect insentensic predicates and 
predications. f 

Logical synthesis. 
Having done — Intransitive participial predicate. 
As — Comparative adverbial conjunction. 
All others had done — Intransitive predication. 
He felt satisfied — Intransitive post-adjective predication. 
With his conduct — Prepositional phrase. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 265 

The lad determined not to be so idle as he had been. 

" He hath died to redeem such a rebel as I." 

The agent urged the contractors to finish their several 
jobs as soon as possible. 

The little boy hoped to be as tall as his uncle. 

Can you be so unreasonable as to impose such conditions? 

I spoke of the young man, as being well known in our neigh- 
borhood. 

The lads beat the serpent, and left it as dead ; but when 
they had gone, it crawled off into the grass. 

The captain laid her up — Transitive predication. 

Having run his boat as long — Transitive participial predi- 
cate. 

As — Comparative adverbial conjunction. 

The river was navigable — Intransitive post- adjective predi- 
cation. 

For winter — In safe quarters — Prepositional phrases. 

He satisfied his conscience — Transitive predication. 

By doing — Intransitive prepositional gerundive predicate. 

As — Comparative adverbial conjunction. 

Others had done — Intransitive predication. 

In similar cases — Prepositional phrase. 

Than in its various applications. 

Than is used after else, other, otherwise, and rather, and 
after adjectives in the comparative degree. In nearly all 
cases an ellipsis of some word is to be supplied in the analysis 
and synthesis. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The history of nations is little else, than the history of op- 
pression and outrage. 

The judge had no other guide in deciding the case, than the 
common law. 

I would rather submit than be punished. 
12 



'Jt)6 HAZEN S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

" A good name is rather to be chosen than great riches, and 
loving favor rather than silver or gold." 

During the winter, I have but little else to do than to feed 
my stock, and lay in wood for the summer. 

" Receive my instruction, and not silver, and knowledge 
rather than choice gold ; for wisdom is better than rubies.*' 

" Thou art fairer than the children of men." 

The worship of such men is no better than direct mockery. 

" A good name is better than precious ointment." 

" The Lord on high is mightier than the noise of many 
waters, yea, than the mighty waves of the sea." 

" The judgments of the Lord are true and righteous alto- 
gether ; more to be desired are they than gold, yea, than much 
fine gold ^ sweeter also than the honey and the honey-comb." 

" Better is a handful with quietness, than both hands full 
^vith travail and vexation of spirit." 

" Thou, through thy commandments, hath made me wiser 
than my enemies ; for they are ever with me. I have more 
understanding than all my teachers ; for thy testimonies are 
my meditation." 

" Better is it that thou shouldst not vow, than that thou 
shouldst vow, and not pay." 

This arch rogue was no sooner released from prison, than 
he was again engaged in committing depredations on society. 

1 have no greater cause of joy than hearing that mv children 
walk in the truth. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The history of nations is little else, than the history of 
oppression and outrage. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
Than is a comparative adverbial conjunction. As an adverb, 
it qualifies is in the former predication, and is in the latter. 
Rule. — Adverbs qualify verbs. As a conjunction, it connects 
predications. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 267 

The speaker seems to have no other aim than a display of 
oratory. 

" For they loved the praise of men, more than the praise 
of God." 

" It is better to trust in the Lord, than to put confidence in 
man." 

" It is better to go to the house of mourning - than to go to 
the house of feasting." 

1 can not account for the explosion by any other theory than 
by the one just advanced. 

More men than women were there. 

" Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me more than these V 

We can not please God otherwise than by faith and obedi- 
ence. 

" Architecture and gardening can not otherwise entertain 
the mind, than by raising certain agreeable emotions or feel- 
ings." 

Logical synthesis. 

The history is little else — Intransitive post- substantive pred- 
ication. 

Of nations — Prepositional phrase. 

Than — Comparative adverbial conjunction. 

[Is the] history — Intransitive predication. 

Of oppression and outrage — Prepositional phrase. 

The judge had no other guide — Transitive predication. 

In deciding the case — Transitive prepositional gerundive 
predicate. 

Than — Comparative adverbial conjunction. 
. [Was] the common law — Intransitive predication. 

A good name is — Intransitive predication. 

Rather to be chosen — Passive infinitive predicate. 

Than — Comparative adverbial conjunction. 

Great riches [are] — Intransitive predication. 

And — Additive conjunction. — &c. 



268 
Had used for would in comparison or preference. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

" I had rather be a door-keeper in the house of my God, 
than to dwell in the tents of wickedness." 

" I had rather spe'ak five words with my understanding, than 
ten thousand words in an unknown tongue." 

" I had rather be a dog, and bay the moon, than such a Ro- 
man." 

He had rather go by the evening train of cars, than by the 
morning boat. 

The .professor said that, ' We had better assist Nature in 
overcoming disease, than frustrate her benevolent action by 
too much medicine.' 

I had as lieve be a mere animal as a sordid miser, or a rich 
man without benevolent regards to men in general. 

The young man had as lieve be a farmer in Ohio, as a mer- 
chant in New York. 

The young lady had as lieve stay at home as go to the 
party. 

He said that, ' He had as lieve hoe in the garden as not.' 

Logical synthesis. 
1 had rather — Intransitive predication. 
[To] be a door-keeper — Intransitive post-substantive infini- 
tive predicate. 

In the house — Of my God — Prepositional phrases. 
Than — Comparative adverbial conjunction. 
To dvo.ell — Intransitive infinitive predicate. 
In the tents — Of wickedness — Prepositional phrases. 
Obs. In the preceding examples, had is used for %oould. This ap- 
plication of had is convenient, and is sanctioned by reputable usage ; 
but the regular word is generally preferable. In such cases, would or 
had may be regarded a principal verb, and the verb immediately fol- 
lowing as in the infinitive mode, to being understood before it. In 
these cases, than or as connects infinitive predicates, the latter being 
expressed or understood. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 260 

9. THE CONDITIONAL CONJUNCTIONS. 

A conditional conjunction is used in expressing a con- 
ditional circumstance assumed as a fact, or a certainty, 
a future contingency, or a supposition of indefinite time. 
The principal conjunctions of this class are, 

If, though, although, unless, lest. 

Lest is appropriately used only in expressing future contin- 
gency. 

Except is sometimes used in stead of unless ; but this appli- 
cation of the word is not elegant. 

Provided, or the full expression it being provided that, is 
often used instead of if. In such substitution, being provided 
is a present passive participle belonging to it, expressed or un- 
derstood, as the case may be. 

That, in expressing a wish or an ardent desire, is used not 
only with the indicative and potential modes, but also with the 
indefinite perfect tense of the subjunctive. It is also used with 
the subjunctive present, to express future contingency. 

RULES OF SYNTAX. 

Conditional conjunctions connect predications. 
Conditional conjunctions connect insentensic predicates 
and predications. 

CONDITIONAL CONJUNCTIONS CONNECTING PREDICATIONS, 
ONE OF WHICH EXPRESSES A CONDITIONAL CIR- 
CUMSTANCE ASSUMED AS A FACT. 

The verb in the predication expressing a conditional circum- 
stance assumed as a fact, should be in the indicative or the 
subjunctive mode. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

If this man is poor, he pays his debts. 

If newspapers are sometimes scurrilous, they are, neverthe- 
less, vehicles of much information. 



270 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

" If ye love me, keep my commandments." 

I will aid my friend, if he wishes me to do so. 

" Though our outward man perishes, the inward man is re- 
newed day by day." 

" O Lord, I will praise thee ; for, though thou wast angry 
with me, thine anger is turned away, and thou dost comfort 
me." 

This politician has supported some injudicious measures, 
although he has generally been prudent and patriotic. 

I shall succeed in raising the necessary funds, unless money 
is very scarce. 

You will remember the transaction, unless your memory is 
very treacherous. 

If I did not comply with the conditions of the contract, it 
was because I could not. 

I have never seen this celebrated cataract, though I have 
often been in its vicinity. 

I met with much opposition, though I carried my point. 

The jury can not rely upon the testimony of this witness, 
unless he can be proved to be a man of truth and veracity. 

I shall leave home to-day, although I should prefer to remain 
for a week longer. 

If you had called at the time appointed, you might have 
saved yourself from some perplexity. 

" If ye had known me, ye should have known my father 
also." 

All difficulties might be settled, if you would pursue a 
reasonable course. 

" Unless the law had been my delights, I should then have 
perished in my afflictions." 

I will perform the ceremony, provided your parents or your 
guardians have given their consent. 

" O that you would altogether hold your peace." 

that I had seen my friend before he died. 

1 wish that I had gone, before this event had occurred. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 271 

CONDITIONAL CONJUNCTIONS CONNECTING- PREDICATIONS, 
ONE OF WHICH EXPRESSES A FUTURE CONTIN- 
GENCY BY THE PRESENT TENSE. 

The verb in the predication expressing future contingency 
by the present tense, should be in the subjunctive mode. 

Note. — For the form of the verb in the subjunctive mode, see 
synopsis, page 80. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

If he contend by civil process, he will fail to establish his 

claim. 

I shall see my friend in a few days, and if he desires my 

assistance, I will cheerfully afford it. 

This spirited man will maintain his rights, though he suffer 

loss in so doing. 

"My son, if sinners entice thee, consent thou not." 

" Therefore, if thine enemy hunger, feed him ; if he thirst, 

give him drink ; for in so doing thou shalt heap coals of fire 

on his head." 

" Though he slay me ; yet will I trust in him." 

" Although the fig-tree blossom not, and the labor of the oil 

fail ; yet will I rejoice in the Lord ; I will joy in the God of 

my salvation." 

Unless thou give a reasonable excuse, they will fine thee. 
Unless he arrive in time for the boat in the morning, he 

will be obliged to wait until noon for the cars. 

" The steps of a good man are ordered by the Lord, and he 

delighteth in his way. Though he fall, he shall not be utterly 

cast down ; for the Lord upholdeth him with his hand." 
" Despise no condition, lest it happen to be thy lot." 
" Watch the door of thy lips, lest thou utter folly." 
" If he do but touch the hills, they shall smoke." 
"I will not let thee go, except thou bless me." 
" For if God spared not the natural branches, take heed lest 

he spare not thee." 



272 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

" For he shall give his angels charge over thee, to keep 
thee in all thy ways. They shall bear thee up in their hands, 
lest thou dash thy foot against a stone." 

" Kiss the Son, lest he be angry, and ye perish by the way, 
when his wrath is kindled but a little." 

" Take heed that thou speak not to Jacob from good to bad." 

" I beseech you, therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, 
that you present your bodies a living sacrifice to God, holy, 
acceptable unto God." 

I give my consent that he go, provided he promise to return 
early in the evening. 

It is important that he come as soon as possible. 

I will see that he be notified in due time. 

CONDITIONAL CONJUNCTIONS CONNECTING PREDICATIONS, 

ONE OF WHICH EXPRESSES INDEFINITE TIME BY THE 

INDEFINITE PERFECT TENSE SUBJUNCTIVE. 

The conjunction is sometimes understood. In such cases 
the verb is placed before its nominative. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

If I were to write to this miserly man, he would not take 
the letter from the post office. 

" In "my Father's house are many mansions : if it were not 
so, I would have told you." 

" If love were never feigned, it would appear scarce." 

" If thou loved God, thou wouldst keep his commandments." 

" If I were hungry, would I not tell thee." 

He would be detected, if he were an impostor. 

Were I in his circumstances, I should manage my affairs 
very differently. 

" Were death denied, all men would wish to die." 

This spendthrift would waste his fortune, though he were as 
rich as Croesus. 

Were the boy sick, he might be excused. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 273 

" Though thou wert as strong as Sampson, thy efforts would 
be unavailing." 

He would not be handsome, though he wore whiskers. 

I would not obey this injunction, were it not a command of 
God. 

Unless the Lord were merciful, man's condition had been 
still more woeful. 

I wish that I were at home. 

" that he were wise, that he would consider his latter 
end." 

I wish that my friend had more capital. 

Your theory would be very well, provided man were an up- 
right being. 

I agreed to advance the requisite sum, provided satisfactory 
security were offered. 

CONDITIONAL CONJUNCTIONS CONNECTING INSENTENSIC 

PREDICATES AND PREDICATIONS. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

This young lady, being always displeased if she is not dis- 
tinguished by particular attentions, has finally become disa- 
greeable even to her best friends. 

This laborer lost the good will of his employer, by getting 
angry if he were desired to hasten the execution of his work. 

His being idle unless the teacher is watching him, is a sure 
indication of baseness of mind. 

George lost the good opinion not only of his teacher, but 
also of all the ingenuous boys of the school, by being idle un- 
less he were constantly urged to attend to his studies. 

This man renders himself ridiculous, by being offended if 
he is not first helped at table. 

I determined to fire on the assailants, if my personal safety 
required the measure. 

He ought to be severely punished for this outrage, unless he 
make ample reparation to the injured party. 
12* 



274 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

This peculator on the public treasury, fearing lest he be ar- 
rested, left his country in haste for a distant clime. 

The youth handled his gun carefully, fearing lest it go off, 
and injure himself or some other person. 

This gentleman died, earnestly desiring that his son walk 
through life in the paths of rectitude and peace. 

Parents ought not to wish that their children live without 
labor, or without attention to business. 

And, or, nor and but, connecting predications 

PRECEDED BY AN OTHER CONJUNCTION. 
RULE OF SYNTAX. 

And, or, nor, and but, connnect conjunctions having a 
like antecedent relation. 

This rule is applicable when a conjunction is repeated, or when an 
other conjunction is used in contrast with a predication after and, or, 
nor, or but. In construction, a nominative case and a conjunction 
should not be repeated, when an insentensic predicate will convey 
the same idea with precision and proper emphasis. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

My father said that I might go to school, and that he would 
see to feeding the stock. 

I hope that I shall recover my health, and that we shall yet 
see good and prosperous days. 

" For I know that my Redeemer liveth, and that he shall 
stand at the latter day upon the earth; and though, after my 
skin, worms destroy this body, yet in my flesh shall I see God.''' 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

My father said that I might go to school, and that he 

would see to feeding the stock. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
And is an additive conjunction, and connects that and that. 
Rule. — And, or, nor, and but, connect conjunctions having a 
like antecedent relation. 



THE CONJUNCTION. 275 

Having learned that his countrymen were grievously op- 
pressed, and also that they had combined to resist their rulers, 
he returned to his fatherland, to assist in the patriotic move- 
ment. 

As you refuse to assist me in this speculation, and as I have 
no other friend at hand, I must let the opportunity slip. 

We eat and drink, because we are hungry and thirsty, and 
because eating and drinking may keep us alive. 

We are willing to follow his advice, not only because he is 
our friend, but because he is acquainted with the whole subject. 

Since Charles has come, and since the day is pleasant, we 
will make an excursion into the mountain. 

We conversed upon this matter not only as we were sitting 
on the piazza, but as we were walking to the village. 

And thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, and 
shalt talk of them, when thou sittest in thine house, and when 
thou wa-lkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when 
thou risest up." 

" And they said one to another, ' Did not our heart burn 
within us, while he talked with us by the way, and while he 
opened to us the scriptures V " 

" The wind bloweth where it listeth, and thou hearest the 
sound thereof, but canst not tell whence it cometh, and whither 
it goeth." 

Logical synthesis. . 
My father said that — Transtive predication. 
That — Pronominal additive conjunction. 
I might go — Intransitive predication. 
To school — Prepositional phrase. 
And — Additive conjunction. 
That — Pronominal additive conjunction. 
He would see — Intransitive predication. 
To feeding the stock — Transitive prepositional gerundive 
predicate. 



276 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Death generally comes before we are prepared for the event, 
or before Ave expect that it is at hand. 

The child could not tell whence he had come, nor whither 
he would go. 

You must remain here until I come, or until I send for you. 

If you will be there, and if James and William will come 
also, we can make up a little party for a picnic. 

This artist may fail to become eminent, not because he is 
not talented, but because he is attempting to embrace in his 
practice too many branches of the art. 

" Whither shall I go from thy spirit ? or whither shall I flee 
from thy presence ?" 

THE PRONOUN resumed : see page 48. 
A pronoun is a word used instead of a noun. It also 
stands for an other pronoun, or for a person or a thing 
without reference to a name. 

Pronouns are used to pfevent tiresome repetitions of nouns, and to 
give force and precision to language. They admit of the modifications 
of gender, number, and person, and bear the relations of case to other 
words in the structures of the language. 

The gender, number, and person, are fixed, in some of the pro- 
nouns, by the form of the particular word. "When this is not the 
case, these accidents are ascertained by some other word or words 
with which they stand connected, or by their reference to some per- 
son or thing clearly implied. 

CLASSIFICATION OF PRONOUNS. 

Pronouns are divided into personal, compound personal, 
adjective, possessive personal, relative, interrogative, inter- 
rogative adjective, and compound relative, 

RULE OF SYNTAX. 

Pronouns agree with the nouns or the pronouns for 
which they stand, in gender, number, and person. 
note. — In parsing, this rule need not be given in the formula. 



THE PRONOUN. 277 

1. THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

A personal pronoun is a simple substitute, which, by 
its own peculiar form, shows of what person it is. 

The personal pronouns are /, thou, he, she, and it, with 
their variations in declension. 

Note. — For the declension of the personal pronouns, see page 48; and 
for forms of analysis and synthesis, see page 49, and pages following 
throughout the work, where the words occur in synthetic examples. 

EXCEPTIONS TO THE GENERAL RULE. 

Exc. 1. It may be applied to a young child, or to other 
creatures masculine or feminine, when the sex is not obvious, 
or when it need not be distinguished. 

Exc. 2. It sometimes represents a predication, or an insen- 
tensic predicate, or both combined. 

Exc. 3. It is often used without special reference to any 
antecedents or subsequent. In such cases it is expletive, and 
might be omitted. 

Exc. 4. A noun in the singular number preceded by many 
a, may be represented in a following sentence by a noun or a 
pronoun in the plural number. 

Exc. 5. We is used in stead of i" by a sort of fiction, to ex- 
press casually the idea that the speaker is not alone in the 
declaration which he makes, or to avoid the appearance of ego- 
tism or arrogance. 

Exc. 6. You, though originally and properly plural, is now 
generally applied indifferently to one person or to more : not- 
withstanding this usage, the verb to which it is nominative, 
must be of the plural number. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

My child is very sick, and I am afraid that it will die. 

A farmer caught a wild goose, and endeavored to domesti- 
cate it. He thought that he had succeeded ; but when the 
season for migration came, it flew off. 



278 

My brother killed a deer in the morning, and dressed it in 
time to supply us with a venison steak for breakfast. 

It will be a great honor to have written such a work. 

It is better to be studious than to be idle. 

It has been decided that the culprit is guilty, and that he 
be sent to the penitentiary for three years. 

The young lady is very handsome, and she has the misfortune 
to know it. 

" How shall I contrive it, to go to court?" 
" Come and trip it as you go 
On the light fantastic toe." 

1 have seen many an Indian passing along this road. They 
commonly travel in small parties. 

I have caught many a trout from this stream. They used 
to be very plenty. 

The preacher said, ' We shall divide the subject into seven 
heads and ten sub-divisions.' 

We, the Autocrat of all the Russias, make and establish the 
following decree. 

The editor replied, ' We express our own opinions freely ; 
but we disclaim all intention of controlling the party.' 

My son, are you going to school to-day ? 

2. THE COMPOUND PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

A compound personal pronoun is used instead of a 
noun or a pronoun, the idea of which is emphatically ex- 
pressed or repeated. It is formed by adding self or 
selves to a personal pronoun ; as, 

Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. 

Myself, ourselves ; Himself, } 

Thyself, yourselves; Herself, > themselves. . 

Itself, ) 

These pronouns are not used in the possessive case ; and 
they are alike in form in the other cases. 



THE PRONOUN. 279 

Oivn is sometimes interposed between the personal pronoun and 
self or selves. In such cases the words form a compound word : but 
it would be better to write them in separate words, although usage 
is in favor of the combination. Own may be parsed as a possessive 
adjective pronoun, belonging to self or selves. Rule. — Adjective pro- 
nouns belong to nouns. Own is the only possessive adjective pro- 
noun in the language. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

" Now I Paul myself beseech you by the meekness and 
gentleness of Christ." 

" Jesus -answered and said, ' If I honor myself, my honor is 
nothing." 

I perform the chief part of the labor of the farm myself. 

" I myself am also a man." 

" For we stretch not ourselves beyond our measure, as 
though we reached not to yon." 

" For we preach not ourselves, but Christ Jesus the Lord ; 
and ourselves your servants for Jesus' sake." 

" Examine yourselves whether you be in the faith : prove 
your ovvnselves. Know ye not your ownselves, [how] that 
Jesus Christ is in you except ye be reprobates." 

" But after thy hardness and impenitent heart, treasurest up 
unto thyself wrath against the day of wrath." 

This planter superintends his affairs himself. 

You see the portrait of this beautiful woman ;but as she 
herself is at my house, you would do well to see the original. 

The child itself must be taken to the court. 

" The spirit itself beareth witness with our spirit, that we 
are the children of God." 

" But Paul said unto them, ' They have beaten us openly 
uncondemned, being Romans, and have cast us into prison ; 
and now do they thrust us out privily ; nay, verily ; but let 
them come themselves, and fetch us out.' " 

" But they measuring themselves by themselves, and com- 
paring themselves among themselves, are not wise." 



280 HAZEn's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

3. THE ADJECTIVE PRONOUN. 

An adjective pronoun is a definitive word that partakes 
of the nature of an adjective and a simple pronoun. 
It belongs to the noun like an adjective, or is used as an 
index to, and as a substitute for, a noun. 

RULE OF SYNTAX. 

Adjective pronouns belong to nouns. 

CLASSIFICATION OF ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS. 

The adjective pronouns are divided into distributive, 
definite, and indefinite. 

THE DISTRIBUTIVE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS. 

A distributive adjective pronoun implies each one of 
all the persons or things which make up a number. 
The words of this class are, 

Each, every, either, neither. 

Each and every relate to one of any number, and either and 
neither relate to one of two. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

" It came to pass, that two of the sons of Jacob, Simeon and 
Levi, Dinah's brethren, took each man his sword, and came 
upon the city boldly, and slew all the males." 

" The Lord grant you, that ye may find rest each of you in 
the house of her husband." 

" And the king of Israel, and Jehosaphat, the king of Judah, 
sat each on his throne." 

" And how hear we every man in our own tongue, wherein 
we are born." 

" And thou shalt not glean thy vineyard, neither shalt thou 
gather every grape of thy vineyard." 

" The eyes of the Lord are in every place." 



THE PRONOUN. 281 

I have two houses ; and either of them will answer your 
purpose. 

I have two houses ; but neither of them will answer your 
purpose. 

You may take either horn of the dilemma. 

You insist that I shall pay the note or renew it. I take the 
position that I will do neither. 

Logical synthesis. 

It came — Intransitive predication. 

To pass — Prepositional phrase. 

That — Additive conjunction. 

Two took his sword — Transitive predication. 

Of the sons — Of Jacob — Prepositional phrases. 

Simeon and Levi — Dinah's brethren — Apposition. 

Each man — Apposition. 

And — Additive conjunction. 

Came boldly — Intransitive sentensic predicate. 

And — Additive conjunction. 

Slew all the males — Transitive sentensic predicate. 

THE DEFINITE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS. 

A definite adjective pronoun points out the noun in a 
definite manner. The words of this class are, 
singular. piarai. former, same, aforementioned, 

This, these, latter, said, which, 

that, those, both, aforesaid, what. 

This and that are used with, and represent, nouns in the 
singular number ; these, those, and both, nouns of the plural 
number. The rest of the words of this class are used with 
and for nouns in the singular or the plural number. 

This is used in contrast with that, and these in contrast with 
those. When the antecedent terms are expressed, this and 
these refer to the latter, and that and those to the former. 
Former is used in contrast with latter on the same principle. 



282 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

" Is not this a brand plucked out of the fire?" 

" This is my beloved, and this is my friend, daughters of 

Jerusalem." 

" This know also that, in the last days, perilous times shall 

come." i 

" For our rejoicing is this, the testimony of our conscience." 
" Joseph said, ' Bring these men home, and slay and make 

ready ; for these men shall dine with me at noon.' " 

" And David said unto Saul, ' I can not go with these.' " 
" And Jesus answering, said unto them, ' Seest thou these 

great buildings? 1 " 

" Thou shalt see greater things than these." 

" Then went this saying abroad among the brethren, that 

that disciple should not die." 

I remember that we were greatly amused by those funny 

anecdotes. 

" Hope and fear are strong incentives to action : that is the 

anticipation of good, this of evil." 

" O remember not against us former iniquities." 

" I have declared the former things from the beginning." 

" For behold, I create new heavens and a new earth ; and 

the former shall not be remembered, nor come into mind." 
"For the king of the north shall return, and shall set forth 

a multitude greater than the former." 

" The former treatise have I made, O Theophilus." 

" I will give you the first rain and the latter rain." 

" And he shall come unto us as the rain, as the latter and 

former rain unto the earth." 

" Now the spirit speaketh expressly that in the latter times, 

some shall depart from the faith." 

"And the eyes of them both were opened." 

" i\.nd they dreamed a dream both of them, each man his 

dream in one night." 



THE PRONOUN. 



283 



" And if the blind lead the blind, both shall fall into the 
ditch." 

" From the rising of the sun unto the going down of the 
same, thy name is to be praised." 

" The same was in the beginning with God." 
" He abode two days still in the same place where he was." 
" But thou art the same, and thy years shall not fail." 
Said, aforesaid, and aforementioned, are terms used chiefly in con- 
tracts and legal forms. Their precise application can be best learned 
by reference to form-books, For which and what, as adjective pro- 
nouns of this class, see page 203. 

THE INDEFINITE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS. 

An indefinite adjecti 
an indefinite manner. 



pronoun points out a noun in 
The principal words of this class 



are, 



many, 


little, 


much, 


whatever, 


several, 


whatsoever, 


few, 


whichever, 


whole, 


whichsoever. 



One, only, 

no, all, 

none, else, 

same, such, 

other, any, 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

I called on the mayor one day last week. 

" Our little ones shall dwell in the fenced cities." 

" Be of the same mind one towards an other." 

" Let there be no strife between thee and me." 

" He shall deliver thee in six troubles ; yea, in seven there 

shall no evil touch thee." 

"There is none greater in this house than I." 

" We look for judgment ; but there is none." 

" There is none righteous, no not one." 

" Therefore he brought down their heart with labor : they 

fell down, and there was none to help them." 

" I can not escape to the mountains, lest some evil overtake 

me, and I die." 



284 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

" And he took some of his brethren, even fine men, and pre- 
sented them to Pharaoh." 

" And the children of Israel did so, and gathered, some more, 
and some less." 

" Some trust in chariots, and some in horses ; but we will 
remember the Lord our God." 

" Some, therefore, cried one thing, and some an other.'" 

" Behold seven other kine came up." 

" And David played with his hand, as at other times." 

We shall complete the job at some time or other. 

" I tell you this man went down to his house justified rather 
than the other." 

"And with many other words did he testify and exhort." 

" A new commandment I give unto you, ' That ye love one 
an other.' " 

" Neither is there salvation in any other ; for there is none 
other name under heaven, given among men whereby we must 
be saved." 

" Moses went out to meet his father-in-law, and kissed him ; 
and they asked each other of their welfare." 

" Love will make you one an other's joy." 

" Some say that thou art John the Baptist : some Elias, 
and others Jeremias, or one of the prophets." 

" Therefore, let us not sleep as do others ; but let us watch, 
and be sober." 

" For now* I know that thou fearest God, seeing thou hast 
not withheld thy son, thine only son from me." 

" It is written, ' Man shall not live by bread alone.' " 

" I will smite the king only." 

" Neither with you only do I make this covenant and this 
oath." 

" Deliver him only, and I will depart from the city." 

" She is the only "one of her mother." 

" We are all one man's sons : we are true men." 

" I will make all my goodness pass before thee." 



THE PRONOUN. 285 

" Ye stand this day all of you before the Lord your God." 

" Miserable comforters are ye all." 

" They are all the works of his hands." 

" The rich and the poor met together : the Lord is the ma- 
ker of them all." 

" Do thyself no harm ; for we are all here." 

" And he took unto him all these, and divided them in the 
raidst, and laid each piece one against an other." 

" I am the Lord, and there is none else." 

"There is no God else besides me." 

" Such knowledge is too wonderful for me." 

" For he is such a son of Belial, that a man can not speak 
to him." 

" For such are false prophets, deceitful workers." 

" Should such a man as I flee V 

" Yet for love's sake, I rather beseech thee, being such a 
one as Paul the aged." 

"If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God." 

" And when ye stand praying, forgive, if ye have aught 
against any." . 

"If any man thirst, let him come to me and drink." 

"And Job said, ' I have heard many such things.' " 

"Many are the afflictions of the righteous." 

" By his knowledge shall my righteous servant justify 
many." 

" Have ye suffered so many things in vain V 

" One sinner destroyeth much good." 

" Tell me whether ye sold the land for so much." 

" And unto one he gave five talents, to an other two, and to 
an other one : to every man- according to his several abilities." 

The profits are to be divided semi-annually among the several 
stockholders. 

I do not know the precise number ; bat there were several. 

" Let the damsel abide with us a few days." 

" Few and evil have the days of the years of my life been." 



286 HAZEn's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

" See whether the people are strong or weak, few or many." 

'* The harvest truly is plenteous ; but the laborers are few." 

" Let us hear the conclusion of the whole matter : fear God, 

and keep his commandments ; for this is the whole duty of 

man." 

" Ye have robbed me, even this whole nation." 
" Go again, and buy us a little food." 
You have sown much, and gathered little. 
" Use a little wine for thy stomach's sake." 
" thou of little faith, wherefore didst thou doubt." 
Our physician said, ' I have no confidence whatever in the 
proposed method of treatment.' 

Note. — Whatever, ivhatsoever, whichever, and whichsoever, will be il- 
lustrated on page 203. 

4. THE POSSESSIVE PERSONAL PRONOUN. 

A possessive personal pronoun represents a possessor, 
and the person or thing possessed or appropriated. 
The words of this class are, 

Mine, his, ours, theirs, 

thine, hers, yours, 

These words are used in the singular and the plural number, 
and sustain the relations of two cases at one and the same 
time. The possessive power need not be expressed in the 
formula of parsing, as it is clearly indicated by the word pos- 
sessive, which constitutes a part of its name. 

Mine, thine, and his, are used as personal pronouns in the 
possessive case, when they precede nouns on which they de- 
pend. Mine and thine are much used in the Scriptures and 
in poetry for my and thy, before words beginning with a vowel ; 
but this use of these words is not good in common prose. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

His goods came yesterday ; but mine are yet on the way. 
Yours of the 10th instant came to hand in due time. 



THE PRONOUN. 



287 



I sold my tobacco when my brother sold his. 

Is this handkerchief yours, or is it mine 1 

" My sword and yours are kin." 

" We have met the enemy, and they are ours." 

This house and lot are mine, and not his. 

" Thine is all the glory, mine is the boundless bliss." 

Have you seen your son lately 1 I have not seen mine, 
since he left home, in January. 

I own a farm, and so does my sister ; but hers is to be sold. 

My cattle have been trying to get into the lot with yours. 

A friend of mine mentioned the subject to me a few days ago. 

" Your ox has been gored by an unlucky bull of mine." 

I shall show my gratitude by befriending you and yours 
whenever occasion may offer. 

" If I were hungry, I would not tell thee ; for the world is 
mine, and the fulness thereof." 

" Let it be neither mine nor thine ; but divide it." 

" My beloved is mine, and I am his." 

" To sit on my right hand and on my left is not mine to 
give." 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 
His goods came yesterday ; but mine are yet on the way. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
Mine is a possessive personal pronoun. As the representa- 
tive of the person who speaks, it is masculine gender, singular 
number, first person. As a representative of goods, it is 
neuter gender, plural number, third person. It is nominative 
case to are. Rule. — The nominative case is the agent or the 
subject of the verb. 

Logical synthesis. 
His goods came yesterday — Intransitive predication. 
But — Adversative conjunction. 
Mine are yet — Intransitive predication. 
On the way — Prepositional phrase. 



288 HAZEn's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

" All mine are thine, and thine are mine." 

" For thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, 
for ever." 

" Shall not their cattle, and their substance, and every beast 
of theirs be ours ?'■ 

" Blessed are the poor in spirit; for theirs is the kingdom 
of heaven." 

"All things are yours; and ye are Christ's, and Christ is 
God's." 

" I am my beloved's, and my beloved is mine." 

This plantation is mine, and not Edward's. 

Obs. In the last three examples, the nouns having the possessive 
form, bear the relations of two cases, like the possessive personal 
pronouns in the same sentences. 

5. THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

A relative pronoun represents a preceding noun or pro- 
noun, and sometimes a preceding structure, and super- 
induces one or more structures without the aid of a con- 
junction. The principal words of this class are, 
Who, which, that. 

DECLENSION OF THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

Singular and Plural. Singular and Plural. Singular and Plural. 

Nom. Who, Norn. Which, Num. That, 

Poss. whose, Poss. whose, Pass. 

Obj. whom. Obj. which. Obj. that. 

Who is applied to persons, or to animals and inanimate things 
personified. 

Which is applied to animals, young children, and inanimate 
things. 

That is applied to persons, animals, and inanimate things. 
Which may represent a collective noun standing for persons, 
when the objects composing the collection are referred to col- 
lectively ; but when they are referred to individually, who or 
that should he used. 



THE PRONOUN. 289 

That is used in preference to who or which, 

1. After adjectives in the superlative degree: 

2. After the words same and very: 

3. After who when used as the antecedent. 

4. After an antecedent introduced by it: 

5. After antecedents limited in their applications only by 
the relative and its verb: 

6. After antecedents which include persons, as well as ani- 
mals or inanimate things: 

The relative pronouns should be placed as near as possible 
to the antecedent: 

Eve?- and soever are sometimes added' to who and which 
when used as relative pronouns. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 
INTRANSITIVE PREDICATION. 

The gentleman who called here on Saturday, has come again. 

A horse, which ran in the race to-day, is to be sold at auc- 
tion to-morrow. 

The timber which is now growing on the land, will bring the 
whole sum expended in the purchase. 

The boats which ply on the northern lakes, frequently suffer 
from violent storms. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The gentleman who called here on Saturday, has come again^ 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
Who is a relative pronoun, and relates to the antecedent 
gentleman, masculine gender, singular number, third person, 
and nominative case to called. Rule. — The nominative case 
is the agent or the subject of the verb. 
Logical synthesis. 
The gentleman has come again — Intransitive predication. 
Who called here — Intransitive predication. 
On Saturday — Prepositional phrase. 
13 



290 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

The committee which acted with so much unanimity, was 
composed of gentlemen from both parties. 

The person who called here yesterday, and wanted you" to 
go with him to California, called again this morning, and left 
his card, with the request that you meet him at the hotel at 
four o'clock. 

" We hazard nothing in saying that in searching through the 
statutes, one will find more laws of a general and a permanent 
nature, which emanated from him than from any one of the 
public men of the state." 

This is the same man that was here a few days ago. 

This orator speaks in words that burn. 

It was I that whispered, and not Henry. 

The man and the horse that fell through the bridge, were 
both saved from drowning. 

TRANSITIVE PREDICATION. 

A person who cultivates a farm, is a farmer. 

The stranger whom you admired so much, is a Kentuckian. 

The giraffe which commands such crowds of visitors, was 
caught in the wilds of Africa. 

The paintings which we have been inspecting, are produc- 
tions of great merit. 

We have not learned who committed the blunder. 

" But that which ye have already, hold fast till I come." 

" Let that, therefore, abide in you which ye have heard from 
the beginning." 

" For T have received of the Lord that which also I deliv- 
ered unto you." 

I do not know whom I shall support for the presidency. 

The mob which committed such depredations, was put down 
by the civil and military powers. 

The clergyman whom the vestry engaged, has arrived. 

T reside on the same farm that my father redeemed from the 
wilderness. 



THE PRONOUN. 



291 



The man and the camel that attract so much attention, both 
came from Arabia. 

Was it thou or the dog- that opened the door ? 

" He gained the wife and the fortune that he sought." 

It is you and I that must bear the brunt of this difficulty. 

PASSIVE PREDICATION. 

My nephew, who was sent to England to be educated, has 
returned an accomplished scholar. 

The cattle that were sent to market by my neighbor, were 
sold at high prices. 

The engines which are constructed at this manufactory, are 
highly finished. 

The review that is conducted by this gentleman, is well sus- 
tained by the public. 

We do not know who were nominated for the assembly. 

We intend to visit the school that is so well conducted here. 

" For all men glorified God for that which was done." 

The book which I have mentioned, is the best work that has 
been written on the subject. 

INTRANSITIVE POST- ADJECTIVE PREDICATION. 

The lady who was so sick when you were at my house, is 
convalescent. 

The wolves which were once so troublesome, have disap- 
peared. 

I have bought ten bushels of potatoes, which are very good. 

" Was then that which is good, made death unto me V 

The lady brought with her a little child, which was exceed- 
ingly beautiful. 

We fell in with the very stranger that had been so kind 
to us. 

We should be intimate with no person who is vicious in con- 
duct, or violent in temper. 

This man indulges in vices that are destructive of health. 

" Prove all things ; hold fast that which is good." 



292 HAZEn's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

INTRANSITIVE POST-SUBSTANTIVE PREDICATION. 

I do not know who he is. 

I can not respect such a man, let him be who he may. 

" And he that was healed wist not who it was : for Jesus 
had conveyed himself away." 

This gentleman, who is an excellent financier, has been made 
president of the bank. 

The shepherd's dog-, which is a remarkably sagacious animal, 
has been lately introduced into this country. 

It was he that was the originator of this project. 

" Therefore, thou art inexcusable, man, whosoever thou 
art that judgest." 

" He that troubleth you shall bear his judgment, whosoever 
he be." 

I will bestow the best of the three watches, whichever it be. 

THE PASSIVE POST-ADJECTIVE PREDICATION. 

He only who is accounted worthy, will be pronounced bless- 
ed in that day. 

" Since the world began, was it not heard that any man 
opened the eyes of one that was born blind." 

THE PASSIVE POST-SUBSTANTIVE PREDICATION. 

I have employed an architect who is called a good artist, to 
make a plan of the building. 

There goes the man who was chosen speaker yesterday. 

THE POSSESSIVE CASE OF lollO AND which. 
SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The countryman whose farm lies beyond those woods, is dis- 
pleased with the boys for robbing his orchard. 

The lady whose portrait you admired so much, is herself at 
my house. 

A certain lad, whose father is a man of distinction, has been 
arrested for arson. 

" These are the agonies of love, 
Whose miseries delight." 



THE PRONOUN. 293 

" Is there any other doctrine, whose followers are punished V 
" Let us not rend it, but cast lots for it, whose it shall be." 
" Saul also went home to Gibea : and there went with him 
a band of men, whose hearts God had touched." 

" Whosoever sins ye remit, they are remitted unto them." 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The countryman whose farm lies beyond those woods, is 

displeased with the boys for robbing his orchard. 

Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 

Whose is a relative pronoun, and relates to the antecedent 

countryman, masculine gender, singular number, third person, 

possessive case, and is governed by farm. Rule. — Nouns 

govern nouns and pronouns in the possessive case. 

Logical synthesis. 
The countryman is displeased — Passive predication. 
Whose farm lies — Intransitive predication. 
Beyond those icoods — Prepositional phrase. 
With the boys — Prepositional phrase. 

For robbing his orchard — Transitive prepositional gerundive 
predicate. 

Who and which applied in prepositional phrases. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Such are the politicians against whom we declaim. 

" I will be gracious to whom I will be gracious, and will 
show mercy on whom I will show mercy." 

"They are a very froward generation, children in whom is 
no faith." 

" Withhold not good from them to whom it is due, when it is 
in 'the power of thine hand to do it." 

" Thou art my servant, O Israel, in whom I will be glorified." 

" This is my beloved son in whom I am well pleased." 

I do not know the name of the stranger to whom I am in- 
debted for this favor. 



294 HAZEn's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

" For this is he of whom it is written." 

The road on which we are traveling, needs many repairs. 

There lies the steamboat about which there has been so 
much litigation. 

" I have appeared unto thee for this purpose, to make thee 
a minister and a witness, both of these things which thou hast 
seen, and of those things in which I will appear unto thee." 

" Follow peace with all men, and holiness, without which no 
man shall see the Lord." . 

" With whomsoever thou findest thy goods, let him not live." 

Whose and of which exhibited in contrast. 
The use of whose, as the possessive case of which, is well 
established by usage ; yet it is generally more elegant, to use 
which with the preposition of. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

I have bought a mill, whose former owner had become bank- 
rupt. 

I have bought a mill, the former owner of which had become 
bankrupt. 

There has been no other religion, whose professors have been 
so much persecuted. 

There has been no other religion, the professors of which 
have been so much persecuted. 

This is the fawn whose dam you shot. 

This is the fawn, the dam of which you shot. 

Who, which, and that, applied in infinitive predicates. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

I called on the gentleman whom my father requested me to 
invite to dinner. 

This merchant has purchased a large stock of goods, which 
he appears resolved to sell at low prices. 

These are the very sentiments that you ought to express. 

He is not the man that I took him to be. 



THE PRONOUN. 295 

I own several town lots, which I am anxious to exchange for 
a good farm. 

The savages brought out the prisoners that they had deter- 
mined to torture. 

" We have done that which was our duty to do." 

This is the gentleman whom you have been anxious to see. 

Who, which, and that, applied in transitive 

PREPOSITIONAL GERUNDIVE PREDICATES. 
SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The conference has sent the preacher whom you are so fond 
of hearing. 

The lad has committed a fault, which he is incapable of con- 
cealing. 

My curious friend has heard of a stupendous cave, which he 
is resolved on visiting. 

The farm that I think of buying, lies near Rochester. 

The curiosities which we shall have the pleasure of inspect- 
ing, are said to be very rare. 

PREDICATIONS, SUPERINDUCED BY RELATIVE PRONOUNS, 
AND CONNECTED BY and OR Or. 

And and or connect predications superinduced by rela- 
tive pronouns. 

When two or more predications are thus superinduced and 
connected, the same relative pronoun, in some of its cases, 
should be employed. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The lady of whom you spoke, and whom you appeared to 
admire so much, has just gone to the country. 

The youth whose name you have mentioned, and whom you 
have commended so cordially, is a son of a neighbor of mine. 

O thou, who art, and who wast, and who art to come. 

" And they shall spread them before the sun, and the moon, 
and all the host of heaven, whom they have loved, and whom 



296 HAZEn's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

they have served, and after whom they have walked, and whom 
they have sought, and whom they have worshiped." 

I have just purchased the little plantation which I fancied 
so much, and which you thought to be so valuable. 

"I am the Lord that maketh all things, that stretcheth forth 
the heavens alone, and that spreadeth abroad the earth by 
myself." 

The God whose 1 am, and whom I serve, is eternal. 

" God is the sovereign of the universe, whose majesty ought 
to fill us with awe, to whom we owe all possible reverence, 
and whom we are bound to obey." 

The property which you have been inspecting, and which 
you are resolved on buying, will soon be offered at public sale. 

The school which was established here about fifty )^ears ago, 
and in which so great a number of persons have been educated, 
is still in a flourishing condition. 

Persons who have been well instructed in Christian princi- 
ples, or who feel deeply conscious of moral responsibility, are 
not apt to fall into a passion at real or fancied insults. 

As HAVING THE FORCE OF A RELATIVE PRONOUN. 

As, after such and many, sometimes has the force of a rela- 
tive pronoun. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

" Jubal was the father of such as dwell in tents, and of such 
as have cattle." 

" You have become such as have need of milk, and not of 
strong meat." 

" Truly God is good to Israel, even to such as are of a clean 
heart." 

"And there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was, 
since there was a nation even to that same time." 

" And I will execute vengeance in anger and fury upon the 
heathen, such as th'ey have not heard." 

" Let such a one think this, that such as we are in word bv 



THE PRONOUN. 297 

letters when we are absent, such will we be also in deed when 
we are present." 

" I fear lest, when I come, I shall not find you such as I 
would, and that I shall be found unto you such as ye would not." 

" As many as ye find, bid to the marriage." 

" The promise is unto you and to your children, and to all 
that are afar off, even to as many as the Lord our God shall call." 

"And great fear came upon all the churches, and upon as 
many as heard these things." 

" As many as have sinned without law, shall perish without 
law." 

6. THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN. 

An interrogative pronoun is a word used especially for 
asking questions. It represents a noun or a pronoun 
expressed in the answer, or implied in one expected. 
The only word of this class is who with its variations. 

Singular and Plural. 

Nom. Who, Poss. whose, Ohj. whom. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

Who comes there ? Who will be accounted worthy ? 

Who cut this wood ? Who will be made judge ? 

Whom did you see ? Whose horse won the race % 

Who is righteous? Whose house is this? 

Who art thou? Whose turn comes next? 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

Who comes there ? 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
Who is an interrogative pronoun, and relates to a subsequent 
implied in the answer, masculine gender, singular number, third 
person, and nominative case to comes. Rule. — The nomina- 
tive case is the agent or the subject of the verb. 
Logical synthesis. 

Who comes there ? — Intransitive predication. 
13* 



298 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

" And Isaac, his father, said unto him, ' Who art thou V And 
he said, ' I am thy son, thy first born, Esau.' '' 

" Then said they unto him, ' Who art thou V And Jesus said 
unto them, ' Even the same that I said unto you from the be- 
ginning.'" 

" And Moses said unto God, ' Who am I, that I should go 
unto Pharaoh, and that I should bring forth the children of 
Israel out of Egypt V " 

" Who is David ? and who is the son of Jesse V 

" W T ho hath woe ? who hath sorrow ? who hath contention ? 
who hath babbling ? who hath wounds without cause ? who 
hath redness of eyes ? They that tarry long at the wine ; they 
that go to seek mixed wine." 

" Also I heard the voice of the Lord, saying, ' Whom shall 
I send, and who will go for us V Then said I, ' Here am I, 
send me.' " 

" Whom have I in heaven but thee ? 

In whom do you trust in such difficult circumstances ? 

Whom have the people determined to send to the convention? 

Whom did you suppose him to be ? 

Whom has the governor determined on appointing to this 
office 1 ? 

7. THE INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS. 

An interrogative adjective pronoun is used especially 
in asking questions, either with or without a noun im- 
mediately following. The words of this class are which 
and what, declined thus, 

Singular and Plural. 

Nom. Which, Poss. Obj. which. 

Norn. What, Poss. Obj. what. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

What subject is to be on tbe tapis next ? 
Which horn of the dilemma do you take ? 



THE PRONOUN. 299 

What apology shall I make for my delinquency 1 

What will become of us ? 

Which of these animals shall I take 1 

" I have sinned ; what shall I do unto thee, thou preserver 
of men ?" 

" Who hath ascended [up] into heaven or descended ? who 
hath gathered the wind in his fist 1 who hath bound the waters 
in a garment ? who hath established all the ends of the earth % 
what is his name, and what is his son's name V 

Which is mine, and which is yours ? 

Which of these routes would be preferable ? 

What are we to do in such cases ? 

In what vessel did your friend sail'? 

To which of the doctrines of our church do you object % 

About what are you making such an ado ? 

" Then said the king, ' For what dost thou make request?"' 

Against which faction do you employ your pen? 

What advantage do you hope to gain by such severity ? 

What course have you resolved on pursuing? 

What part of speech is the word table ? 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

What subject will be on the tapis next ? 
What will become of us ? 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
What is an interrogative adjective pronoun, and belongs to 
subject. Rule. — Adjective pronouns belong to nouns. 

What is an interrogative adjective pronoun, neuter gender, 
singular number, third person, and nominative case to become. 
Rule. — The nominative case is the agent or the subject of the 
verb. 

Logical synthesis. 

What subject will be next — Intransitive post-adjective pred- 
ication. 

What will become — Intransitive predication. 



300 HAZEn's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

8. THE COMPOUND RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

A compound relative pronoun is a word which includes 
in itself both the antecedent and the relative. The words 
of this class are, 

What, whatsoever, whosoever, 

whatever, whoever, whoso. 

What, whatever, and whatsoever, are each equivalent in con- 
struction to that which, or the thing which ; or those which, 
or the things ivhich. 

Whoever, whosoever, and whoso, are equivalent to he who, 
or they who. 

Who and ivhich sometimes sustain the relations of two cases : 
in such instances they may be regarded compound relatives. 

SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

The applause of the multitude is what most gratifies his 
vanity. 

What most gratifies his vanity, is the applause of the mul- 
titude. 

You may purchase what you want. 

He will always say what he may think appropriate. 

The author dictates what the amanuensis writes. 
• What he gained by diligence, he lost by extravagance. 

What can not be prevented, must be endured. 

" He hath showed thee, O man, what is good." 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

The applause of the multitude is what most gratifies his vanity. 
What is a compound relative pronoun, and is equivalent to 
that ivhich, or the thing which, neuter gender, singular number, 
third person, and nominative case after is. Rule. — Intransi- 
tive and passive verbs have the same case after them as to 
them, when both words refer to the same thing. It is also 
nominative case to gratifies. Rule. — The nominative case is 
the agent' or the subject of the verb. 



THE PRONOUN. 301 

" I will hear what God the Lord will speak." 
" When thou sittest to eat with a ruler, consider diligently 
what is before thee." 

" And the apostles gathered themselves together to Jesus, 
and told him all things, both what they had done, and what 
they had taught." 

" Father, forgive them ; for they know not what they do." 
" The general conduct of mankind is neither what it was 
designed, nor what it ought, to be." 

" It doth not yet appear what we shall be." 
" Whatever purifies, also fortifies, the heart." 
Whatever has been ordained by God, must be right. 
We should approve whatever may be excellent, even in an 
enemy. 

Whatever he found difficult at first, he overcame by appli- 
cation. 

" One truth is clear, ' Whatever is, is right.' " 
"Now whatsoever God hath said unto thee, do." 
"I will do whatsoever thou sayest unto me." 
" Whatsoever is under the whole heaven, is mine." 
" Whatsoever he doeth, shall prosper." 
" Whatsoever I command thee, thou shalt speak." 
" Let your communication be yea, yea ; nay, nay ; for what- 
soever is more than these, cometh of evil." 

"Ye are my friends, if ye do whatsoever I command you." 
Whoever would be happy, must abstain from evil. 
Whoever takes ardent spirits as a beverage, is in danger of 
becoming a sot. 

The society will receive whomever the bishop may appoint 
to the station. 

Logical synthesis. 
The applause is what — Intransitive post substantive predi- 
cation. 

What most gratifies his vanity — Transitive predication. 



302 HAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Whoever hates thought and study, will remain an ignoramus. 

" Blessed is whosoever shall not be offended in me." 

" Whoso keepeth the fig-tree, shall eat the fruit thereof." 

" Whoso keepeth the law, is a wise son ; but he that is a 
companion of a riotous man, shameth his father." 

We will reflect on what should be done. 

" I hope that you will not object to what is reasonable. 

" There is something overwhelming in whatever inspires 
us with awe." 

I will abide by whatever the arbitrators shall say is just. 

Having learned what had displeased him, I was not surprised 
at what he had said. 

What I had paid being endorsed on the note, I shall not be 
obliged to pay it over again. 

The lad seeing what he had done, was greatly alarmed. 

Advocating what we do not believe to be true, is generally 
immoral, as well as injudicious. 

His having charged what was right when he might have 
been extortionate, is a proof of honesty. 

His buying whatever he pleased on his father's account, 
tended to make him a spendthrift. 

In effecting what I have done, I have taxed my energies to 
their utmost limit. 

It is but fair to hear what may be said on the other side. 

" What we are afraid to do before men, we should be afraid 
to think before God." 

I have determined to do in this case whatever may be re- 
quired by law. 

" Whereupon he promised with an oath to give her whatso- 
ever she would ask." 

"Shall I hide from Abraham what I am going to do ?" 

"Choose this day whom ye will serve." 

" Whom he would he slew, and whom he would he kept 
alive, and whom he would he set up, and whom he would he 
put down." 



THE PRONOUN. 303 

Which, what, whatever, whatsoever, whichever, and which- 
soever, APPLIED AS ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS WITH NOUNS 
SUSTAINING THE RELATIONS OF TWO CASES. 
SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES. 

We can not determine which plan would be best. 

We do not know what means he has at command. 

The agent could not tell which steamer would sail first. 

I know not what impression time has made on your person. 

He will meet with obstructions, let him take whichever road 
he may. 

I will acquiesce in whatever agreement he may make in re- 
lation to this matter. 

We should endeavor to do what good we can during our 
earthly pilgrimage. 

" And all things whatsoever ye shall ask in prayer, believing, 
ye shall receive." 

"Whichever road you take, will lead you to the town." 

There are difficulties to be met in whichsoever path I may 
choose. 

ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS. 

We can not determine which plan would be best. 
Etymological analysis and syntactical synthesis. 
Which is a definite adjective pronoun, and belongs to plan. 
Rule. — Adjective pronouns belong to nouns. Plan is a com- 
mon noun, neuter gender, singular number, third person objec- 
tive case, and is governed by can determine. Rule. — Transi- 
tive verbs govern the objective case. Plan is also nominative 
case to would be. Rule. — The nominative case is the agent 
or the subject of the verb. 

Logical synthesis. 
We can not determine which plan — Transitive predication. 
Which plan would be best — Intransitive post adjective pred- 
ication. 



304 9 HAZEn's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. • 

PROSODY. 

Prosody relates to punctuation, utterance, figures, and 
versification. 

PUNCTUATION. 

Punctuation is the art of dividing and marking a 
composition by stops, or characters, to enable the reader 
to comprehend more fully the thoughts expressed. 

THE DIVISIONS OF A REGULAR LITERARY WORK. 

The divisions of a regular literary work, and the stops, or 
characters, by which' they are divided, are, 

The chapter, [ chap. 1 ; The period, [ . ] ; 

The section, [ § ] ; The interrogation, [ } ] ; 

The paragraph, [IT]; The exclamation, [! ]. 

A chapter is a large division of a regular work, in which a 
distinct part of the general subject is treated. 

A section is a division of a discourse or a chapter into 
smaller portions. 

A paragraph is a portion of a composition, denoted by an 
indentation of the line at the beginning, and by a break of the 

REMARKS AND SUGGESTIONS.. 

The rules for Punctuation might have been introduced along in 
the body of the work where they are applicable under the various 
heads of Syntax ; but it has been thought best to give a separate 
view of the whole subject under a distinct head. 

In nearly every case the rules are presented in the order of the 
synthetic examples ; and to these the student is referred for illus- 
trations, especially for such as relate to the comma and the semi- 
colon. 

The rulef of punctuation should be studied with some care with 
Etymology and Syntax; and after these branches of the general 
subject have been fully discussed, a thorough revision of Punctua- 
tion should be made. 



PUNCTUATION. 305 

line at the end. The especial sign is used when the writer 
would apprise the reader of the commencement of a new 
subject. 

A period is a dispassionate sentence constructed in the di- 
rect form. 

An interrogation is a sentence, or apart of a sentence, con- 
structed in the interrogative form, and used in asking a ques- 
tion without indicating surprise. 

An exclamation is a sentence, a part of a sentence, or a 
single word, expressing strong emotion. In expressing great 
wonder or admiration, two or three signs are sometimes used. 

DIVISIONS OF SENTENCES, OR PERIODS. 

The period, and sometimes the interrogation and the ex- 
clamation, is broken into smaller divisions. The signs, or 
characters, used for this purpose, are, 

The comma, [ , ] ; The colon, [ : ] ; 

The semicolon, [ ; ] ; The dash, [ — ]. 

The comma and the semicolon. 

The comma denotes a division among words and structures 
which are intimately associated. 

The semicolon denotes a division of structures, less inti- 
mately associated than those separated by the comma. 

Rules for application. 

1. The adverb is set off by the comma, when it has not a 
close connection with some other word, or when it breaks the 
connection of the essential elements of a predication. 

2. The prepositional structures are set off by the comma, 
when they have not a close connection with some word or 
structure, or when they break the connection of the essential 
elements of a predication. 

3. A participial predicate preceding a predication, is set off 
bv the comma. 



300 HAZEx's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

4. A participial predicate in the midst of a predication, is 
followed by the comma. It is also preceded hy the comma, 
when it is introduced loosely or parenthetically. 

5. The independent case with its adjuncts, if any,. is set off 
by the comma. 

Exc. When this case is used with an interjection, the exclamation 
is preferred. 

6. A noun or a pronoun in apposition with a preceding noun 
or pronoun, is set off by the comma, when it is added by way 
of explanation : but when the words are very intimately asso- 
ciated, the comma is not necessary. 

T. When a gerundive predicate is the subject of a verb, and 
is accompanied by a long infinitive predicate, or by more than 
one prepositional phrase, it is set off before the verb by the 
comma. 

8. When an infinitive predicate is independent, it, with its 
adjuncts, if any, is set off by the comma. 

9. When an infinitive predicate is the subject of a verb, 
and is accompanied by more than one prepositional phrase, it 
is set off before the verb by the comma. 

10. When an infinitive predicate follows a predication, and 
expresses the cause, the reason, or the purpose, expressed in 
the predication, it is set off by the comma. 

11. When and. or, or nor, connects more than two parts of 
speech, the comma is inserted between them. 

1*3. When and, or, or nor, connects two parts of speech, 
and one or both of them are distinguished by a negative or an 
emphatic word, or by a prepositional phrase or an insentensic 
predicate which does not bear equally on both, the comma is 
inserted between them. 

13. When as well as connects one part of speech to an 
other, it and as well as are set off by the comma. 

14. When and, or, or nor, connects words in pairs, they 
are set off in pairs by the comma. 



PUNCTUATION. 307 

15. When and is suppressed between two words, the comma 
is inserted between them. 

16. When and, or, or nor, connects more than two senten- 
sic predicates, the comma is inserted between them. 

17. When and, or, or nor, connects two sentensic predicates, 
and one or both of them are composed of more than one ele- 
ment, or are distinguished by a prepositional phrase or an in- 
finitive predicate which docs not bear equally on both, the 
comma is inserted between them. 

18. When as well as connects one insentensic predicate to 
an other, it and as well as are set off by the comma. 

19. W'hen and, or, or nor, connects more than two prepo- 
sitional structures, the comma is inserted between them. 

20. When and, or, or nor, connects two prepositional struc- 
tures, #nd one of them is distinguished by a negative or an 
emphatic word, or by a prepositional phrase which does not 
bear equally on both, the comma is inserted between them. 

21. When as well as connects one prepositional structure 
to an other, it and as well as are set off by the comma. 

22. When and, or, or nor, connects more than two insen- 
tensic predicates, the comma is inserted between them. 

23. When and, or, or nor, connects two insentensic predi- 
cates, and one of them is distinguished by a negative or an 
emphatic word, or by a prepositional structure or an infinitive 
predicate which does not bear equally on both, the comma is 
inserted between them. 

24. When and, or, ox nor, connects two infinitive predicates 
consisting of more than one element, the comma is inserted 
between them. 

25. When and, or, or nor, connects two participial predi- 
cates, two gerundive predicates, or two prepositional gerundive 
predicates, consisting of more than one or two elements, and 
expressing thoughts very distinct from each other, the comma 
is inserted between them. 



308 RAZEN'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

26. When as well as connects one insentensic predicate to 
an other, it and as well as are set off by the comma. 

27. When and connects 'predications intimately associated 
in subject, the comma is inserted between them. 

28. When and connects predications not intimately associ- 
ated in subject, the semicolon is inserted between them. 

29. When or, nor, neither, else, or otherwise, connects two 
predications, the semicolon is inserted between them. 

30. When further, furthermore, moreover, also, likewise, 
besides, again, or more, continues the subject, it is set off 
by the comma. When these words connect predications, and 
continue the subject, they are preceded by the semicolon, and 
followed by the comma. 

Exc 1. "When and is used immediately before one of these words, 
the conjunctions are so intimately associated that the comma is not 
inserted between them. 

Exc. 2. "When also or lilcewise is used in the sense of and, the com- 
ma is not inserted after it. 

31. When a conjunction precedes two predications mutually 
dependent, the comma is inserted between them. 

32. When that used as a simple additive conjunction, con- 
nects two predications, the comma is inserted between them. 

Exc. W lien that is preceded by so, followed by a closing word or two 
of a sentensic predicate, the comma is not inserted between the pred- 
ications. 

33. When that connects a predication to an infinitive pred- 
icate following a predication or an insentensic predicate, the 
comma is inserted before the predication. 

34. When an adversative conjunction connects predications, 
the semicolon is inserted between them. All of the conjunc- 
tions of this class, except but and yet, are commonly set off 
from the latter predication by the comma. 

35. When but connects one ivord to an other, it and but 
are set off by the comma. 



PUNCTUATION. 309 

36. When but connects one prepositional phrase to an other, 
it and but are set off by the comma. 

37. When but connects one insentensic predicate to an 
other, it and but are set off by the comma. 

38. When a causative conjunction connects predications ; the 
comma is commonly inserted between them, except in the use 
of for, which is preceded by the semicolon. 

39. When an inferential conjunction connects predications, 
the semicolon is inserted between them. All of the conjunc- 
tions of this class are set oft from the latter predication by the 
comma. 

40. When an adverbial conjunction connects predications^ 
the comma is commonly inserted between them. 

Obs. "When one or both of the predications are short, -and are not 
accompanied by a prepositional phrase or an insentensic predicate, 
the comma is unnecessary. 

41. When a comparative adverbial conjunction connects 
predications, the comma is inserted between them, when the 
connecting word is preceded by a correspondive adverbial con- 
junction, or when the predications are long and not intimately 
associated. 

42. When as connects a noun to a noun or a pronoun, to 
express the character in which a person or a thing is to act 
or to be taken, it is set off with as by the comma. 

43. When a conditional conjunction connects predications, 
the comma is inserted between them. 

Obs. When yet precedes the latter predication, the semicolon is in- 
serted before it. 

44. When a relative pronoun superinduces a predication. 
and it stands in the midst of an other predication, it is followed 
by the comma. When it is introduced loosely or parentheti- 
cally, it is also preceded by the comma. 

Obs. The principles of this rule are applicable, -whether the relative 
pronoun is a part of the predication introduced, or not. 

45. When the compound relative pronoun stands before two 



310 HAZEn's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

predications of which it constitutes a part, the comma is in- 
serted between them. 

46. When and, or, or nor, connects two or more parts of 
speech separated by the comma, the adjective, participle, verb, 
or relative clause, which bears equally upon both or all of them, 
is preceded by the comma. 

The colon. 

47. The colon is used to separate those parts of a period 
which are not so intimately allied as those separated by the 
semicolon. It is used especially before the last member of 
those periods whose former members are separated by the 
semicolon. 

The dash. 

48. The dash denotes an unexpected or an emphatic pause, 
or a faltering in speech. 

49. The dash is used with other stops, or characters, to 
lengthen the pause, with the view to render what follows more 
distinct. 

50. The dash is used to denote the omission of words or 
figures. When placed between the extremes of a series of 
numbers, or between two letters of a word, it may represent 
the intermediate ones. 

Capita] letters. 

1. In every kind of type each letter is expressed by capital 
and small letter. Small letter constitutes the body of a com- 
position or a work ; and capitals are used to distinguish particu- 
lar words. 

Words following begin with a capital letter ; 

1. The first word of every sentence : 

2. The first word of every clause distinctly numbered : 

3. The first word of every distinct quotation : 

4. The first word of every line in poetry, except such as 
may be regarded a continuation of a preceding line : 

5. The names of the Deity, and commonly their emphatic 
substitutes. 



PUNCTUATION. 



311 



6. Proper nouns : 

7. Titles of honor and epithets of distinction used with 
proper nouns : 

8. Words derived from proper nouns, and having still a 
special reference to their origin : 

9. I and O when used as distinct words : 

10. Common nouns personified : 

11. The chief words in the titles of books. 

OTHER MARKS, OR CHARACTERS, APPLIED WITH THOSE 
ALREADY EXPLAINED. 

The caret, [ a ] ; The parenthesis, or curves, [ () J ; 

The hyphen, [ - ] ; The brackets, or crotchets, [ [] ] ; 

The apostrophe, [ ' ] ; The guillemets, or quotation 

The index, [S^=] ; points, [ " " ]. 

The brace, [ ~ — — ] ; 

The caret denotes the particular place of introducing letters 
or words that may have been omitted. It is used in correct- 
ing manuscripts and printed proofs. 

The hyphen is used to connect the distinct parts of a com- 
pound word. Placed at the end of a line, it indicates that one 
or more syllables of a word are carried to the next line. 

The apostrophe denotes the possessive case of the noun, 
and the elision of one or more letters of a word. It is also 
used before s in pluralizing a mere letter or a sign. 

The index is used to direct the attention to something re- 
markable. 

The brace is used to connect several words or terms to 
other words which bear to them a common relation. 

The parenthesis, or curves, are used to distinguish a clause 
hastily thrown into a sentence for the purpose of explanation. 

Obs. The curves do not supersede other points, or stops. They 
should be sparingly used. 

The brackets or crotchets are used to inclose some correc- 
tion or explanation, and sometimes a word, a sign, or a part 
of a subject to be explained in a note. 






312 HAZEN's ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

The guillemets, or quotation points, are used to include pas- 
sages taken from an author or a speaker in his own words. A 
quotation within a quotation is marked with a single point at 
each end of the passage. 

Obs. The single quotation points do not supersede the double 
points. 

CHARACTERS USED FOR MARGINAL REFERENCE. 

The asterisk, or star, [ * ] ; The diesis, or double dagger,[ % ] ; 
The obelisk, or dagger, [ f] ; The parallels, [ || ]. 

When these characters are exhausted by one application of 
each on a single page or in a single chapter, they are doubled 
for additional reference. The section and the paragraph are 
also used with the preceding characters. The letters of the 
alphabet, and the Arabic figures are also used for this purpose, 
when different classes of references are required. 

The Asterism, or three stars, [ ^.* # ] is placed before a note 
without particular reference. 

x*x The remaining branches of this part of Grammar, are 
postponed with the view to discussing them hereafter in separ- 
aie works. 



